February 2011 Just Released New Books - Springer · Drug Design and Discovery Methods and Protocols Research in the pharmaceutical sciences and medic-inal chemistry has taken an important

ABCD springer.com

Just Released New Books

February 2011

English Titles

“Sorted by author and title within the main subject”

springer.com Biomedicine 2

Biomedicine

Z. Kahán, Uppsala University, Sweden (Ed.)

Breast Cancer, a Heterogeneous

Disease Entity

The Very Early Stages

The volume raises attention to the need of a com-

pletely new approach to breast cancer based on the

knowledge collected on early breast cancer in the

past two decades. The chapters are contributed by

experts of all the fields participating in the clini-

cal research and care of breast cancer. The practi-

cal importance of such a book is underlined by the

increasing number of breast cancer cases, and also

the increasing proportion of early stage-cases. The

ultimate goal of the book is to point to the hetero-

geneous nature of the disease which is more strik-

ing and has more importance in care at the very

early stages than at the more advanced stages. The

book recommends the utilization of all the informa-

tion provided by multimodality imaging and special

pathological methods, a new classification system

and therapeutic guidelines since early breast cancers

should not be treated based on experience obtained

with palpable tumors. No similar book has been yet

released to the market. The book is written for all[..]

Features

The volume raises attention to the need of a com-

pletely new approach to breast cancer based on the

knowledge collected on early breast cancer in the

past two decades. The chapters are contributed by

experts of all the fields participating in the clini-

cal research and care of breast cancer. The practi-

cal importance of such a book is underlined by the

increasing number of breast cancer cases, and also

the [..]

Contents

Chapter 1. A new approach to early breast can-

cer (Tibor Tot and Zsuzsanna Kahán).- Chapter 2.

Screening of breast cancer (Per Skaane).- Chapter

3. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in screen-

ing high-risk patients and in detecting and diagnos-

ing early breast cancer (Gábor Forrai).- Chapter 4.

Large-format histology, a prerequisite for adequate

assessment of early breast carcinomas (Tibor Tot).-

Chapter 5. The molecular evolution of breast cancer

precursors and risk indicators (Paul M Wilkerson,

Konstantin J Dedes, Maria A Lopez-Garcia, Felipe C

Geyer and Jorge S Reis-Filho.- Chapter 6.[..]

Fields of interest

Cancer Research; Human Physiology; Pharmacol-

ogy / Toxicology

Target groups

Professional/practitioner

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. X, 313 p. Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0488-6

R.A. Nixon, Nathan S. Kline Institute for Psychiatric Research, New

York, NY, USA; A. Yuan, Nathan S. Kline Institute for Psychiatric

Research, New York, NY, USA (Eds.)

Cytoskeleton of the Nervous System

This monograph begins with a general description of

the cytoskeleton in axonal development and pathol-

ogy and then moves to more detailed descriptions of

particular components, including microtubules and

associated proteins, neurofilaments and interacting

proteins, actin and its binding proteins, and glial fib-

rillary acidic protein. The later chapters focus on the

functional significance of the neuronal cytoskeleton

in axonal transport and its regulation in health and

disease states. The Cytoskeleton of the Nervous Sys-

tem will encourage further development of unifying

principles and stimulate new conceptual and tech-

nical approaches toward a better understanding of

cytoskeleton functions in health and disease.

Features

Without a cytoskeleton, a neuron or glial cell would

be a shapeless jelly mass unable to function in the

milieu of the brain. If we are to understand neuronal

cells function in health and disease, we must deter-

mine how the cytoskeleton forms and contributes to

neural physiology and pathobiology. Cytoskeleton

of the Nervous System provides a comprehensive,

authoritative and up-to-date account of what we now

[..]

Contents

Central Axonal Development and Pathology in Early

Life.- Microtubules in the nervous system.- Tau

phosphorylation.- Tau Pathology.- Tauopathy and

brain aging.- Microtubule-associated protein 4.-

Structure of Neural Intermediate Filaments.- Alpha-

internexin: the Fourth Subunit of Neurofilaments in

the Mature CNS.- Peripherin Pathology.- Neurofila-

ment cross-bridge: a structure associated specifically

with the neurofilament among the intermediate fila-

ment family.- Neurofilament Transport.- Knockout

models of neurofilament proteins.- Neurofilaments

and Radial Growth: Deconstruction of a[..]

Fields of interest

Neurosciences

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XV, 774 p. 117 illus., 56 in color. (Advances in Neurobiol-

ogy, Vol. 3) Hardcover

249,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-6786-2

S.D. Satyanarayanajois, University of Louisiana, Monroe, LA, USA

(Ed.)

Drug Design and Discovery

Methods and Protocols

Research in the pharmaceutical sciences and medic-

inal chemistry has taken an important new direc-

tion in the past two decades with a focus on large

molecules, especially peptides and proteins, as well as

DNA therapeutics. In Drug Design and Discovery:

Methods and Protocols, leading experts provide an

in-depth view of key protocols that are commonly

used in drug discovery laboratories. Covering both

classic and cutting-edge techniques, this volume

explores computational docking, quantitative struc-

ture-activity relationship (QSAR), peptide synthe-

sis, labeling of peptides and proteins with fluorescent

labels, DNA-microarray, zebrafish model for drug

screening, and other analytical screening and biolog-

ical assays that are routinely used during the drug

discovery process. Written in the highly successful

Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, chap-

ters include introductions to their respective topics,

lists of the necessary materials, step-by-step, readily

reproducible laboratory protocols, and[..]

Features

Research in the pharmaceutical sciences and medic-

inal chemistry has taken an important new direc-

tion in the past two decades with a focus on large

molecules, especially peptides and proteins, as well as

DNA therapeutics. In Drug Design and Discovery:

Methods and Protocols, leading experts provide an

in-depth view of key protocols that are commonly

used in drug discovery [..]

Contents

Virtual Screening for Lead Discovery.- Com-

puter-Aided Drug Discovery and Development.-

Using Active Site Mapping and Receptor-Based

Pharmacophore Tools: Prelude to Docking and De

Novo/Fragment-Based Ligand Design.- Methods for

Evaluation of Structural and Biological Properties of

Anti-Invasive Natural Products.- Solid-Phase Pep-

tide Synthesis Using Microwave Irradiation.- Fluo-

rescent and Lanthanide Labeling for Ligand Screens,

Assays, and Imaging.- DNA-Directed Assembly

Microarray for Protein and Small Molecule Inhibitor

Screening.- Selection of Peptide Ligands for Human

Placental[..]

Fields of interest

Pharmacology / Toxicology; Laboratory Medicine

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XI, 284 p. 78 illus., 6 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biol-


94,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-011-9


H.G. Vogel, J. Maas, A. Gebauer (Eds.)

Drug Discovery and Evaluation:

Methods in Clinical Pharmacology

Drug Discovery and Evaluation has become a more

and more difficult, expensive and time-consuming

process. The effect of a new compound has to be

detected by in vitro and in vivo methods of pharma-

cology. The activity spectrum and the potency com-

pared to existing drugs have to be determined. As

these processes can be divided up stepwise we have

designed a book series "Drug Discovery and Evalu-

ation" in the form of a recommendation document.

The methods to detect drug targets are described

in the first volume of this series "Pharmacological

Assays" comprising classical methods as well as new

technologies. Before going to man, the most suitable

compound has to be selected by pharmacokinetic

studies and experiments in toxicology. These pre-

clinical methods are described in the second volume

„Safety and Pharmacokinetic Assays". Only then are-

first studies in human beings allowed. Special rules

are established for Phase I studies. Clinical phar-

macokinetics are performed in parallel with human

studies on[..]

Features








designed a book series "Drug Discovery and [..]

Fields of interest

Pharmacology / Toxicology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. XII, 544 p. Print + eReference.

499,00 €

ISBN 978-3-540-89892-4
























studies on[..]

Features









Fields of interest


Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. XII, 544 p. Hardcover

399,00 €

ISBN 978-3-540-89890-0
























studies on[..]

Features









Fields of interest


Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. XII, 544 p. eReference.

399,00 €

ISBN 978-3-540-89891-7

4 Biomedicine springer.com

J. Zhou, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China; G. Xie, Chi-

nese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China; X. Yan, National Insti-

tute of Standards an Technology (NIST), Rockville, MD, USA

Encyclopedia of Traditional Chinese

Medicines - Molecular Structures,

Pharmacological Activities, Natural

Sources and Applications

Vol. 5: Isolated Compounds T—Z, References, TCM Plants and

Congeners

This set of six volumes provides a systematic and

standardized description of 23,033 chemical compo-

nents isolated from 6,926 medicinal plants, collected

from 5,535 books/articles published in Chinese

and international journals. A chemical structure

with stereo-chemistry bonds is provided for each

chemical component, in addition to conventional

information, such as Chinese and English names,

physical and chemical properties. It includes a name

list of medicinal plants from which the chemical

component was isolated. Furthermore, abundant

pharmacological data for nearly 8,000 chemical

components are presented, including experimental

method, experimental animal, cell type, quantitative

data, as well as control compound data. The seven

indexes allow for complete cross-indexing. Regard-

less whether one searches for the molecular formula

of a compound, the pharmacological activity of a

compound, or the English name of a plant, the infor-

mation in the book can be retrieved in multiple ways.

Features




from 5,535 books/articles published in Chinese and

international journals. A chemical structure with

stereo-chemistry bonds is provided for each chemi-

cal component, in addition to conventional informa-

tion, such as Chinese and English names, physical

and [..]

Contents

Isolated Compounds T—Z (Entries 20575-23033).-

References for Isolated Compounds.- TCM Original

Plants and Congeners (Entries T0001-T6926).- Key

References.

Fields of interest

Pharmaceutical Sciences / Technology; Pharmacol-

ogy / Toxicology; Biochemistry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. XXXI, 601 p. Hardcover

249,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16740-9








Vol. 6: Indexes





















Features









and [..]

Contents

Indexes.- Compound Pharmacological Activity

Index.- Compound Molecular Formula Index.-

Compound Side Name Index.- TCM Plant English

Name Index.- TCM Plant PINYIN and Chinese

Name Index.- TCM Plant Effects Index.- TCM Plant

Indications Index.

Fields of interest



Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available


249,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16743-0



tute of Standards and Technology (NIST), Rockville, MD, USA





Vol. 1: Isolated Compounds A-C





















Features









and [..]

Contents

Introduction.- How to Use This Book.- Abbrevia-

tions and Symbols.- Cancer Cell Codes in Pharmaco-

logical Models.-Isolated Compounds A—C (Entries

1-4594).

Fields of interest



Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available


249,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16734-8









Vol. 2: Isolated Compounds D-G





















Features









and [..]

Contents

Isolated Compounds D—G (Entries 4595-9185).

Fields of interest



Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available


249,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16737-9

J. Zhou, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China; G. Xie, Bei-

jing, China; X. Yan, National Institute of Standards an Technology

(NIST), Rockville, MD, USA





Vol. 3: Isolated Compounds H-M





















Features









and [..]

Contents

Isolated Compounds H—M (Entries 9186-15227).

Fields of interest



Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available


249,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16746-1








Vol. 4: Isolated Compounds N-S





















Features









and [..]

Contents

Isolated Compounds N—S (Entries 15228-20574).

Fields of interest



Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available


249,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16778-2


F. Al-Mulla, Kuwait University, Safat, Kuwait (Ed.)

Formalin-Fixed Paraffin-Embedded

Tissues


Presenting an area of research that intersects

with and integrates diverse disciplines, including

genomics, epigenetics, proteomics, and cellular

biology, among others, Formalin-Fixed Paraf-

fin-Embedded Tissues: Methods and Protocols col-

lects contributions from expert researchers in order

to provide practical guidelines to this complex study.

Compiled in order to provide researchers with up-

to-date methodological information pertaining to

the utilization of genomic, transcriptomic, and pro-

teomic data in diagnosis, prognosis, and tailored

therapy, the ultimate aim of this volume is to deci-

pher diseases at a molecular level. Divided into

multiple convenient chapters, this detailed book

covers various techniques to construct and utilize

tissue arrays, it also provides detailed protocols in

immunohistochemistry, immunofluorescence, fluo-

rescent and chromogenic in situ hybridization, and

ultimately introduces protocols for FFPET microdis-

section and nucleic acids extraction for their utiliza-

tion in advanced[..]

Features

Presenting an area of research that intersects

with and integrates diverse disciplines, including

genomics, epigenetics, proteomics, and cellular

biology, among others, Formalin-Fixed Paraf-

fin-Embedded Tissues: Methods and Protocols col-

lects contributions from expert researchers in order

to provide practical guidelines to this complex study.

Compiled in order to provide researchers with up-

to-date [..]

Contents

Regulatory and Ethical Issues on the Utilization of

FFPE Tissues in Research.-Tissue Microarrays: Con-

struction and Uses.-Standardization in Immuno-

histology.-Multiple Immunofluorescence Labeling

of Formalin-fixed Paraffin-embedded (FFPE)

Tissue.-Microwaves for Chromogenic-in-situ-

hybridization.-Automated Analysis of FISH-stained

HER2/neu Samples with Metafer.-Laser Capture

Microdissection (LCM) of FFPE Tissue Sections-

Bridging the Gap between Microscopy and Molec-

ular Analysis.-Nucleic Acids Extraction from Laser

Microdissected FFPE Tissue Sections.-Microar-

ray-based CGH and Copy Number[..]

Fields of interest

Molecular Medicine; Pathology

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XII, 312 p. 57 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biol-


109,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-054-6

V. Cutsuridis, Boston University, Boston, MA, USA; A. Hussain,

University of Stirling, UK; J.G. Taylor, King's College London, UK

(Eds.)

Perception-Action Cycle

Models, Architectures, and Hardware

The perception-action cycle is the circular flow of

information that takes place between the organ-

ism and its environment in the course of a sen-

sory-guided sequence of behaviour towards a goal.

Each action causes changes in the environment

that are analyzed bottom-up through the percep-

tual hierarchy and lead to the processing of further

action, top-down through the executive hierarchy,

toward motor effectors. These actions cause new

changes that are analyzed and lead to new action,

and so the cycle continues. The Perception-action

cycle: Models, architectures and hardware book pro-

vides focused and easily accessible reviews of vari-

ous aspects of the perception-action cycle. It is an

unparalleled resource of information that will be an

invaluable companion to anyone in constructing and

developing models, algorithms and hardware imple-

mentations of autonomous machines empowered

with cognitive capabilities. The book is divided into

three main parts. In the first part, leading computa-

tional[..]

Features

The perception-action cycle is the circular flow of

information that takes place between the organ-

ism and its environment in the course of a sen-

sory-guided sequence of behavior towards a goal.

Each action causes changes in the environment

that are analyzed bottom-up through the percep-

tual hierarchy and lead to the processing of further

action, and top-down through the executive hierar-

chy toward motor [..]

Contents

Preface.- Contents.- Contributors.- Part I. Compu-

tational neuroscience models.- Chapter 1. The Role

of Attention in Shaping Visual Perceptual Processes

John Tsotsos, Albert L. Rothenstein.- Chapter 2.

Sensory fusion Mauro Ursino, Elisa Magosso, Cris-

tiano Cuppini.- Chapter 3. Modeling learning and

memory consistently from psychology to physiology,

Andrew Coward.- Chapter 4. Value maps, drives and

emotions Daniel Levine.- Chapter 5. Computational

neuroscience models: Error monitoring, conflict res-

olution and decision making Joshua Brown, William

H. Alexander.- Chapter 6. Neural Network[..]

Fields of interest

Neurosciences; Computation by Abstract Devices;

Neurobiology; Signal, Image and Speech Processing

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIV, 787 p. 237 illus., 76 in color. (Springer Series in Cogni-

tive and Neural Systems) Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-1451-4

P.L. Bonate, GlaxoSmithKline, Research Triangle Park, NC, USA;

D.R. Howard, Novartis, East Hanover, NJ, USA (Eds.)

Pharmacokinetics in Drug

Development

Advances and Applications, Volume 3

The topics chosen for this volume were selected

because they are some of the current development or

technological issues facing drug development project

teams. They regard the practical considerations for

assessment of selected special development popula-

tions. For example, they include characterization of

drug disposition in pregnant subjects, for measur-

ing arrhythmic potential, for analysis tumor growth

modeling, and for disease progression modeling.

Practical considerations for metabolite safety testing,

transporter assessments, Phase 0 testing, and devel-

opment and execution of drug interaction programs

reflect current regulatory topics meant to address

enhancement of both safety assessment and early

decision-making during new candidate selection.

Important technologies like whole body autoradio-

graphy, digital imaging and dried blood spot sam-

ple collection methods are introduced, as both have

begun to take a more visible role in pharmacokinetic

departments throughout the industry.

Features

No back cover text

Contents

Modeling Tumor Growth in Oncology.- Drug-Drug

Interactions: Designing Development Programs

and Appropriate Product Labeling.- Modeling the

Progression of Disease.- The Use of Dried Blood

Spots for Concentration Assessment in Pharmacoki-

netic Evaluations.- Microdosing: Pharmacokinetic

and Metabolism Data Early in the Drug Develop-

ment Process.- Metabolite Testing in Drug Develop-

ment.- The - Omics in Drug Development.- Optimal

Design of Pharmacokinetic-Pharmacodynamic Stud-

ies.- Pharmacokinetic Studies in Pregnant Women.-

Design, Conduct and Analysis of Thorough QT

Studies.- Contribution of[..]

Fields of interest

Pharmaceutical Sciences / Technology; Biotechnol-

ogy; Pharmacy; Biochemistry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XII, 320 p. 106 illus., 5 in color. Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7936-0


D.N. Angelov, Institut I für Anatomie der Universität zu Köln,

Köln, Germany

Physical Rehabilitation of Paralysed

Facial Muscles: Functional and

Morphological Correlates

Using a combined morpho-functional approach the

author recently found that polyinnervation of the

neuro-muscular juction (NMJ) is the critical fac-

tor for recovery of function after transection and

suture of the facial nerve. Since polyinnervation is

activity-dependent and can be manipulated, he tried

to design a clinically feasible therapy by electrical

stimulation or by soft tissue massage. First, electri-

cal stimulation was applied to the transected facial

nerve or to paralysed facial muscles. Both proce-

dures did not improve vibrissal motor performance

(video-based motion analysis of whisking), failed

to diminish polyinnervation and even reduced the

number of innervated NMJ to one fifth of normal

values. In contrast, gentle stroking of the paralysed

vibrissal muscles by hand resulted in full recovery

of whisking. Manual stimulation was also effective

after hypoglossal-facial anastomosis and after inter-

positional nerve grafting. The author concludes that

manual stimulation is a non-invasive[..]

Features

Using a combined morpho-functional approach the

author found that polyinnervation of the neuro-

muscular juction (NMJ) is the critical factor for

recovery of function after transection and suture

of the facial nerve. Since polyinnervation is activ-

ity-dependent and can be manipulated, the author

tried to design a clinically feasible therapy by electri-

cal stimulation or by soft tissue massage. First, elec-

trical [..]

Contents

Factors limiting motor recovery after peripheral

nerve injury.- Attempts to improve axonal pathfind-

ing and quality of target reinnervation.- Efforts to

reduce collateral axonal branching at the lesion site.-

Efforts to reduce intramuscular axonal sprouting

in denervated muscles.- Discussion.- Significance

axonal branching at the lesion site.- Unsuccessful

ways to reduce intramuscular axonal sprouting in

denerved muscles.- Successful ways to reduce intra-

muscular axonal sprouting in paralysed muscles.-

Unsuccessful manual stimulation of paralysed fore-

arm muscles after MMA.- Conclusions.-[..]

Fields of interest

Neurosciences

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XII, 143 p. 22 illus., 14 in color. (Advances in Anatomy,

Embryology and Cell Biology, Vol. 210) Softcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18119-1

R. Aphasizhev, University of California, Irvine, CA, USA (Ed.)

RNA and DNA Editing


The recent expansion in diversity of RNA and DNA

editing types has stimulated the development of

many unique genetic, molecular, biochemical, and

computational approaches to biological issues. In

RNA and DNA Editing: Methods and Protocols,

leading experts in the field introduce methods devel-

oped over the last few years to study editing sub-

strates, mechanisms of specificity, and functions of

RNA and DNA editing enzymes and complexes. Sec-

tions of the book are dedicated to state-of-the art

techniques which enable investigation of uracil inser-

tion/deletion RNA editing in mitochondrion of Try-

panosoma brucei, adenosine to inosine RNA editing,

cytidine to uracil RNA and DNA editing, as well as

tRNA editing and RNA modifications. Written in

the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biol-

ogy™ series format, chapters include introductions to

their respective topics, lists of the necessary materi-

als and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible

laboratory protocols, and key tips on troubleshooting

and[..]

Features

The recent expansion in diversity of RNA and DNA

editing types has stimulated the development of

many unique genetic, molecular, biochemical, and

computational approaches to biological issues. In

RNA and DNA Editing: Methods and Protocols,

leading experts in the field introduce methods devel-

oped over the last few years to study editing sub-

strates, mechanisms of specificity, and functions of

RNA and [..]

Contents

Three-Dimensional Reconstruction of Trypanosoma

brucei Editosomes Using Single-Particle Elec-

tron Microscopy.- iCODA: RNAi-Based Inducible

Knock-In System in Trypanosoma brucei.- Per-

turbing A-to-I RNA Editing Using Genetics and

Homologous Recombination.- Laser Microdissection

and Pressure Catapulting of Single Human Motor

Neurons for RNA Editing Analysis.- Biochemical

Identification of A-to-I RNA Editing sites by the Ino-

sine Chemical Erasing (ICE) Method.- Identifying

mRNA Editing Deaminase Targets by RNA-Seq.-

Mouse and Other Rodent Models of C to U RNA

Editing.- In vivo Analysis of RNA[..]

Fields of interest

Human Genetics; Enzymology

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIII, 275 p. 57 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biol-


94,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-017-1

G. Steinhoff, University of Rostock, Germany (Ed.)

Regenerative Medicine

Regenerative Medicine is a fastly emerging inter-

disciplinary field of research and clinical therapies

on the repair, replacement or regeneration of cells,

tissues or organs in congenital or acquired disease.

This new field of research and clinical development

focussing on stem cell science and regenerative biol-

ogy is just starting to be the most fascinating and

controversial medical development at the dawn of

the 21st century. Viewing the great expectations to

restructure and regenerate tissue, organs or organ-

isms the current attempts of scientist and physicians

are still in an early phase of development. This new

textbook on “Regenerative Medicine – from protocol

to patient” is aiming to explain the scientific knowl-

edge and emerging technology as well as the clinical

application in different organ systems and diseases.

The international leading experts from four conti-

nents describe the latest scientific and clinical knowl-

edge of the field of “Regenerative Medicine”. The

process of translating[..]

Features

Regenerative Medicine is a fastly emerging inter-

disciplinary field of research and clinical therapies

on the repair, replacement or regeneration of cells,

tissues or organs in congenital or acquired disease.

This new field of research and clinical development

focussing on stem cell science and regenerative biol-

ogy is just starting to be the most fascinating and

controversial medical development at the dawn of

[..]

Contents

1 History of Regenerative Medicine, Raymund E.

Horch, Laurentiu M. Popescu, and Elias Polykandri-

otis.- Part I Biology of tissue regeneration: 2 Extra-

cellular Matrix and Tissue Regeneration, Yrjö T.

Konttinen et al.- 3 Stem Cell Niche, Pei Wen, Pei

Sun and Rongwen Xi.- 4 Stem Cells and Asymmet-

ric Cell Division, Frank Hirth.- 5 Stem Cells in the

Developing and Adult Nervous System, Fumitaka

Osakada and Masayo Takahashi.- Part II Stem cell

science and technology: 6 Characterization and Clas-

sifi cation of Stem Cells, Andreas Bosio, Ute Bissels

and Stefan Miltenyi.- 7 Human Embryonic Stem[..]

Fields of interest

Biomedicine (general); Cell Biology; Stem Cells;

Molecular Medicine; Biomaterials

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XXIII, 1032 p. Hardcover

199,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-9074-4


G. Kassiotis, MRC National Institute for Medical Research, Lon-

don, UK; A. Liston, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium (Eds.)

Regulatory T Cells


Driven by methodological success in identifying reli-

able lineage markers, regulatory T cells have quickly

been recognized as the most numerous subset of

immune regulators in the body with critical func-

tions in a wide array of immune responses. In Reg-

ulatory T Cells: Methods and Protocols, experts in

the field to offer a collection of current techniques

to advance the study of regulatory T cells, including

the use of the IL-2 receptor alpha chain and other

markers, as well as the more recently desirable use

of the transcription factor FoxP3. Divided into three

sections, the book covers, in equal measure, in vitro,

in vivo, and human studies. Written in the highly

successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series for-

mat, chapters include brief introductions to their

respective subjects, lists of the necessary materials

and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible lab-

oratory protocols, and key tips on troubleshooting

and avoiding known methodological pitfalls. Author-

itative and cutting-edge,[..]

Features

Driven by methodological success in identifying reli-

able lineage markers, regulatory T cells have quickly

been recognized as the most numerous subset of

immune regulators in the body with critical func-

tions in a wide array of immune responses. In Reg-

ulatory T Cells: Methods and Protocols, experts in

the field to offer a collection of current techniques to

advance the study of regulatory T cells, including the

[..]

Contents

Regulatory T Cells: History and Perspective.- In

vitro Treg Suppression Assays.- Generation of T

Cell Hybridomas from Naturally-Occurring FoxP3+

Regulatory T Cells.- In vitro and In vivo Analyses

of Regulatory T Cell Suppression of CD8+ T Cells.-

Flow Cytometric Profiling of Mature and Developing

Regulatory T Cells in the Thymus.- ChIP-on-Chip

for FoxP3.- Live Imaging of Dendritic Cell-Treg Cell

Interactions.- Genetic Tools for Analysis of FoxP3+

Regulatory T Cells In vivo.- In vivo Treg Suppression

Assays.- In vivo Depletion of FoxP3+ Tregs Using

the DEREG Mouse Model.- Antigen-Specific[..]

Fields of interest

Immunology; Cell Culture

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XI, 282 p. 44 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 707)

Hardcover

94,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61737-978-9

K.K. Jain, Jain PharmaBiotech, Basel, Switzerland

The Handbook of Neuroprotection

Neuroprotection has been placed on a firm scien-

tific basis during the past decade due to an improved

understanding of the molecular basis of neurolog-

ical diseases and the knowledge that treatment of

neurological disorders should not be merely symp-

tomatic but preventative against the progression of

the underlying disease, as well as regenerative. The

Handbook of Neuroprotection serves as a compre-

hensive review of neuroprotection based on knowl-

edge of the molecular basis of neurological disorders.

Neuroprotective effects of older, established drugs,

as well as new drugs in development, are well docu-

mented in this detailed volume, featuring the most

cutting-edge and innovative methods currently in

use. In-depth and authoritative, The Handbook of

Neuroprotection features a compendium of vital

knowledge aimed at providing researchers with an

essential reference for this key neurological area of

study.

Features

Neuroprotection has been placed on a firm scien-

tific basis during the past decade due to an improved

understanding of the molecular basis of neurolog-

ical diseases and the knowledge that treatment of

neurological disorders should not be merely symp-

tomatic but preventative against the progression of

the underlying disease, as well as regenerative. The

Handbook of Neuroprotection serves as a [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Neuroprotective Agents.- Neuropro-

tection in Cerebrovascular Disease.- Neuroprotec-

tion in Traumatic Brain Injury.- Neuroprotection

in Spinal Cord Injury.- Neuroprotection in

Neurodegenerative Disorders.- Neuroprotec-

tion in Parkinson's Disease.- Neuroprotection

in Alzheimer's Disease.- Neuroprotection in

Huntington's Disease.- Neuroprotection in Amy-

otrophic Lateral Sclerosis.- Neuroprotection in Mis-

cellaneous Neurological Disorders.- Neuroprotection

of the Optic Nerve and the Retina.- Neuroprotection

during Anesthesia and Surgery.- Future Prospects of

Neuroprotective Therapies.

Fields of interest

Neurosciences; Neurology

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXXI, 547 p. 9 illus. Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-048-5

P. Welcsh, University of Washington, Seattle, WA, USA (Ed.)

The Role of Genetics in Breast and

Reproductive Cancers

This volume will explore the latest findings in

research into the genetics of breast and reproduc-

tive cancers, covering the epidemiological aspects

of these cancers, their etiology, the effect of envi-

ronment on genes and cancer etiology, and how

research in this area can lead to development of pre-

ventative measures and treatments.

Features

Of all factors contributing to breast cancer, family

history of disease is the most powerful. Currently,

our understanding of genetic predisposition to breast

cancer includes three classes of genes as defined by

their associated risks. BRCA1 and BRCA2 are high-

penetrance breast cancer predisposition genes. Since

the cloning of BRCA1 and BRCA2, inherited muta-

tions in an additional 8 genes, all of which are [..]

Contents

Recognition of Hereditary Breast and Reproductive

Cancer Syndromes.- Cancer genetics in the clinic:

The challenges and responsibilities of counseling

women at risk .- Hereditary Breast and Ovarian

Cancer Syndrome.- Modifiers of risk of heredi-

tary breast and ovarian cancer.- Recent advances

in under standing the cellular functions of BRCA1

and BRCA2.- Other hereditary breast and ovarian

cancer syndromes and their genes.- Endometrial

and ovarian cancer in patients with HNPCC Syn-

drome.- Somatic alterations and implications in

breast epithelial cells.- Somatic alterations and impli-

cations in[..]

Fields of interest

Cancer Research; Human Genetics; Oncology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2010. XX, 260 p. 27 illus. (Cancer Genetics) Hardcover

119,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-0476-8

springer.com Business & Economics 9

M.S. Islam, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden (Ed.)

Transient Receptor Potential

Channels

Transient Receptor Potential Channels offers a

unique blend of thoughtfully selected topics ranging

from the structural biology of this fascinating group

of ion channels to their emerging roles in human

diseases. This single book covers TRP channels of

yeasts, flies, fishes frogs and humans. And from

the biophysics of primary thermo-sensory events

in cells to the thermosensation at whole organism

level, from physiology of pain to the development

of pain-killers, from psychiatric illnesses to can-

cers, from skin cells to sperms, from taste buds to

testes, from established facts to heated debates, this

book contains something for every TRP enthusi-

asts, beginner and expert alike. It includes crucial

background information, critical analysis of cutting

edge research, and ideas and thoughts for numer-

ous testable hypotheses. It also shows directions for

future research in this highly dynamic field. It is a

book readers will be just as eager to give to others as

keep for themselves.

Features

Transient Receptor Potential Channels offers a

unique blend of thoughtfully selected topics ranging

from the structural biology of this fascinating group

of ion channels to their emerging roles in human

diseases. This single book covers TRP channels of

yeasts, flies, fishes frogs and humans. And from the

biophysics of primary thermo-sensory events in cells

to the thermosensation at whole organism level, [..]

Contents

Contents. Preface. 1. Structural biology of TRP chan-

nels. 2. Functional and structural studies of TRP

channels heterologously expressed in budding yeast.

3. Natural product ligands of TRP channels. 4. Syn-

thetic modulators of TRP channel activity. 5. Study

of TRP channels by automated patch clamp systems.

6. TRPC2: of mice but not men. 7. TRPM1: New

trends for an old TRP. 8. The non-selective mono-

valent cationic channels TRPM4 and TRPM5. 9.

TRPM7, the Mg2+ inhibited channel and kinase.

10. TRPM8 in health and disease: cold sensing and

beyond. 11. TRPML1. 12. TRPML2 and the evolu-

tion of[..]

Fields of interest

Biomedicine (general); Life Sciences (general);

Human Physiology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XXIII, 1095 p. (Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biol-


169,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0264-6

K.-E. Andersson, Wake Forest University, Winston Salem, NC,

USA; M.C. Michel, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands

(Eds.)

Urinary Tract

The basic anatomy and physiology of the uri-

nary tract, the validity of animal models and other

methodological considerations as well as a range of

potential therapeutic targets are comprehensively

reviewed by leading international experts, making

this a unique reference source for basic scientists and

research-minded clinicians alike

Features

The basic anatomy and physiology of the uri-

nary tract, the validity of animal models and other

methodological considerations as well as a range of

potential therapeutic targets are comprehensively

reviewed by leading international experts, making

this a unique reference source for basic scientists and

research-minded clinicians alike

Contents

Preface.- Overview on the lower urinary tract. Ani-

mal models in overactive bladder research. Animal

models of stress urinary incontinence. Animal mod-

els for benign prostatic hyperplasia. Use of func-

tional imaging to monitor central control of voiding

in humans. Neuroanatomy of the lower urinary tract.

Anatomy and histology of the lower urinary tract.

Neurophysiology of the lower urinary tract. Afferent

mechanism in the urinary tract. Urothelial signaling.

Interstitial cells of Cajal in the urinary tract. Potential

Applications of gene therapy/transfer to the treat-

ment of lower urinary[..]

Fields of interest

Pharmacology / Toxicology; Human Physiol-

ogy; Molecular Medicine; Urology / Andrology;

Biomedicine (general)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XII, 577 p. (Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology, Vol.

202) Hardcover

339,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16498-9

Business & Economics

E. Mooi, VU University Amsterdam, The Netherlands; M. Sarstedt,

Ludwig-Maximilians-University Munich, Germany

A Concise Guide to Market Research

The Process, Data, and Methods Using IBM SPSS Statistics

This accessible, practice-oriented and compact text

provides a hands-on introduction to the principles of

market research. Using the market research process

as a framework, the authors explain how to collect

and describe the necessary data and present the most

important and frequently used quantitative analy-

sis techniques, such as ANOVA, regression analysis,

factor analysis, and cluster analysis. An explana-

tion is provided of the theoretical choices a market

researcher has to make with regard to each tech-

nique, as well as how these are translated into actions

in IBM SPSS Statistics. This includes a discussion

of what the outputs mean and how they should be

interpreted from a market research perspective. Each

chapter concludes with a case study that illustrates

the process based on real-world data. A compre-

hensive web appendix includes additional analysis

techniques, datasets, video files and case studies. Sev-

eral mobile tags in the text allow readers to quickly

browse related web content using a[..]

Features

This accessible, practice-oriented and compact text

provides a hands-on introduction to the principles of

market research. Using the market research process

as a framework, the authors explain how to collect

and describe the necessary data and present the most

important and frequently used quantitative analy-

sis techniques, such as ANOVA, regression analysis,

factor analysis, and cluster analysis. An [..]

Contents

1 Introduction.- 2 The Market Research Process.-

3 Data.- 4 Getting Data.- 5 Descriptive Statistics.- 6

Hypothesis Testing & Anova.- 7 Regression Analy-

sis.- 8 Factor Analysis.- 9 Cluster Analysis.- 10 Com-

municating the Findings.- References.

Fields of interest

Marketing; Management/Business for Profession-

als; Statistics for Business, Economics, Mathematical

Finance, Insurance

Target groups

Upper undergraduate

Type of publication

Undergraduate textbook

Available

2011. XX, 307 p. Hardcover

54,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-12540-9

10 Business & Economics springer.com

L. Pellegrini, International Institute of Social Studies (ISS), The

Hague, The Netherlands

Corruption, Development and the

Environment

The book analyses the influence of corruption on

economic growth and environmental protection,

examining corruption from different perspectives.

It contributes to several streams of the literature and

assembles evidence of the influence of corruption on

two important variables in human welfare: income

and environmental policies. The material evinces

the detrimental effect that corruption has on eco-

nomic growth and on the stringency of environmen-

tal policies. It also shows that standard techniques

for fighting corruption are often based either on sim-

plistic definitions or on strong assumptions that do

not apply in many countries blighted by corruption.

From a methodological standpoint, this work com-

bines a number of approaches including a theoretical

discussion of corruption and of its definition (often

omitted in economic studies), together with econo-

metrics, case studies and policy discussions.

Features

The book analyses the influence of corruption on

economic growth and environmental protection,

examining corruption from different perspectives.

It contributes to several streams of the literature and

assembles evidence of the influence of corruption on

two important variables in human welfare: income

and environmental policies. The material evinces the

detrimental effect that corruption has on economic

growth [..]

Contents

1. Introduction.- 2. Economic Analysis of Corrup-

tion.- 3. Causes of Corruption: A Curvey of Cross-

Country Analyses and Extended Results.- 4. The

Effect of Corruption On Growth and Its Transmis-

sion Channels.- 5. Corruption, Democracy and Envi-

ronmental Policy: An Empirical Contribution To

The Debate.- 6. Corruption and Environmental Poli-

cies: What Are the Implications For the Enlarged

EU?- 7. The Rule of the Jungle In Pakistan: A Case

Study On Corruption and Forest Management In

Swat.- 8. Conclusions and Future Research.- Sub-

ject/Author Index.

Fields of interest

Environmental Economics; Development Eco-

nomics; Economic Policy; Sustainable Development;

Pollution; European Integration

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. III, 195 p. 8 illus. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0598-2

T. Kronenberg, Forschungszentrum Jülich, IEF-STE, Jülich, Ger-

many; W. Kuckshinrichs, Forschungszentrum Jülich, IEF-STE,

Jülich, Germany (Eds.)

Demography and Infrastructure

National and Regional Aspects of Demographic Change

Population ageing has been going on for many

decades, but population shrinking is a rather new

phenomenon. The population of Germany, as in

many other countries, has passed a plateau and is

currently shrinking. Demographic change is a chal-

lenge for infrastructure planning due to the longevity

of infrastructure capital and the need to match sup-

ply and demand in order to ensure cost-efficiency.

This book summarises the findings of the INFRA-

DEM project team, a multidisciplinary research

group that worked together to estimate the effects

of demographic change on infrastructure demand.

Economists, engineers and geographers present

studies from top-down and bottom-up perspec-

tives, focusing on Germany and two selected regions:

Hamburg and Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania.

The contributors employed a broad range of meth-

ods, including an overlapping-generations model for

Germany, regional input-output models, an energy

systems model, and a spatial model of the trans-

portation infrastructure.

Features

Population ageing has been going on for many

decades, but population shrinking is a rather new

phenomenon. The population of Germany, as in

many other countries, has passed a plateau and is

currently shrinking. Demographic change is a chal-

lenge for infrastructure planning due to the longevity

of infrastructure capital and the need to match sup-

ply and demand in order to ensure cost-efficiency.

This book [..]

Contents

Introduction to Infrastructure and Demography

(InfraDem).- PART I.- 1. The Setting: Demographic

Trends and Economic Development in Germany and

Two Selected Regions.- 2. Macroeconomic Condi-

tions for Infrastructure Adaptation to Demographic

Change.- 3. Demographically Induced Changes in

the Structure of Final Demand and Infrastructure

Use.- PART II.- 4. Demographic Effects on Passen-

ger Transport Demand.- 5. The Demand for Air

Transport and Consequences for the Airports of

Hamburg and Rostock.- 6. Impacts on the National

Energy System.- 7. The Potential for District Heating

Based on[..]

Fields of interest

Environmental Economics; Economic Geography;

Demography; Sustainable Development; Energy Eco-

nomics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XXII, 248 p. 90 illus., 50 in color. (Environment & Policy, Vol.

51) Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0457-2

M. Carlberg, Helmut Schmidt University, Hamburg, Germany

Dynamic Policy Interactions in a

Monetary Union

This book studies the dynamics of monetary and fis-

cal interactions in the Euro Area. The policy mak-

ers are the European Central Bank and national

governments. The primary target of the ECB is low

inflation. And the primary target of a national gov-

ernment is low unemployment. However, there is a

short-run trade-off between low inflation and low

unemployment. Here the main focus is on sequen-

tial policy decisions. Another focus is on simultane-

ous and independent policy decisions. And a third

focus is on policy cooperation. There are demand

shocks, supply shocks, and mixed shocks. There are

country-specific shocks and common shocks. The

key question is: Given a shock, what are the dynamic

characteristics of the resulting process?

Features

This book studies the dynamics of monetary and fis-

cal interactions in the Euro Area. The policy mak-

ers are the European Central Bank and national

governments. The primary target of the ECB is low

inflation. And the primary target of a national gov-

ernment is low unemployment. However, there is a

short-run trade-off between low inflation and low

unemployment. Here the main focus is on sequential

policy [..]

Contents

Some Basic Models.- Monetary Policy in Europe.-

Fiscal Policy in Germany.- First the Central Bank

Decides, then the Governments Decide.- First

the Governments Decide, then the Central Bank

Decides.- Central Bank and Governments Decide

Simultaneously and Independently: Cold-Turkey

Policies.- Central Bank and Governments Decide

Simultaneously and Independently: Gradualist

Policies.- Central Bank and Government Cooper-

ate.- Appendix.- Conclusion.- Result.- The Current

Research Project.

Fields of interest

Macroeconomics / Monetary Economics; Interna-

tional Economics; Labor Economics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available


139,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18227-3

springer.com Business & Economics 11

A. Gheorghe, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia, U.S.A.; L.

Muresan, EURISC Foundation, Bucharest, Romania (Eds.)

Energy Security

International and Local Issues, Theoretical Perspectives, and

Critical Energy Infrastructures

In terms of energy security the Black Sea region is

important to Europe. Inevitably and for very good

reasons, a lot of attention has been given to the exist-

ing and planned pipeline routes going around or

across the Black Sea. Much less attention has been

given to the development of the Black Sea energy

market in its own right and to the potential advan-

tages of coping with some current and future energy

issues in a multilateral regional format rather than

through individual action at national level. The

present book addresses, in a comprehensive manner,

the current problematic of energy security and goes

beyond pipeline politics, without playing down their

continued significance; it addresses some topical

questions related to the sustainability and resilience

of energy systems as applicable to the Black Sea

region.

Features









[..]

Contents

I.Diversity in Energy Security: An International Per-

spective. European Approach to Energy Security.-

Lessons Learned for Regional and Global Energy

Security.-The European Union and the Wider Black

Sea Region: Interests, Challenges and Opportuni-

ties.- Considerations on Sustainable Development

and Energy Security.- Issues of Energy Security in

the Black Sea Region.-II. Theoretical Perspectives to

Energy Security. Enlarging the Perspective: Energy

Security via Equilibrium, Information and Computa-

tion. Models for Energy Gaming and Governance.-

Stochastic Simulation of Critical[..]

Fields of interest

Game Theory / Mathematical Methods; Renewable

and Green Energy; Sustainable Development; Energy

Economics; Economic Policy

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. IX, 400 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C:

Environmental Security) Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0718-4

A. Gheorghe, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia, U.S.A.; L.

Muresan, EURISC Foundation, Bucharest, Romania (Eds.)

Energy Security

International and Local Issues, Theoretical Perspectives, and

Critical Energy Infrastructures









issues in a multilateral regional format rather than

through individual action at national level. The

present book addresses, in a comprehensive manner,

the current problematic of energy security and goes

beyond pipeline politics, without playing down their

continued significance; it addresses some topical

questions related to the sustainability and resilience

of energy systems as applicable to the Black Sea

region.

Features









issues [..]

Contents

I.Diversity in Energy Security: An International Per-

spective. European Approach to Energy Security.-

Lessons Learned for Regional and Global Energy

Security.-The European Union and the Wider Black

Sea Region: Interests, Challenges and Opportuni-

ties.- Considerations on Sustainable Development

and Energy Security.- Issues of Energy Security in

the Black Sea Region.-II. Theoretical Perspectives to

Energy Security. Enlarging the Perspective: Energy

Security via Equilibrium, Information and Computa-

tion. Models for Energy Gaming and Governance.-

Stochastic Simulation of Critical[..]

Fields of interest

Game Theory / Mathematical Methods; Renewable

and Green Energy; Sustainable Development; Energy

Economics; Economic Policy

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. IX, 400 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C:

Environmental Security) Softcover

89,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0721-4

R. Sharman, State University of New York, Buffalo, NY, USA; H.R.

Rao, State University of New York, Buffalo, NY, USA; T.S. Raghu,

Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA (Eds.)

Exploring the Grand Challenges for

Next Generation E-Business

8th Workshop on E-Business, WEB 2009, Phoenix, AZ, USA,

December 15, 2009, Revised Selected Papers

This book is based on a selection of thoroughly

revised and extended best papers from the 8th

Workshop on E-Business (WEB 2009) held in

Phoenix, AZ, USA, on December 15th, 2009. The 29

papers, which were selected from 70 presentations at

the workshop, highlight the enormous developments

and potential of e-business at a time when new tech-

nologies like cloud computing, collective intelli-

gence, and multi-sided platforms are burgeoning.

Among the topics covered are Web-based informa-

tion systems, RFID and supply chain management,

process modeling and standardization, security and

privacy issues, social networking and mobility, e-

services and market mechanisms, IT portfolio man-

agement, and other special topics in e-business such

as electronic invoicing.

Features

This book is based on a selection of thoroughly

revised and extended best papers from the 8th

Workshop on E-Business (WEB 2009) held in

Phoenix, AZ, USA, on December 15th, 2009. The 29

papers, which were selected from 70 presentations

at the workshop, highlight the enormous develop-

ments and potential of e-business at a time when

new technologies like cloud computing, collective

intelligence, [..]

Fields of interest

Business Information Systems; e-commerce / e-

business; Computer Appl. in Administrative Data

Processing; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics);

Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIII, 312 p. (Lecture Notes in Business Information Process-

ing, Vol. 52) Softcover

54,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17448-3

12 Business & Economics springer.com

P.J.J. Welfens, University of Wuppertal, Germany; C. Ryan, Univer-

sity of Wuppertal, Germany (Eds.)

Financial Market Integration and

Growth

Structural Change and Economic Dynamics in the European

Union

Financial capital, whether mediated through the

financial market or Foreign Direct Investment has

been a key factor in European economic growth.

This book examines the interaction between Euro-

pean and global financial integration and analyses

the dynamics of the monetary sector and the real

economy in Europe. The key analytical focus is on

the theoretical and empirical dynamics of financial

markets in Europe, however, it also provides regional

case studies of key institutional developments and

lessons from foreign direct investment. There is a

broad range of findings for Central, Eastern and

Western Europe as well as EU Partner Countries.

Crucially the analysis includes new approaches and

options for solving the transatlantic banking crisis

and suggests policy innovations for a world with

unstable financial markets.

Features

Financial capital, whether mediated through the

financial market or Foreign Direct Investment has

been a key factor in European economic growth.

This book examines the interaction between Euro-

pean and global financial integration and analyses

the dynamics of the monetary sector and the real

economy in Europe. The key analytical focus is on

the theoretical and empirical dynamics of financial

markets in Europe, [..]

Contents

Introduction.- The Role of Banks in Financial Inte-

gration: Some New Theory and Evidence from New

EU Members.- Interdependence Between Foreign

Exchange Markets and Stock Markets in Selected

European Countries.- The Transatlantic Banking

Crisis: Lessons, EU Reforms and G20 Issues.- Finan-

cial System and Innovations: Determinants of Early

Stage Venture Capital in Europe.- Evolving Corpo-

rate Financing Patterns in Europe: Is There Conver-

gence?- The Financial System in Spain and Portugal:

Institutions and Structure of the Market.- Corporate

Governance and the "Hybridisation" of Financial[..]

Fields of interest

Financial Economics; European Integration; Eco-

nomic Growth; Finance / Banking; Macroeco-

nomics / Monetary Economics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXVI, 387 p. Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16273-2

K.L. Sidali, University of Göttingen, Germany; A. Spiller, University

of Göttingen, Germany; B. Schulze, University of Göttingen, Ger-

many (Eds.)

Food, Agri-Culture and Tourism

Linking Local Gastronomy and Rural Tourism: Interdisciplinary

Perspectives

This book will be a valuable source of informa-

tion for those concerned with rural and farm

tourism, sustainable tourism and the marketing of

"Calibri">local gastronomy. It presents cases with an

international and interdisciplinary approach in order

to provide ideas for strategic perspectives in tourism

studies. Furthermore, for the first time the complex

fields of rural and food tourism are examined from

an international (Italy and Germany) viewpoint.

This book explores ways in which gastronomical her-

itage (i.e., regional food, organic food) can be incor-

porated in rural tourism (above all farm tourism)

and development policies as well as in new avenues

of research e.g., sensory marketing, online market-

ing) in order to enhance sustainable practices both

in the tourism and in the agri-food sector. Overall,

the book presents an overview of benchmark prac-

tices for professionals (associations of rural tourism,

farmers, etc.), while offering scholars a well-founded

source to refer to in order to gain[..]

Features

This book will be a valuable source of information

for those concerned with rural and farm tourism,

sustainable tourism and the marketing of local gas-

tronomy. It presents cases with an international and

interdisciplinary approach in order to provide ideas

for strategic perspectives in tourism studies. Further-

more, for the first time the complex fields of rural

and food tourism are examined from an [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Preface.- Part 1: Farm and rural

tourism.- Part 2: Food, wine and tourism.- Part 3:

New avenues of research: online marketing and sen-

sory marketing.

Fields of interest

Agricultural Economics; Environment (general);

Economics; Marketing; Chemistry (general); Social

Sciences (general)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XV, 197 p. 50 illus. in color. Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-11360-4

M. Sakawa, Hiroshima University, Higashi-Hiroshima, Japan; I.

Nishizaki, Hiroshima University, Higashi-Hiroshima, Japan; H.

Katagiri, Osaka University, Higashi-Hiroshima, Japan

Fuzzy Stochastic Multiobjective

Programming

Although studies on multiobjective mathematical

programming under uncertainty have been accu-

mulated and several books on multiobjective mathe-

matical programming under uncertainty have been

published (e.g., Stancu-Minasian (1984); Slowinski

and Teghem (1990); Sakawa (1993); Lai and Hwang

(1994); Sakawa (2000)), there seems to be no book

which concerns both randomness of events related

to environments and fuzziness of human judgments

simultaneously in multiobjective decision making

problems. In this book, the authors are concerned

with introducing the latest advances in the field of

multiobjective optimization under both fuzziness

and randomness on the basis of the authors’ contin-

uing research works. Special stress is placed on inter-

active decision making aspects of fuzzy stochastic

multiobjective programming for human-centered

systems under uncertainty in most realistic situations

when dealing with both fuzziness and randomness.

Organization of each chapter is briefly summarized

as follows:Chapter 2[..]

Features

Although studies on multiobjective mathematical

programming under uncertainty have been accu-

mulated and several books on multiobjective mathe-

matical programming under uncertainty have been

published (e.g., Stancu-Minasian (1984); Slowinski

and Teghem (1990); Sakawa (1993); Lai and Hwang

(1994); Sakawa (2000)), there seems to be no book

which concerns both randomness of events related

to [..]

Contents

Chapter 1. Introduction and Historical Remarks.-

Chapter 2. Fundamentals.- Chapter 3. Fuzzy Multi-

objective Stochastic Programming.- Chapter 4. Mul-

tiobjective Fuzzy Random Programming.- Chapter 5.

Stochastic and Fuzzy Random Two-Level Program-

ming.- Chapter 6. Future Research Directions.

Fields of interest

Operation Research / Decision Theory; Operations

Research, Mathematical Programming; Probability

Theory and Stochastic Processes

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XII, 264 p. 30 illus. (International Series in Operations

Research & Management Science, Vol. 159) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8401-2

springer.com Chemistry 13

M. Hülsmann, Jacobs University, Bremen, Germany; N. Pfeffer-

mann, Jacobs University, Bremen, Germany (Eds.)

Strategies and Communications for

Innovations

An Integrative Management View for Companies and Net-

works

The innovation economy sets new standards for

global business and requires efficient innovation

management to plan, execute and evaluate innova-

tion activities, establish innovative capability and

coordinate resources and capacities for innovation

on an intra- and inter-organizational level. More-

over, communication of innovation is one essential

impact factor of innovation success due to success-

ful launches of innovations into markets, establish-

ment of stakeholder relationships, and strengthened

corporate reputation in the long-run. Consequently,

the portfolio of communication activities for innova-

tions has to be mastered by a company or collabora-

tive network equal to the innovation portfolio. Thus,

management of innovation and innovation commu-

nication on a strategic level play an important role

in business nowadays. This new book concentrates

on new approaches and methods for strategies and

communications for innovations. As one part of the

book, integrated perspectives on strategy and com-

munication[..]

Features

The innovation economy sets new standards for

global business and requires efficient innovation

management to plan, execute and evaluate innova-

tion activities, establish innovative capability and

coordinate resources and capacities for innovation

on an intra- and inter-organizational level. More-

over, communication of innovation is one essential

impact factor of innovation success due to successful

launches [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Part I-Strategic Perspectives on Inno-

vation.- Part II-Communicative Perspectives on

Innovation.- Part III-Integrated Perspectives on

Innovation.- Part IV-Best Practices.

Fields of interest

Technology Management; Engineering Economics,

Organization, Logistics, Marketing; Industrial Orga-

nization

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXX, 404 p. 100 illus. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17222-9

B. Cetinkaya, TU Berlin, Germany; R. Cuthbertson, Oxford Univer-

sity, UK; G. Ewer, ELA Brussels, Belgium; T. Klaas-Wissing, Univer-

sity of St. Gallen, Switzerland; W. Piotrowicz, Oxford University,

UK; C. Tyssen, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland

Sustainable Supply Chain

Management

Practical Ideas for Moving Towards Best Practice

This book focuses on the need to develop sustain-

able supply chains - economically, environmentally

and socially. This book is not about a wish list of

impractical choices, but the reality of decisions faced

by all those involved in supply chain management

today. Our definition of sustainable supply chains

is not restricted to so-called "green" supply chains,

but recognises that in order to be truly sustainable,

supply chains must operate within a realistic finan-

cial structure, as well as contribute value to our soci-

ety. Supply chains are not sustainable unless they are

realistically funded and valued. Thus, a real defini-

tion of sustainable supply chain management must

take account of all relevant economic, social and

environmental issues. This book contains examples

from a wide range of real-life case studies, and syn-

thesizes the learnings from these many different sit-

uations to provide the fundamental building blocks

at the centre of successful logistics and supply chain

management.

Features

This book focuses on the need to develop sustain-

able supply chains - economically, environmentally

and socially.This book is not about a wish list of

impractical choices, but the reality of decisions faced

by all those involved in supply chain management

today.Our definition of sustainable supply chains is

not restricted to so-called "green" supply chains, but

recognises that in order to be truly sustainable, [..]

Contents

The need for sustainable supply chain management.

- Developing a Sustainable Supply Chain Strategy.

- Managing Performance. - Managing within your

Organisation. - Managing Outside your Organisa-

tion. - Outside your control and influence - man-

aging the unexpected. - Future sustainable supply

chains. - Markets & Strategies Cases. - Structure &

Planning Cases. - Processes & Operations Cases. -

Enablers & Support Cases.

Fields of interest

Production / Logistics; Engineering Economics,

Organization, Logistics, Marketing; Technology

Management

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook

Available

2011. XVIII, 283 p. Softcover

49,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-12022-0

Chemistry

M. Reichenbächer, University of Jena, Germany; J.W. Einax, Uni-

versity of Jena, Germany

Challenges in Analytical Quality

Assurance

Working in the lab, but unsure what your results

actually mean? Would you like to know how to

apply trueness tests, calculate standard deviations,

estimate measurement uncertainties or test for

linearity? This book offers you a problem-based

approach to analytical quality assurance (AQA).

After a short introduction into required funda-

mentals, various topics such as statistical tests, lin-

ear regression and calibration, tool qualification or

method validation are presented in the form of exer-

cises for self-study. Solutions are provided in a clear

step-by-step manner. Interactive Excel-sheets are

available as Extra Materials for trying out the various

concepts.For professionals as well as graduate stu-

dents confronted with analytical quality assurance

for the first time, this book will be the clue to meet-

ing such challenges.

Features

Working in the lab, but unsure what your results

actually mean? Would you like to know how to

apply trueness tests, calculate standard deviations,

estimate measurement uncertainties or test for

linearity? This book offers you a problem-based

approach to analytical quality assurance (AQA).

After a short introduction into required fundamen-

tals, various topics such as statistical tests, linear

regression and [..]

Contents

Kinds of errors at instrumental analysis.- Statistical

tests.- General aspects of linear regression.- Valida-

tion of method performance.- Aspects of method

development.- Performance verification of analytical

instrumentals and tools - Selected examples.- Con-

trol charts in the analytical laboratory.- Interlabora-

tory studies.- Measurement uncertainty.- Statistic

tables.

Fields of interest

Analytical Chemistry; Monitoring / Environmen-

tal Analysis; Pharmaceutical Sciences / Technology;

Food Science; Statistics for Engineering, Physics,

Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences

Target groups


Type of publication

Professional book

Available

2011. XIX, 356 p. 100 illus. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16594-8

14 Chemistry springer.com

J.W. Gooch, Atlanta, GA, USA (Ed.)

Encyclopedic Dictionary of

Polymers

This reference, in its second edition, contains more

than 7,500 polymeric material terms, including the

names of chemicals, processes, formulae, and ana-

lytical methods that are used frequently in the poly-

mer and engineering fields. In view of the evolving

partnership between physical and life sciences, this

title includes an appendix of biochemical and micro-

biological terms (thus offering previously unpub-

lished material, distinct from all competitors.) Each

succinct entry offers a broadly accessible definition

as well as cross-references to related terms. Where

appropriate to enhance clarity further, the volume's

definitions may also offer equations, chemical struc-

tures, and other figures. The new interactive software

facilitates easy access to a large database of chemical

structures (2D/3D-view), audio files for pronuncia-

tion, polymer science equations and many more.

Features



names of chemicals, processes, formulae, and analyt-

ical methods that are used frequently in the polymer

and engineering fields. In view of the evolving part-

nership between physical and life sciences, this title

includes an appendix of biochemical and microbio-

logical terms (thus offering previously [..]

Fields of interest

Polymer Sciences; Organic Chemistry; Materials Sci-

ence (general); Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings;

Physical Chemistry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Dictionary

Available

2011. XXXII, 1016 p. 390 illus. Print + eReference. In 2 volumes,

not available separately. Hardcover

624,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-6248-5

J.W. Gooch, Atlanta, GA, USA (Ed.)

Encyclopedic Dictionary of

Polymers



names of chemicals, processes, formulae, and ana-

lytical methods that are used frequently in the poly-

mer and engineering fields. In view of the evolving

partnership between physical and life sciences, this

title includes an appendix of biochemical and micro-

biological terms (thus offering previously unpub-

lished material, distinct from all competitors.) Each

succinct entry offers a broadly accessible definition

as well as cross-references to related terms. Where

appropriate to enhance clarity further, the volume's

definitions may also offer equations, chemical struc-

tures, and other figures. The new interactive software

facilitates easy access to a large database of chemical

structures (2D/3D-view), audio files for pronuncia-

tion, polymer science equations and many more.

Features



names of chemicals, processes, formulae, and analyt-

ical methods that are used frequently in the polymer

and engineering fields. In view of the evolving part-

nership between physical and life sciences, this title

includes an appendix of biochemical and microbio-

logical terms (thus offering previously [..]

Fields of interest

Polymer Sciences; Organic Chemistry; Materials Sci-

ence (general); Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings;

Physical Chemistry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Dictionary

Available

2011. XXXII, 1016 p. 390 illus. eReference. In 2 volumes, not avail-

able separately.

499,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-6247-8

M. Wiedmann, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA; W. Zhang, Illi-

nois Institute of Technology, Summit, IL, USA (Eds.)

Genomics of Foodborne Bacterial

Pathogens

Foodborne illnesses caused by various bacterial,

viral, and fungal pathogens lead to a high number of

morbidity and mortality in the U.S. and throughout

the world. Recent advances in microbial genomics

have significantly improved our understanding of

the physiology, evolution, ecology, epidemiology,

and pathogenesis of different foodborne pathogens.

This book focuses on the genomics of foodborne

bacterial pathogens. It begins with a brief overview

of the recent advances in microbial genomics and

the impact of genomics on food safety research.

Then, eight chapters follow that elaborate some

in-depth reviews on the genomics of several com-

mon foodborne bacterial pathogens including Bacil-

lus, Campylobacter, Clostridium, Escherichia coli,

Listeria, Salmonella, Staphylococcus, and Vibrio.

Finally, the last four chapters focus on some current

genomic, transcriptomic, and proteomic technolo-

gies and their applications in studying the epidemi-

ology, evolution, and pathogenesis of foodborne

bacterial[..]

Features

Foodborne illnesses caused by various bacterial,

viral, and fungal pathogens lead to a high number of

morbidity and mortality in the U.S. and throughout

the world. Recent advances in microbial genomics

have significantly improved our understanding of

the physiology, evolution, ecology, epidemiology,

and pathogenesis of different foodborne pathogens.

This book focuses on the genomics of foodborne

bacterial [..]

Contents

1. Overview: The impact of microbial genomics on

food safety.- 2. Genomics of bacillus species.- 3.

Post genome analysis of the foodborne pathogen

campylobacter jejuni.- 4. Genomics of clostridium.-

5. Genomics of escherichia and shigella.- 6. Liste-

ria genomics.- 7. Genomics of salmonella species.-

8. Genomics of staphylococcus.- 9. Genomics

of pathogenic vibrio species.- 10. Genomic and

transcriptomic analyses of foodborne bacterial

pathogens.- 11. Proteomics of foodborne bacterial

pathogens.- 12. Molecular epidemiology of food-

borne pathogens.- 13. The evolution of foodborne

pathogens.-[..]

Fields of interest

Food Science; Chemistry (general); Microbial Genet-

ics and Genomics

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XII, 522 p. 48 illus., 31 in color. (Food Microbiology and

Food Safety) Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7685-7


A. Vértes, Eõtvõs Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary; S. Nagy,

Eõtvõs Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary; Z. Klencsár, Hun-

garian Academy of Sciences; R.G. Lovas, ATOMKI, Hungary; F.

Rösch, Johannes Gutenberg University, Germany (Eds.)

Handbook of Nuclear Chemistry

Vol. 1: Basics of Nuclear Science; Vol. 2: Elements and Iso-

topes: Formation, Transformation, Distribution; Vol. 3: Chem-

ical Applications of Nuclear Reactions and Radiation; Vol. 4:

Radiochemistry and Radiopharmaceutical Chemistry in Life

Sciences; Vol. 5: Instrumentation, Separation Techniques,

Environmental Issues; Vol. 6: Nuclear Energy Production and

Safety Issues.

This revised and extended 6 volume handbook set is

the most comprehensive and voluminous reference

work of its kind in the field of nuclear chemistry.

The Handbook set covers all of the chemical aspects

of nuclear science starting from the physical basics

and including such diverse areas as the chemistry of

transactinides and exotic atoms as well as radioac-

tive waste management and radiopharmaceutical

chemistry relevant to nuclear medicine. The nuclear

methods of the investigation of chemical structure

also receive ample space and attention.The interna-

tional team of authors consists of scores of world-

renowned experts - nuclear chemists, radiophar-

maceutical chemists and physicists - from Europe,

USA, and Asia. The Handbook set is an invaluable

reference for nuclear scientists, biologists, chemists,

physicists, physicians practicing nuclear medicine,

graduate students and teachers - virtually all who are

involved in the chemical and radiopharmaceutical

aspects of nuclear science.The Handbook set also[..]

Features

This revised and extended 6 volume handbook set is

the most comprehensive and voluminous reference

work of its kind in the field of nuclear chemistry.

The Handbook set covers all of the chemical aspects

of nuclear science starting from the physical basics

and including such diverse areas as the chemistry of

transactinides and exotic atoms as well as radioactive

waste management and radiopharmaceutical [..]

Contents

Volume 1:Nuclear and Radiochemistry: the First

100 Years.- Basic Properties of the Atomic Nucleus.-

Nuclear Reactions.- Nuclear Fission.- Fission

Through Triple-Humped Fission Barriers.- Nuclear

Fusion.- Kinetics of Radioactive Decay.- Interaction

of Radiation with Matter.- Stochastics and Nuclear

Measurements.- The Standard Model of Elementary

Particles.- Reference Data (Volume 1): The Inter-

national System of Units (SI).Volume 2:Origin of

the Chemical Elements.- Natural Radioactive Decay

Chains.- Radioelements.- Isotope Effects.- Isotopic

Paleoclimatology.- Radioactive Dating Methods.-[..]

Fields of interest

Nuclear Chemistry; Nuclear Physics, Heavy Ions,

Hadrons; Nuclear Medicine; Inorganic Chemistry;

Nuclear Engineering; Waste Management / Waste

Technology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XXXVI, 3054 p. Print + eReference.

2.125,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-0721-9

A.J. Canty (Ed.)

Higher Oxidation State

Organopalladium and Platinum

Chemistry

Kyle A. Grice, Margaret L. Scheuermann and Karen

I. Goldberg: Five-Coordinate Platinum(IV) Com-

plexes.- Jay A. Labinger and John E. Bercaw: The

Role of Higher Oxidation State Species in Plat-

inum-Mediated C-H Bond Activation and Function-

alization.- Joy M. Racowski and Melanie S. Sanford:

Carbon-Heteroatom Bond-Forming Reductive Elim-

ination from Palladium(IV) Complexes.- Helena

C. Malinakova: Palladium(IV) Complexes as Inter-

mediates in Catalytic and Stoichiometric Cascade

Sequences Providing Complex Carbocycles and

Heterocycles.- Allan J. Canty and Manab Sharma:

h1-Alkynyl Chemistry for the Higher Oxidation

States of Palladium and Platinum.- David C. Pow-

ers and Tobias Ritter: Palladium(III) in Synthesis

and Catalysis.- Marc-Etienne Moret: Organometallic

Platinum(II) and Palladium(II) Complexes as Donor

Ligands for Lewis-Acidic d10 and s2 Centers.

Features

Kyle A. Grice, Margaret L. Scheuermann and Karen

I. Goldberg: Five-Coordinate Platinum(IV) Com-

plexes.- Jay A. Labinger and John E. Bercaw: The


inum-Mediated C-H Bond Activation and Function-

alization.- Joy M. Racowski and Melanie S. Sanford:

Carbon-Heteroatom Bond-Forming Reductive Elim-

ination from Palladium(IV) Complexes.- Helena C.

Malinakova: Palladium(IV) [..]

Contents

Five-Coordinate Platinum(IV) Complexes.- The


inum-Mediated C-H Bond Activation and Func-

tionalization.- Carbon-Heteroatom Bond-Forming

Reductive Elimination from Palladium(IV) Com-

plexes.- Palladium(IV) Complexes as Interme-

diates in Catalytic and Stoichiometric Cascade

Sequences Providing Complex Carbocycles and

Heterocycles.- h1-Alkynyl Chemistry for the

Higher Oxidation States of Palladium and Plat-

inum.- Palladium(III) in Synthesis and Catalysis.-

Organometallic Platinum(II) and Palladium(II)

Complexes as Donor Ligands for Lewis-Acidic

d10[..]

Fields of interest

Organometallic Chemistry; Catalysis; Organic

Chemistry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XI, 186 p. (Topics in Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 35)

Hardcover

189,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17428-5

16 Chemistry springer.com

M. Heydt, University of Heidelberg, Germany

How Do Spores Select Where to

Settle?

A Holographic Motility Analysis of Ulva Zoospores on Differ-

ent Surfaces

In this thesis, Matthias Heydt applies digital in-line

holography to achieve for the first time a complete

three dimensional and real time motion analysis of

Ulva zoospores, both in solution and in the vicin-

ity of different surfaces. These results provide pre-

viously unknown information about the behavior

and mechanism spores use to select a suitable site

for settlement. This work gives deeper insight into

biofouling algae and stimulates new design strate-

gies for antifouling coatings. Furthermore, the track-

ing system developed during this research could

be used as a new system for assessing the antifoul-

ing performance on different surfaces at very early

points in time, allowing disentanglement of surface

conditioning and interaction of spores with pristine

chemistries.

Features

In this thesis, Matthias Heydt applies digital in-line

holography to achieve for the first time a complete

three dimensional and real time motion analysis of

Ulva zoospores, both in solution and in the vicinity

of different surfaces. These results provide previously

unknown information about the behavior and mech-

anism spores use to select a suitable site for settle-

ment. This work gives deeper insight into [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Theory of Holography.- State of the

Art.- Experimental details.- Results: Motility and

exploration behavior of Ulva zoospores.- Discus-

sion of the motility of Ulva zoospores in vicinity to

surfaces.- Conclusion and Outlook.- Acknowledge-

ment.- Appendix.

Fields of interest

Physical Chemistry; Applied Optics, Optoelectronics,

Optical Devices; Microbial Ecology; Environmen-

tal Engineering / Biotechnology; Spectroscopy and

Microscopy

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVIII, 178 p. 121 illus., 44 in color. (Springer Theses) Hard-

cover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17216-8

P.G. Smith, University of Lincoln, UK

Introduction to Food Process

Engineering

This is a new book on food process engineering

which treats the principles of processing in a sci-

entifically rigorous yet concise manner, and which

can be used as a lead in to more specialized texts for

higher study. It is equally relevant to those in the

food industry who desire a greater understanding

of the principles of the food processes with which

they work. This text is written from a quantitative

and mathematical perspective and is not simply a

descriptive treatment of food processing. The aim

is to give readers the confidence to use mathemati-

cal and quantitative analyses of food processes and

most importantly there are a large number of worked

examples and problems with solutions. The mathe-

matics necessary to read this book is limited to ele-

mentary differential and integral calculus and the

simplest kind of differential equation.

Features

Introduction to Food Process Engineering treats the

principles of processing in a scientifically rigorous

yet concise manner, and can be used as a lead in to

more specialized texts for higher study. It is equally

relevant to those in the food industry who desire a

greater understanding of the principles of the food

processes with which they work. Written from a

quantitative and mathematical perspective, this [..]

Contents

Preface.- 1. An introduction to food process tech-

nology.- 2. Dimensions, quantities and units.- 3.

Thermodynamics and equilibrium.- 4. Material

and energy balances.- 5. The fundamentals of rate

processes.- 6. The flow of food fluids.- 7. Heat pro-

cessing of foods.- 8. Mass Transfer.- 9. Psychrom-

etry.- 10. Thermal processing of foods.- 11. Low

temperature preservation.- 12. Evaporation and dry-

ing.- 13. Solids processing and particle manufac-

ture.- 14. Mixing and separation.- 15. Mass transfer

operations.- 16. Minimal processing technology.-

Appendix A: List of unit prefixes; Greek[..]

Fields of interest

Food Science

Target groups

Upper undergraduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVII, 510 p. 198 illus. (Food Science Text Series) Hardcover

69,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7661-1

J.H. Gross, University of Heidelberg, Germany

Mass Spectrometry

A Textbook

This highly successful textbook, acclaimed for its

comprehensiveness, accuracy, and its many excel-

lent illustrations and photographs now comes in

its second edition. Completely revised and substan-

tially extended it offers:– New chapter on Tandem

Mass Spectrometry covering instrumentation, meth-

ods for ion activation (CID, ECD, ETD, IRMPD),

and applications– New chapter on Ambient Mass

Spectrometry (DART, DESI, and more)– New chap-

ter on Inorganic Mass Spectrometry including ele-

ment speciation and imaging– Learning Objectives

for all chapters– Advanced Instrumentation such

as orbitraps, linear ion traps, tandem TOFs, FT-

ICR and the highly variable hybrid instruments–

Updated Problems and Solutions website (www.ms-

textbook.com) Jürgen H. Gross provides in-depth

explanations of concepts, methods, and techniques.

Students and professionals alike are guided step-by-

step from the basics to the successful application of

mass spectrometry. Starting from the very principles

of gas-phase ion chemistry,[..]

Features

This highly successful textbook, acclaimed for its

comprehensiveness, accuracy, and its many excel-

lent illustrations and photographs now comes in its

second edition. Completely revised and substantially

extended it offers:– New chapter on Tandem Mass

Spectrometry covering instrumentation, methods for

ion activation (CID, ECD, ETD, IRMPD), and appli-

cations– New chapter on Ambient [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Principles of Ionization and Ion

Dissociation.- Isotopic Composition and Accurate

Mass.- Instrumentation.- Practical Aspects of Elec-

tron Ionization.- Fragmentation of Organic Ions and

Interpretation of EI Mass Spectra.- Chemical Ioniza-

tion.- Field Ionization and Field Desorption.- Tan-

dem Mass Spectrometry.- Fast Atom Bombardment.-

Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption/Ionization.- Elec-

trospray Ionization.- Ambient Mass Spectrometry.-

Hyphenated Methods.- Inorganic Mass Spectrome-

try.

Fields of interest

Mass Spectrometry; Proteomics; Pharmacology /

Toxicology; Monitoring / Environmental Analysis;

Organic Chemistry; Forensic Science

Target groups

Upper undergraduate

Type of publication


Available

2011. XX, 754 p. 552 illus. Hardcover

89,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-10709-2


M. Weidenbörner, Bonn, Germany

Mycotoxins and Their Metabolites

in Humans and Animals

A mycotoxin is a toxin produced by a fungus under

special conditions of moisture and temperature.

These fungi are aerobic and microscopic and, more-

over, may colonize many kinds of food from the

field to the table. Mycotoxins are not only a spoilage

issue for food, but in high doses can be a serious

health threat for humans. The book will be similar

to Weidenborner’s previous two books - “Mycotox-

ins in Feedstuffs” and “Mycotoxins in Foodstuffs” -

in that it will be a review of the literature to create a

comprehensive reference for mycotoxin levels. It will

be his third (and last) book on the topic, this time

focusing on the incidence of a mycotoxin in humans

and/or animals (natural or artificial incidence). Each

entry will include contamination, concentration rate,

mean concentration of organs (humans and animals)

with a mycotoxin, as well as sample constitution

(where possible) and country of origin of the sample.

Features

Due to the serious spoilage and health issues the

presence of mycotoxins can cause, it is imperative

that corresponding scientists, health institutions, and

the food and feed industries have a more qualified

understanding of mycotoxins in living things. To this

end, Mycotoxins and Their Metabolites in Humans

and Animals provides an excellent resource. The

present book complements the series of the [..]

Contents

1. Humans.- 2. Beef.- 3. Buffalo.- 4. Calf.- 5. Camel.-

6. Cat.- 7. Cattle.- 8. Chicken.- 9. Cow.- 10. Deer.-

11. Dog.- 12. Duck.- 13. Ewe.- 14. Fish.- 15. Goat.-

16. Guinea Pig.- 17. Hamster.- 18. Hare.- 19. Hen.-

20. Horse.- 21. Lamb.- 22. Monkey.- 23. Mouse.- 24.

Pig.- 25. Pony.- 26. Poultry.- 27. Quail.- 28. Rabbit.-

29. Rat.- 30. Sheep.- 31. Steer.- 32. Tree Shrew.- 33.

Turkey.- 34. Woodchuck.

Fields of interest

Chemistry (general); Biomedicine (general);

Medicine (general)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXXII, 494 p. Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7432-7

L.R. Morss, Argonne National Laboratory, IL, USA; N.M. Edelstein,

Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, USA; J.

Fuger, University of Liège, Belgium (Eds.)

The Chemistry of the Actinide

and Transactinide Elements (Set

Vol.1-6)

Volumes 1-6

The fourth edition of "The Chemistry of the Actinide

and Transactinide Elements" comprises all chapters

in volumes 1 through 5 of the third edition (pub-

lished in 2006) plus a new volume 6. To remain

consistent with the plan of the first edition, “ … to

provide a comprehensive and uniform treatment

of the chemistry of the actinide [and transactinide]

elements for both the nuclear technologist and the

inorganic and physical chemist,” and to be consis-

tent with the maturity of the field, the fourth edition

is organized in three parts.The first group of chap-

ters follows the format of the first and second edi-

tions with chapters on individual elements or groups

of elements that describe and interpret their chem-

ical properties. A chapter on the chemical proper-

ties of the transactinide elements follows. The second

group, chapters 15-26, summarizes and correlates

physical and chemical properties that are in general

unique to the actinide elements, because most of

these elements contain partially-filled shells[..]

Features

The Chemistry of the Actinide and Transactinide

Elements is the contemporary and definitive expo-

sition of chemical properties of all of the actinide

elements, especially of the technologically impor-

tant elements uranium and plutonium, as well as the

transactinide elements. In addition to the compre-

hensive treatment of the chemical properties of each

element, [..]

Contents

1. Introduction.- 2. Actinium.- 3. Thorium.- 4. Pro-

tactinium.- 5. Uranium.- 6. Neptunium.- 7. Pluto-

nium.- 8. Americium.- 9. Curium.- 10. Berkelium.-

11. Californium.- 12. Einsteinium.- 13. Fermium,

Mendelevium, Nobelium, and Lawrencium.- 14.

Transactinide Elements and Future Elements.- 15.

Summary and Comparison of Properties of the

Actinide and Transactinide Elements.- 16. Spectra

and Electronic Structures of Free Actinide Atoms

and Ions.- 17. Theoretical Studies of the Electronic

Structure of Compounds of the Actinide Elements.-

18. Optical Spectra and Electronic Structure.- 19.[..]

Fields of interest

Inorganic Chemistry; Physical Chemistry; Materials

Science (general); Waste Management / Waste Tech-

nology; Analytical Chemistry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Reference work

Available

2011. 4514 p. In 6 volumes, not available separately. Hardcover

1.900,00 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0210-3

F. Cataldo, Dept. of Materials Science, Tor Vergata Univer-

sity, Rome, Italy; A. Graovac, University of Split, Croatia; O. Ori,

Actinium Chemical Research, Rome, Italy (Eds.)

The Mathematics and Topology of

Fullerenes

"Mathematics and Topology of Fullerenes" presents

a comprehensive overview of scientific and tech-

nical innovations in theoretical and experimental

studies. Topics included in this multi-author vol-

ume are: Clar structures for conjugated nanostruc-

tures; counting polynomials of fullerenes; topological

indices of fullerenes; the wiener index of nanotubes;

toroidal fullerenes and nanostars; C60 Structural rel-

atives: a topological study; local combinatorial char-

acterization of fullerenes; computation of selected

topological indices of C60 and C80 Fullerenes via

the Gap Program; 4valent- analogues of fullerenes;

a detailed atlas of Kekule structures of C60. "Math-

ematics and Topology of Fullerenes" is targeted at

advanced graduates and researchers working in car-

bon materials, chemistry and physics.

Features

Mathematics and Topology of Fullerenes presents

a comprehensive overview of scientific and techni-

cal innovations in theoretical and experimental stud-

ies. Topics included in this multi-author volume

include: Clar structures for conjugated nanostruc-

tures; counting polynomials of fullerenes; topological

indices of fullerenes; the wiener index of nanotubes;

toroidal fullerenes and nanostars; C60 [..]

Contents

Harry KROTO: Foreword.- 1. Ali Reza ASHRAFI/

Mircea DIUDEA/Ante GRAOVAC: Omega Poly-

nomials of Fullerenes and Nanotubes.- 2. Ali Reza

ASHRAFI: Wiener Index of Nanotubes, Toroidal

Fullerenes and Nanostars.- 3. Mircea DIUDEA/A. E.

Vizitiu: C60 Structural Relatives. An Omega-aided

Topological Study.- 4. Istvan LASZLO/Reti TAMAS/

Ante GRAOVAC: Local Combinatorial Charac-

terization of Fullerenes.- 5. Ali IRANMANESH:

Computation of some Topological Indices of C60

and C80 Fullerenes by GAP Program.- 6. Mathieu

Dutour SIKIRIC/Michel DEZA: 4-Regular and Self-

Dual Analogs of Fullerenes.- 7. Helena[..]

Fields of interest

Organic Chemistry; Structural Materials; Theoreti-

cal and Computational Chemistry; Nanotechnology;

Nanoscale Science and Technology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 289 p. (Carbon Materials: Chemistry and Physics, Vol.

4) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0220-2

18 Computer Science springer.com

Computer Science

M. Priestley, University of Westminster, London, UK

A Science of Operations

Machines, Logic and the Invention of Programming

Today, computers fulfil a dazzling array of roles,

a flexibility resulting from the great range of pro-

grams that can be run on them.A Science of Oper-

ations examines the history of what we now call

programming, defined not simply as computer pro-

gramming, but more broadly as the definition of

the steps involved in computations and other infor-

mation-processing activities. This unique perspec-

tive highlights how the history of programming is

distinct from the history of the computer, despite

the close relationship between the two in the 20th

century. The book also discusses how the develop-

ment of programming languages is related to dis-

parate fields which attempted to give a mechanical

account of language on the one hand, and a linguis-

tic account of machines on the other.Topics and fea-

tures: Covers the early development of automatic

computing, including Babbage’s “mechanical calcu-

lating engines” and the applications of punched-card

technology, examines the theoretical work of mathe-

matical logicians such[..]

Features

Today, computers fulfil a dazzling array of roles,

a flexibility resulting from the great range of pro-

grams that can be run on them.A Science of Oper-

ations examines the history of what we now call

programming, defined not simply as computer pro-

gramming, but more broadly as the definition of the

steps involved in computations and other informa-

tion-processing activities. [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Babbage’s Engines.- Semi-automatic

Computing.- Logic, Computability and Formal Sys-

tems.- Automating Control.- Logic and the Inven-

tion of the Computer.- Machine Code Programming

and Logic.- The Invention of Programming Lan-

guages.- The Algol Research Programme.- The Logic

of Correctness in Software Engineering.- The Unifi-

cation of Data and Algorithms.- Conclusions.

Fields of interest

History of Computing

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. IX, 341 p. (History of Computing) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84882-554-3

M. Berekovic, Institut für Datentechnik und Kommunikationsge-

setze, Braunschweig, Germany; W. Fornaciari, Dipartimento di

elettronica e informazione, Milano, Italy; U. Brinkschulte, Johann

Wolfgang Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main, Germany; C.

Silvano, Dipartimento di elettronica e informazione, Milano, Italy

(Eds.)

Architecture of Computing Systems

- ARCS 2011

24th International Conference, Lake Como, Italy, February

24-25, 2011. Proceedings

This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of

the 24th International Conference on Architecture

of Computing Systems, ARCS 2011, held in Lake

Como, Italy, in February 2011. The 22 revised full

papers presented in seven technical sessions were

carefully reviewed and selected from 62 submis-

sions. The papers are organized in topical sections

on customization and application specific acceler-

ators; multi/many-core architectures; adaptive sys-

tem architectures; processor architectures; memory

architectures optimization; organic and autonomic

computing; network-on-chip architectures.

Features


the 24th International Conference on Architecture

of Computing Systems, ARCS 2011, held in Lake

Como, Italy, in February 2011. The 22 revised full

papers presented in seven technical sessions were

carefully reviewed and selected from 62 submissions.

The papers are organized in topical sections on cus-

tomization and application specific accelerators; [..]

Fields of interest

Computer Communication Networks; Computer

System Implementation; Operating Systems; Soft-

ware Engineering; Information Systems Applications

(incl.Internet); Information Storage and Retrieval

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIII, 271 p. (Theoretical Computer Science and General

Issues, Vol. 6566) Softcover

46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19136-7

A. Fred, IST - Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal; J. Filipe,

Institute for Systems and Technologies of Information (INSTICC),

Setubal, Portugal; H. Gamboa, Institute of Telecommunications,

Lisbon, Portugal (Eds.)

Biomedical Engineering Systems

and Technologies

Third International Joint Conference, BIOSTEC 2010, Valencia,

Spain, January 20-23, 2010, Revised Selected Papers

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-

conference proceedings of the Third International

Joint Conference on Biomedical Engineering Sys-

tems and Technologies, BIOSTEC 2010, held in

Valencia, Spain, in January 2010. The 30 revised

full papers presented together with 1 invited lecture

were carefully reviewed and selected from a total

of 410 submissions in two rounds of reviewing and

improvement. The papers cover a wide range of top-

ics and are organized in four general topical sections

on healthinf, biodevices, biosignals, and bioinfor-

matics.

Features


conference proceedings of the Third International

Joint Conference on Biomedical Engineering Sys-

tems and Technologies, BIOSTEC 2010, held in

Valencia, Spain, in January 2010. The 30 revised

full papers presented together with 1 invited lecture

were carefully reviewed and selected from a total

of 410 submissions in two rounds of reviewing and

improvement. The [..]

Fields of interest

Computational Biology / Bioinformatics; Algorithm

Analysis and Problem Complexity; Pattern Recogni-

tion; Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Simu-

lation and Modeling; Biomedical Engineering

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIII, 408 p. (Communications in Computer and Information

Science, Vol. 127) Softcover

72,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18471-0

springer.com Computer Science 19

H. Sako, Hitachi Ltd., Tokyo, Japan; K. Franke, Gjovik University

College, Gjovik, Norway; S. Saitoh, National Research Institute of

Police Science, Chiba, Japan (Eds.)

Computational Forensics

4th International Workshop, IWCF 2010 Tokyo, Japan, Novem-

ber 11-12, 2010, Revised Selected Papers


proceedings of the 4th International Workshop

on Computational Forensics, IWCF 2010, held in

Tokyo, Japan in November 2010. The 16 revised full

papers presented together with two invited keynote

papers were carefully selected during two rounds

of reviewing and revision. The papers cover a wide

range of current topics in computational forensics

including authentication, biometrics, document

analysis, multimedia, forensic tool evaluation, char-

acter recognition, and forensic verification.

Features


proceedings of the 4th International Workshop

on Computational Forensics, IWCF 2010, held in

Tokyo, Japan in November 2010. The 16 revised full

papers presented together with two invited keynote

papers were carefully selected during two rounds

of reviewing and revision. The papers cover a wide

range of current topics in computational forensics

including [..]

Fields of interest

Pattern Recognition; Image Processing and Com-

puter Vision; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics);

Document Preparation and Text Processing

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. X, 213 p. (Image Processing, Computer Vision, Pattern

Recognition, and Graphics, Vol. 6540) Softcover

46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19375-0

A. Gelbukh, Instituto Politécnico Nacional (IPN), Mexico City,

Mexico (Ed.)

Computational Linguistics and

Intelligent Text Processing

12th International Conference, CICLing 2011, Tokyo, Japan,

February 20-26, 2011. Proceedings, Part I

This two-volume set, consisting of LNCS 6608 and

LNCS 6609, constitutes the thoroughly refereed pro-

ceedings of the 12th International Conference on

Computer Linguistics and Intelligent Processing,

held in Tokyo, Japan, in February 2011. The 74 full

papers, presented together with 4 invited papers,

were carefully reviewed and selected from 298 sub-

missions. The contents have been ordered according

to the following topical sections: lexical resources;

syntax and parsing; part-of-speech tagging and mor-

phology; word sense disambiguation; semantics and

discourse; opinion mining and sentiment detection;

text generation; machine translation and multilin-

gualism; information extraction and information

retrieval; text categorization and classification; sum-

marization and recognizing textual entailment;

authoring aid, error correction, and style analysis;

and speech recognition and generation.

Features









to the [..]

Fields of interest

Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet);

Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Information

Storage and Retrieval; Artificial Intelligence (incl.

Robotics); Database Management; Computational

Linguistics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XXII, 464 p. (Theoretical Computer Science and General


62,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19399-6

A. Gelbukh, Instituto Politécnico Nacional, Mexico City, Mexico

(Ed.)

Computational Linguistics and

Intelligent Text Processing

12th International Conference, CICLing 2011, Tokyo, Japan,

February 20-26, 2011. Proceedings, Part II









to the following topical sections: lexical resources;

syntax and parsing; part-of-speech tagging and mor-

phology; word sense disambiguation; semantics and

discourse; opinion mining and sentiment detection;

text generation; machine translation and multilin-

gualism; information extraction and information

retrieval; text categorization and classification; sum-

marization and recognizing textual entailment;

authoring aid, error correction, and style analysis;

and speech recognition and generation.

Features









to the [..]

Fields of interest



Storage and Retrieval; Artificial Intelligence (incl.

Robotics); Database Management; Computational

Linguistics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XXII, 521 p. (Theoretical Computer Science and General


70,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19436-8


D. Li, China Agricultural University, Beijing; Y. Liu, East China Jiao-

tong University, Nanchang; Y. Chen, China Agricultural Univer-

sity, Beijing (Eds.)

Computer and Computing

Technologies in Agriculture IV

4th IFIP TC 12 Conference, CCTA 2010, Nanchang, China, Octo-

ber 22-25, 2010, Part II, Selected Papers

This book constitutes Part II of the refereed four-

volume post-conference proceedings of the 4th IFIP

TC 12 International Conference on Computer and

Computing Technologies in Agriculture, CCTA

2010, held in Nanchang, China, in October 2010.

The 352 revised papers presented were carefully

selected from numerous submissions. They cover a

wide range of interesting theories and applications

of information technology in agriculture, including

simulation models and decision-support systems for

agricultural production, agricultural product quality

testing, traceability and e-commerce technology, the

application of information and communication tech-

nology in agriculture, and universal information ser-

vice technology and service systems development in

rural areas.

Features

This book constitutes Part II of the refereed four-







wide range of interesting theories and applications of

information [..]

Fields of interest

Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Information

Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Special Purpose

and Application-Based Systems; Computer Commu-

nication Networks; Software Engineering; Simula-

tion and Modeling

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIV, 745 p. (IFIP Advances in Information and Communica-

tion Technology, Vol. 345) Hardcover

148,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18335-5






4th IFIP TC 12 Conference, CCTA 2010, Nanchang, China, Octo-

ber 22-25, 2010, Selected Papers, Part I

This book constitutes Part I of the refereed four-vol-

ume post-conference proceedings of the 4th IFIP














rural areas.

Features

This book constitutes Part I of the refereed four-








information [..]

Fields of interest





tion and Modeling

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XXXVIII, 754 p. (IFIP Advances in Information and Commu-

nication Technology, Vol. 344) Hardcover

148,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18332-4






4th IFIP TC 12 International Conference, CCTA 2010, Nan-

chang, China, October 22-25, 2010, Selected Papers, Part III

This book constitutes Part III of the refereed four-















rural areas.

Features

This book constitutes Part III of the refereed four-








information [..]

Fields of interest




nication Networks

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available



148,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18353-9







4th IFIP TC 12 International Conference, CCTA 2010, Nan-

chang, China, October 22-25, 2010, Selected Papers, Part IV

This book constitutes Part IV of the refereed four-















rural areas.

Features

This book constitutes Part IV of the refereed four-








information [..]

Fields of interest





tion and Modeling

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available



148,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18368-3

P. Balasubramaniam, Gandhigram Rural Institute, Deemed Uni-

versity, Gandhigram, Tamil Nadu, India (Ed.)

Control, Computation and

Information Systems

First International Conference on Logic, Information, Control

and Computation, ICLICC 2011, Gandhigram, India, February

25-27, 2011, Proceedings


the International Conference on Logic, Information,

Control and Computation, ICLICC 2011, held in

Gandhigram, India, in February 2011. The 52 revised

full papers presented were carefully reviewed and

selected from 278 submissions. The papers are orga-

nized in topical sections on control theory and its

real time applications, computational mathematics

and its application to various fields, and information

sciences focusing on image processing and neural

networks.

Features


the International Conference on Logic, Information,

Control and Computation, ICLICC 2011, held in

Gandhigram, India, in February 2011. The 52 revised

full papers presented were carefully reviewed and

selected from 278 submissions. The papers are orga-

nized in topical sections on control theory and its

real time applications, computational mathematics

and its [..]

Fields of interest

Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complexity; Com-

putation by Abstract Devices; Artificial Intelligence

(incl. Robotics); Pattern Recognition; Image Pro-

cessing and Computer Vision; Information Systems

Applications (incl.Internet)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIV, 328 p. (Communications in Computer and Information


64,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19262-3

K. Schmidt, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark

Cooperative Work and Coordinative

Practices

Contributions to the Conceptual Foundations of Com-

puter-Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW)

Information technology has been used in organi-

sational settings and for organisational purposes

such as accounting, for a half century, but IT is now

increasingly being used for the purposes of medi-

ating and regulating complex activities in which

multiple professional users are involved, such as in

factories, hospitals, architectural offices, and so on.

The economic importance of such coordination sys-

tems is enormous but their design often inadequate.

The problem is that our understanding of the coor-

dinative practices for which these systems are devel-

oped is deficient, leaving systems developers and

software engineers to base their designs on com-

monsensical requirements analyses. The research

reflected in this book addresses these very problems.

It is a collection of articles which establish a con-

ceptual foundation for the research area of Com-

puter-Supported Cooperative Work.

Features

The development of computing technologies have

from the very beginning been tightly interwoven

with the development of cooperative work, but over

the last couple of decades, computing technologies

are increasingly being developed and used for coor-

dinative purposes, as a means of regulating complex

activities involving multiple professional actors, in

factories and hospitals, in pharmaceutical laborato-

ries and [..]

Contents

Preface.- Part I: Progress Report.- Cooperative work

and coordinative practices.- Part II: Surveying the

connections.- Riding a tiger, or CSCW(1991).- Tak-

ing CSCW seriously (1992).- The organisation of

cooperative work (1994).- Coordination mecha-

nisms (1996).- Of maps and scripts (1997).- The crit-

ical role of workplace studies in CSCW (2000).- The

problem with 'awareness' (2002).- Remarks on the

complexity of cooperative work (2002).- Ordering

systems (2004).- Part III: CSCW reconsidered.- For-

mation and Fragmentation.- Frail foundations.- Dis-

pelling the mythology of computational[..]

Fields of interest

User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction;

Management of Computing and Information Sys-

tems; Database Management; Information Storage

and Retrieval; Computer Applications

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Reference work

Available

2011. X, 440 p. 25 illus. (Computer Supported Cooperative Work)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84800-067-4


S.C. Lin, Academia Sinica, Taipei, Taiwan; E. Yen, Academia Sinica,

Taipei, Taiwan (Eds.)

Data Driven e-Science

Use Cases and Successful Applications of Distributed Comput-

ing Infrastructures (ISGC 2010)

ISGC 2010, The International Symposium on Grid

Computing was held at Academia Sinica, Taipei, Tai-

wan, March, 2010. The 2010 symposium brought

together prestigious scientists and engineers world-

wide to exchange ideas, present challenges/solu-

tions and to discuss new topics in the field of Grid

Computing. Data Driven e-Science: Use Cases and

Successful Applications of Distributed Comput-

ing Infrastructures (ISGC 2010), an edited volume,

introduces the latest achievements in grid technology

for Biomedicine Life Sciences, Middleware, Security,

Networking, Digital Library, Cloud Computing and

more. This book provides Grid developers and end

users with invaluable information for developing

grid technology and applications. The last section of

this book presents future development in the field of

Grid Computing. This book is designed for a profes-

sional audience composed of grid users, developers

and researchers working in the field of grid comput-

ing. Advanced-level students focused on computer

science and[..]

Features

ISGC 2010, The International Symposium on Grid

Computing was held at Academia Sinica, Taipei, Tai-

wan, March, 2010. The 2010 symposium brought

together prestigious scientists and engineers world-

wide to exchange ideas, present challenges/solutions

and to discuss new topics in the field of Grid Com-

puting. Data Driven e-Science: Use Cases and Suc-

cessful Applications of Distributed Computing [..]

Contents

Part I Asia Federation Report.- Asia Federation

Report on International Symposium on Grid Com-

puting (ISGC) 2010.- Part II Keynote Speech.-

Roadmap for the Uptake of the e-Infrastructure in

the Asia-Pacific Region.- Part III Grid Activities in

Asia Pacific.- Uptakes of e-Science in Asia.- EU-

IndiaGrid2 Sustainable e-Infrastructures across

Europe and India.- Pathway to Support the Sustain-

able National Health Information System.- Part IV

Grid Security and Networking.- TERENA eScience

PKI.- Part V Grid Operation and Management.-

SEE-GRID eInfrastructure for Regional eScience.-

Peer-to-peer[..]

Fields of interest


Computer Communication Networks; Computer

Applications; Computer Systems Organization and

Communication Networks

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XXII, 517 p. Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8013-7

J. Garcia-Alfaro, Télécom-Bretagne, Cesson Sévigné Cedex,

France; G. Navarro-Arribas, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona,

Bellaterra, Spain; A. Cavalli, IT/TELECOM SudParis, Evry Cedex,

France; J. Leneutre, IT/TELECOM ParisTech, Paris Cedex, France

(Eds.)

Data Privacy Management and

Autonomous Spontaneous Security

5th International Workshop, DPM 2010 and 3rd International

Workshop, SETOP, Athens, Greece, September 23, 2010,

Revised Selected Papers

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed joint

post proceedings of two international workshops,

the 5th International Workshop on Data Privacy

Management, DPM 2010, and the 3rd International

Workshop on Autonomous and Spontaneous Secu-

rity, SETOP 2010, collocated with the ESORICS 2010

symposium in Athens, Greece, in September 2010.

The 9 revised full papers for DPM 2010 presented

together with two keynote talks are accompanied by

7 revised full papers of SETOP 2010; all papers were

carefully reviewed and selected for inclusion in the

book. The DPM 2010 papers cover topics such as

how to translate the high-level business goals into

system-level privacy policies, administration of pri-

vacy-sensitive data, privacy data integration and

engineering, privacy access control mechanisms,

information-oriented security, and query execution

on privacy-sensitive data for partial answers. The

SETOP 2010 papers address several specific aspects

of the previously cited topics, as for instance the

autonomic[..]

Features

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed joint

post proceedings of two international workshops,

the 5th International Workshop on Data Privacy

Management, DPM 2010, and the 3rd International

Workshop on Autonomous and Spontaneous Secu-

rity, SETOP 2010, collocated with the ESORICS 2010

symposium in Athens, Greece, in September 2010.

The 9 revised full papers for DPM 2010 presented

together with two keynote [..]

Fields of interest


tems; Data Encryption; Computers and Society;

Computer Communication Networks; Operat-

ing Systems; Information Systems Applications

(incl.Internet)

Target groups


Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIV, 259 p. (Security and Cryptology, Vol. 6514) Softcover

46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19347-7

C. Sammut, G.I. Webb (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of Machine Learning

Features

This comprehensive encyclopedia, in A-Z format,

provides easy access to relevant information for

those seeking entry into any aspect within the broad

field of Machine Learning. Most of the several hun-

dred entries in this pre-eminent work include use-

ful literature references, providing the reader with

a portal to more detailed information on any given

topic.Topics for the "Encyclopedia of [..]

Contents

Clustering.- Statistical Machine Learning.- Statisti-

cal Language Learning.- Inductive Logic Program-

ming.- Learning and Logic.- Meta-Learning.- ROC

analysis.- Information Theory.- Instance-based

Learning Time Series.- Policy Search and Active

Selection.- Reinforcement Learning.- Artificial Neu-

ral Network.- Text Mining.- Machine Learning in

Bioinformatics.- Rule Learning.- Evolutionary Com-

putation.- Behavioral Cloning.- Search.- Computa-

tional Learning Theory.- Online Learning.- Learning

Paradigms.- Model-based Reinforcement Learn-

ing.- Active Learning.- Explanation-based Learning.-

Data[..]

Fields of interest

Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Computing

Methodologies; Data Mining and Knowledge Dis-

covery; Pattern Recognition; Statistics for Engineer-

ing, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and

Earth Sciences

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2010. XXVI, 1032 p. 95 illus. in color. eReference.

399,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-30164-8


R. Sarvas, Helsinki Institute for Information Technology (HIIT),

Aalto University, Finland; D.M. Frohlich

From Snapshots to Social Media -

The Changing Picture of Domestic

Photography

From Snapshots to Social Media describes the his-

tory and future of domestic photography as medi-

ated by technological change. Domestic photography

refers to the culture of ordinary people capturing,

sharing and using photographs, and is in a particu-

lar state of flux today as photos go digital. The book

argues that this digital era is the third major chap-

ter in the 170 year history of the area; following the

portrait and Kodak eras of the past. History shows

that despite huge changes in photographic technol-

ogy and the way it has been sold, people continue

to use photographs to improve memory, support

communication and reinforce identity. The future

will involve a shift in the balance of these core activi-

ties and a replacement of the family album with var-

ious multimedia archives for individuals, families

and communities. This raises a number of issues

that should be taken into account when designing

new technologies and business services in this area,

including: the ownership and privacy of content,[..]

Features

From Snapshots to Social Media describes the his-

tory and future of domestic photography as medi-

ated by technological change. Domestic photography

refers to the culture of ordinary people capturing,

sharing and using photographs, and is in a particu-

lar state of flux today as photos go digital. The book

argues that this digital era is the third [..]

Contents

Acknowledgements.- Introduction.- Domestic

Photography and Technological Paths.- The Por-

trait Path (ca. 1830s-1890s).- The Kodak Path

(ca.1888-1990s).- The Digital Path (ca.1990).- Digital

Photo Adoption.- The Future of Domestic Photogra-

phy.- Future Research.- List of Figures.- Bibliography

Fields of interest


Computers and Society; Computer Applications

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Reference work

Available

2011. XI, 199 p. 33 illus., 24 in color. (Computer Supported Coop-

erative Work) Hardcover

49,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-246-9

K. Namjoshi, Alcatel-Lucent, Bell Labs, Murray Hill, NJ, USA; A.

Zeller, Saarland University, Saarbrücken, Germany; A. Ziv, IBM

Research, Haifa, Israel (Eds.)

Hardware and Software:

Verification and Testing

5th International Haifa Verification Conference, HCV 2009,

Haifa, Israel, October 19-22, 2009, Revised Selected Papers

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post

proceedings of the 5th International Haifa Verifica-

tion Conference, HVC 2009, held in Haifa, Israel in

October 2009. The 11 revised full papers presented

together with four abstracts of invited lectures were


The papers address all current issues, challenges

and future directions of verification for hardware,

software, and hybrid systems and present academic

research in the verification of systems, generally

divided into two paradigms - formal verification and

dynamic verification (testing).

Features

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post

proceedings of the 5th International Haifa Verifica-

tion Conference, HVC 2009, held in Haifa, Israel in

October 2009. The 11 revised full papers presented

together with four abstracts of invited lectures were


The papers address all current issues, challenges and

future directions of verification for [..]

Fields of interest

Software Engineering; Logics and Meanings of Pro-

grams; Programming Languages, Compilers, Inter-

preters

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. X, 169 p. (Programming and Software Engineering, Vol.

6405) Softcover

46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19236-4

J.M.L.M. Palma, FEUP - University of Porto, Porto, Portugal; M.

Daydé, University of Toulouse, INPT-ENSEEIHT-IRIT, Toulouse,

France; O. Marques, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory,

Berkeley, CA, USA; J.C. Lopes, FEUP University of Porto, Porto,

Portugal (Eds.)

High Performance Computing for

Computational Science -- VECPAR

2010

9th International Conference, Berkeley, CA, USA, June 22-25,

2010, Revised, Selected Papers


conference proceedings of the 9th International

Conference on High Performance Computing for

Computational Science, VECPAR 2010, held in

Berkeley, CA, USA, in June 2010. The 34 revised full

papers presented together with five invited contri-

butions were carefully selected during two rounds

of reviewing and revision. The papers are organized

in topical sections on linear algebra and solvers on

emerging architectures, large-scale simulations, par-

allel and distributed computing, numerical algo-

rithms.

Features


conferenceproceedings of the 9th International Con-

ference on High Performance Computing for Com-

putational Science, VECPAR 2010, held in Berkeley,

CA, USA, in June 2010.The 34 revised full papers

presented together with five invited contributions

were carefully selected during two rounds of review-

ing and revision. The papers are organized in [..]

Fields of interest

Software Engineering / Programming and Operating

Systems; Theory of Computation; Computer Com-

munication Networks; Mathematics of Computing;

Computational Science and Engineering

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIV, 470 p. (Theoretical Computer Science and General

Issues, Preliminary entry 6449) Softcover

62,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19327-9


M. Domaratzki, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, MB, Canada; K.

Salomaa, Queen's University, Kingston, ON, Canada (Eds.)

Implementation and Application of

Automata

15th International Conference, CIAA 2010, Manitoba, Canada,

August 12-15, 2010. Revised Selected Papers

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed papers

of the 15th International Conference on Implemen-

tation and Application of Automata, CIAA 2010,

held in Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada, in August

2010. The 26 revised full papers together with 6 short

papers were carefully selected from 52 submissions.

The papers cover various topics such as applications

of automata in computer-aided verification; natural

language processing; pattern matching, data storage

and retrieval; bioinformatics; algebra; graph theory;

and foundational work on automata theory.

Features

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed papers

of the 15th International Conference on Implemen-

tation and Application of Automata, CIAA 2010,

held in Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada, in August

2010.The 26 revised full papers together with 6 short

papers were carefully selected from 52 submissions.

The papers cover various topics such as applications

[..]

Fields of interest


putation by Abstract Devices; Mathematical Logic

and Formal Languages; Discrete Mathematics in

Computer Science; Logics and Meanings of Pro-

grams; Data Structures

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XII, 332 p. (Theoretical Computer Science and General


54,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18097-2

R. van Leuken, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands;

G. Sicard, TIMA Laboratory, Grenoble, France (Eds.)

Integrated Circuit and System

Design. Power and Timing

Modeling, Optimization, and

Simulation

20th International Workshop, PATMOS 2010, Grenoble,

France, September 7-10, 2010, Revised Selected Papers

This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the

20th International Conference on Integrated Circuit

and System Design, PATMOS 2010, held in Greno-

ble, France, in September 2010. The 24 revised full

papers presented and the 9 extended abstracts were

carefully reviewed and are organized in topical sec-

tions on design flows; circuit techniques; low power

circuits; self-timed circuits; process variation; high-

level modeling of poweraware heterogeneous designs

in SystemC-AMS; and minalogic.

Features


20th International Conference on Integrated Circuit

and System Design, PATMOS 2010, held in Greno-

ble, France, in September 2010. The 24 revised full

papers presented and the 9 extended abstracts were

carefully reviewed and are organized in topical sec-

tions on design flows; circuit techniques; low power

circuits; self-timed circuits; process variation; [..]

Fields of interest

System Performance and Evaluation; Simulation and

Modeling; Computer Communication Networks;

Software Engineering; Logics and Meanings of Pro-

grams; Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complexity

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XII, 260 p. (Theoretical Computer Science and General


46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17751-4

C. Cachin, IBM Research Zürich, Switzerland; R. Guerraoui, EPFL

Lausanne, Switzerland; L. Rodrigues, Universidade Lisboa, Portu-

gal

Introduction to Reliable and Secure

Distributed Programming

In modern computing a program is usually dis-

tributed among several processes. The fundamen-

tal challenge when developing reliable and secure

distributed programs is to support the cooperation

of processes required to execute a common task,

even when some of these processes fail. Failures may

range from crashes to adversarial attacks by mali-

cious processes.Cachin, Guerraoui, and Rodrigues

present an introductory description of fundamen-

tal distributed programming abstractions together

with algorithms to implement them in distributed

systems, where processes are subject to crashes and

malicious attacks. The authors follow an incremen-

tal approach by first introducing basic abstractions

in simple distributed environments, before moving

to more sophisticated abstractions and more chal-

lenging environments. Each core chapter is devoted

to one topic, covering reliable broadcast, shared

memory, consensus, and extensions of consensus.

For every topic, many exercises and their solutions

enhance the understanding[..]

Features

In modern computing a program is usually dis-

tributed among several processes. The fundamen-

tal challenge when developing reliable and secure

distributed programs is to support the cooperation

of processes required to execute a common task,

even when some of these processes fail. Failures may

range from crashes to adversarial attacks by mali-

cious processes.Cachin, Guerraoui, and Rodrigues

present an [..]

Contents

1. Introduction. - 2. Basic Abstractions. - 3. Reliable

Broadcast. - 4. Shared Memory. -

Fields of interest


puter Communication Networks; Operating Systems

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication


Available

2011. XIX, 320 p. Hardcover

54,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-15259-7


A. Fred, IST - Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal; J.L.G. Dietz,

Delft Universiy of Technology, Delft, The Netherlands; K. Liu, Uni-

versity of Reading, Reading, UK; J. Filipe, INSTICC, Setubal, Portu-

gal (Eds.)

Knowledge Discovery, Knowledge

Engineering and Knowledge

Management

First International Joint Conference, IC3K 2009, Funchal,

Madeira, Portugal, October 6-8, 2009, Revised Selected Papers


conference proceedings of the First International

Joint Conference on Knowledge Discovery, Knowl-

edge Engineering, and Knowledge Management,

IC3K 2009, held in Funchal, Madeira, Portugal,

in October 2009. This book includes revised and

extended versions of a strict selection of the best

papers presented at the conference; 27 revised full

papers together with 3 invited lectures were care-

fully reviewed and selected from 369 submissions.

According to the three covered conferences KDIR

2009, KEOD 2009, and KMIS 2009, the papers

are organized in topical sections on on knowledge

discovery and information retrieval, knowledge

engineering and ontology development, and on

knowledge management and information sharing.

Features


conferenceproceedings of the First International

Joint Conference on Knowledge Discovery, Knowl-

edge Engineering, and Knowledge Management,

IC3K 2009, held in Funchal, Madeira, Portugal,

in October 2009.This book includes revised and

extended versions of a strict selection of the best

papers presented at the conference; 27 revised full

papers [..]

Fields of interest


Computer Communication Networks; Information

Storage and Retrieval; Software Engineering; User

Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction; Data

Mining and Knowledge Discovery

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIII, 411 p. (Communications in Computer and Information


72,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19031-5

A. Lecomte, Université Paris 8, Saint Denis, France; S. Tronçon,

Résurgences/TheNetLab.org, Marseille, France (Eds.)

Ludics, Dialogue and Interaction

PRELUDE Project — 2006-2009. Revised Selected Papers

This volume contains the key contributions to work-

shops and meetings that were held within the context

of the PRELUDE project. PRELUDE, an acronym for

“Towards Theoretical Pragmatics based on Ludics

and Continuation Theory”, ran from November

2006 to November 2009, with funding from the new

French National Agency for Research (ANR). The

objective of the project was to develop perspectives

on Natural Language Semantics and Pragmatics

based on recent developments in Logic and Theo-

retical Computer Science; the articles shed light on

the role of Ludics in the study of speech acts, inferen-

tial semantics, game-theoretical frameworks, inter-

active situations in the dynamics of language, the

representation of commitments and interaction, pro-

gramming web applications, as well as the impact of

Ludics on the fundamental concepts of computabil-

ity.

Features

This volume contains the key contributions to work-

shops and meetings that were held within the context

of the PRELUDE project. PRELUDE, an acronym for

“Towards Theoretical Pragmatics based on Ludics

and Continuation Theory”, ran from November

2006 to November 2009, with funding from the new

French National Agency for Research (ANR). The

objective of the project was to develop perspectives

on Natural [..]

Fields of interest


Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Mathemati-

cal Logic and Formal Languages; Computation by

Abstract Devices; Discrete Mathematics in Com-

puter Science; Mathematics of Computing

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIII, 221 p. (Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, Vol.

6505) Softcover

46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19210-4

S. Lavington, University of Essex, Colchester, UK

Moving Targets

Elliott-Automation and the Dawn of the Computer Age in

Britain, 1947 – 67

This book charts the take-up of IT in Britain, as seen

through the eyes of one company. It examines how

the dawn of the digital computer age in Britain took

place for different applications, from early govern-

ment-sponsored work on secret defence projects, to

the growth of the market for Elliott computers for

civil applications. Features: charts the establishment

of Elliott’s Borehamwood Research Laboratories,

and the roles played by John Coales and Leon Bagrit;

examines early Elliott digital computers designed

for classified military applications and for GCHQ;

describes the analogue computers developed by

Elliott-Automation; reviews the development of the

first commercial Elliot computers and the growth of

applications in industrial automation; includes a his-

tory of airborne computers by a former director of

Elliott Flight Automation; discusses the computer

architectures and systems software for Elliott com-

puters; investigates the mergers, takeovers and even-

tual closure of the Borehamwood laboratories.

Features

The Elliott-Automation company was an active

participant in the birth of the information age in

Britain. By 1961, the company was supplying 50%

of the digital computers delivered to UK customers

in that year. Yet by the end of that decade, Elliott-

Automation had effectively disappeared in a flurry of

takeovers, leaving little apparent trace of the techni-

cal excellence that had once [..]

Contents

The Navy Comes to Borehamwood.- A Glint on

the Horizon.- The Secret Digit.- Analogue Exper-

tise.- NRDC and the Market.- Process Control

and Automation: the Bagrit Vision.- Automation:

the Machines and the Applications.- Software and

Applications at Borehamwood.- NCR, the 405 and

Commercial Data Processing.- Evolution of Elliott

Computer Architectures.- EARS and Aerials: Elliott’s

Radar Achievements.- Airborne Computing System

Developments at Elliott-Automation, 1958 – 1988.-

Mergers, Take-overs and Dispersals.- The End of the

Line.

Fields of interest

History of Computing

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXI, 300 p. (History of Computing) Hardcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84882-932-9


D. Agrawal, University of California at Santa Barbara, CA, USA; K.S.

Candan, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA; W.-S. Li, SAP,

Shanghai, China (Eds.)

New Frontiers in Information and

Software as Services

Service and Application Design Challenges in the Cloud

The increasing costs of creating and maintaining

infrastructures for delivering services to consumers

have led to the emergence of cloud based third party

service providers renting networks, computation

power, storage, and even entire software applica-

tion suites. On the other hand, service customers

demand competitive pricing, service level agree-

ments, and increased flexibility and scalability. Ser-

vice consumers also expect process and data security,

24/7 service availability, and compliance with privacy

regulations. This book focuses on such challenges

associated with the design, implementation, deploy-

ment, and management of data and software as a ser-

vice. The 12 papers presented in this volume were

contributed by leaders in academia and industry,

and were reviewed and supervised by an expert edi-

torial board. They describe cutting-edge approaches

in areas like service design, service security, service

optimization, and service migration.

Features

The increasing costs of creating and maintaining

infrastructures for delivering services to consumers

have led to the emergence of cloud based third party

service providers renting networks, computation

power, storage, and even entire software application

suites. On the other hand, service customers demand

competitive pricing, service level agreements, and

increased flexibility and scalability. Service [..]

Fields of interest


Business Information Systems; Computer Appl.

in Administrative Data Processing; System Perfor-

mance and Evaluation

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. X, 301 p. (Lecture Notes in Business Information Process-

ing, Vol. 74) Softcover

54,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19293-7

J. Camenisch, IBM Research Zurich, Switzerland; V. Kisimov,

University of National and World Economy, Sofia, Bulgaria; M.

Dubovitskaya, IBM Research Zurich, Switzerland (Eds.)

Open Research Problems in

Network Security

IFIP WG 11.4 International Workshop, iNetSec 2010, Sofia, Bul-

garia, March 5-6, 2010, Revised Selected Papers

This book constitutes the refereed post-confer-

ence proceedings of the IFIP WG 11.4 International

Workshop, iNetSec 2010, held in Sofia, Bulgaria, in

March 2010. The 14 revised full papers presented

together with an invited talk were carefully reviewed

and selected during two rounds of refereeing. The

papers are organized in topical sections on schedul-

ing, adversaries, protecting resources, secure pro-

cesses, and security for clouds.

Features

This book constitutes the refereed post-confer-

ence proceedings of the IFIP WG 11.4 International

Workshop, iNetSec 2010, held in Sofia, Bulgaria, in

March 2010. The 14 revised full papers presented

together with an invited talk were carefully reviewed

and selected during two rounds of refereeing. The

papers are organized in topical sections on schedul-

ing, adversaries, protecting resources, secure pro-

cesses, [..]

Fields of interest

Systems and Data Security; Data Encryption; Man-

agement of Computing and Information Systems;

Computer Communication Networks; Comput-

ers and Society; Information Systems Applications

(incl.Internet)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. VIII, 171 p. (Security and Cryptology, Vol. 6555) Softcover

60,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19227-2

M.T. Özsu, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada; P.

Valduriez, Montpellier, France

Principles of Distributed Database

Systems, Third Edition

This third edition of a classic textbook can be used to

teach at the senior undergraduate and graduate lev-

els. The material concentrates on fundamental theo-

ries as well as techniques and algorithms. The advent

of the Internet and the World Wide Web, and, more

recently, the emergence of cloud computing and

streaming data applications, has forced a renewal

of interest in distributed and parallel data manage-

ment, while, at the same time, requiring a rethinking

of some of the traditional techniques. This book cov-

ers the breadth and depth of this re-emerging field.

The coverage consists of two parts. The first part

discusses the fundamental principles of distributed

data management and includes distribution design,

data integration, distributed query processing and

optimization, distributed transaction management,

and replication. The second part focuses on more

advanced topics and includes discussion of parallel

database systems, distributed object management,

peer-to-peer data management, web data[..]

Features

none

Contents

Introduction.- Background.- Distributed Database

Design.- Database Integration.- Data and Access

Control.- Overview of Query Processing.- Query

Decomposition and Data Localization.- Optimiza-

tion of Distributed Queries.- Multidatabase Query

Processing.- Introduction to Transaction Manage-

ment.- Distributed Concurrency Control.- Dis-

tributed DBMS Reliability.- Data Replication.-

Parallel Database Systems.- Distributed Object

Database Management.- Peer-to-Peer Data Manage-

ment.- Web Data Management.- Current Issues.-

References.- Index

Fields of interest


Computer Systems Organization and Communica-

tion Networks

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication


Available

2011. XIX, 845 p. Hardcover

89,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8833-1


D. Catalano, Università di Catania, Italy; N. Fazio, City Univer-

sity of New York, NY, USA; R. Gennaro, IBM Reserach, Yorktown

Heights, NY, USA; A. Nicolosi, Stevens Institute of Technology,

Hoboken, NJ, USA (Eds.)

Public Key Cryptography -- PKC

2011

14th International Conference on Practice and Theory in Pub-

lic Key Cryptography, Taormina, Italy, March 6-9, 2011, Pro-

ceedings

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed

proceedings of the 14th International Confer-

ence on Practice and Theory in Public Key Cryp-

tography, PKC 2011, held in Taormina, Italy, in

March 2011. The 28 papers presented were carefully

reviewed and selected from 103 submissions. The

book also contains one invited talk. The papers are

grouped in topical sections on signatures, attribute

based encryption, number theory, protocols, cho-

sen-ciphertext security, encryption, zero-knowledge,

and cryptanalysis.

Features

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed pro-


Practice and Theory in Public Key Cryptography,

PKC 2011, held in Taormina, Italy, in March 2011.

The 28 papers presented were carefully reviewed

and selected from 103 submissions. The book also

contains one invited talk. The papers are grouped

in topical sections on signatures, attribute based

encryption, [..]

Fields of interest

Computer Communication Networks; Data Encryp-

tion; Management of Computing and Information

Systems; Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complex-

ity; Systems and Data Security; Discrete Mathematics

in Computer Science

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XIII, 495 p. (Security and Cryptology, Vol. 6571) Softcover

70,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19378-1

Z. Bellahsene, LIRMM, Montpellier, France; A. Bonifati, CNR,

Rende, Italy; E. Rahm, University of Leipzig, Germany (Eds.)

Schema Matching and Mapping

Requiring heterogeneous information systems to

cooperate and communicate has now become cru-

cial, especially in application areas like e-business,

Web-based mash-ups and the life sciences. Such

cooperating systems have to automatically and effi-

ciently match, exchange, transform and integrate

large data sets from different sources and of different

structure in order to enable seamless data exchange

and transformation. The book edited by Bellah-

sene, Bonifati and Rahm provides an overview of

the ways in which the schema and ontology match-

ing and mapping tools have addressed the above

requirements and points to the open technical chal-

lenges. The contributions from leading experts are

structured into three parts: large-scale and knowl-

edge-driven schema matching, quality-driven

schema mapping and evolution, and evaluation and

tuning of matching tasks. The authors describe the

state of the art by discussing the latest achievements

such as more effective methods for matching data,

mapping transformation[..]

Features

Requiring heterogeneous information systems to

cooperate and communicate has now become cru-

cial, especially in application areas like e-business,

Web-based mash-ups and the life sciences. Such

cooperating systems have to automatically and effi-

ciently match, exchange, transform and integrate

large data sets from different sources and of different

structure in order to enable seamless data exchange

and [..]

Contents

Part I: Large-scale and knowledge-driven schema

matching. 1. Towards large-scale schema and ontol-

ogy matching. 2. Interactive techniques to support

ontology matching. 3. Enhancing the capabilities of

attribute correspondences. 4. Uncertainty in data

integration and dataspace support platforms.- Part

II: Quality-driven schema mapping and evolution. 5.

Discovery and correctness of schema mapping trans-

formations. 6. Recent advances in schema and ontol-

ogy evolution. 7. Schema mapping evolution through

composition and inversion. 8. Mapping-based merg-

ing of schemas.- Part III: Evaluating and[..]

Fields of interest

Database Management; Mathematical Logic and For-

mal Languages; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XII, 314 p. (Data-Centric Systems and Applications) Hard-

cover

69,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16517-7

C. Bettstetter, University of Klagenfurt, Mobile Systems Group,

Klagenfurt, Austria; C. Gershenson, Universidad Nacional

Autonoma de Mexico, Mexico, Mexico (Eds.)

Self-Organizing Systems

5th International Workshop, IWSOS 2011, Karlsruhe, Ger-

many, February 23-24, 2011, Proceedings


5th International Workshop on Self-Organizing Sys-

tems, IWSOS 2011, held in Karlsruhe, Germany, in

February 2011. The 9 revised full papers presented

together with 1 invited paper were carefully selected

from 25 initial submissions. It was the 5th workshop

in a series of multidisciplinary events dedicated to

self-organization in networked systems with main

focus on communication and computer networks.

The papers address theoretical aspects of self-organi-

zation as well as applications in communication and

computer networks and robot networks.

Features


5th International Workshop on Self-Organizing Sys-

tems, IWSOS 2011, held in Karlsruhe, Germany, in

February 2011.The 9 revised full papers presented

together with 1 invited paper were carefully selected

from 25 initial submissions. It was the 5th workshop

in a series of multidisciplinary events dedicated to

self-organization in networked systems [..]

Fields of interest

Computer Communication Networks; Software

Engineering; Information Systems Applications

(incl.Internet); Information Storage and Retrieval;

Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Communi-

cations Engineering, Networks

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. IX, 117 p. (Computer Communication Networks and

Telecommunications, Preliminary entry 6557) Softcover

46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19166-4


B. Medjahed, University of Michigan, Dearborn, MI, USA; A.

Bouguettaya, CSIRO ICT Centre, Acton, Australia

Service Composition for the

Semantic Web

Service Composition for the Semantic Web presents

an in-depth analysis of aspects related to seman-

tic-enabled Web service modeling and composition.

It also covers challenges and solutions to composing

Web services on the semantic Web, and proposing a

semantic framework for organizing and describing

Web services. Service Composition for the Seman-

tic Web describes composability and matching mod-

els to check whether semantic Web services can be

combined together to avoid unexpected failures

at run time, and a set of algorithms that automati-

cally generate detailed descriptions of composite ser-

vices from high-level specifications of composition

requests. The book includes case studies in the areas

of digital government and bioinformatics.

Features

Service Composition for the Semantic Web presents

an in-depth analysis of aspects related to seman-

tic-enabled Web service modeling and composition.

It also covers challenges and solutions to composing

Web services on the semantic Web, and proposing a

semantic framework for organizing and describing

Web services. Service Composition for the Semantic

Web describes composability and [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Enabling Interactions on the Web: A

Taxonomic Perspective.- Describing and Organizing

Semantic Web Services.- A Composability Frame-

work for Semantic Web Services.- Context-based

Matching for Semantic Web Services.- Towards the

Automatic Composition of Semantic Web.- Imple-

mentation and Performance.- Conclusion

Fields of interest


Database Management; Information Storage and

Retrieval; Information Systems and Communication

Service; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XV, 191 p. Hardcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8464-7

H. Demirkan, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA; J.C.

Spohrer, IBM Almaden Research Center, San Jose, CA, USA; V.

Krishna, IBM Almaden Research Center, San Jose, CA, USA (Eds.)

Service Systems Implementation

Service Systems Implementation provides the latest

applications and practices aimed at improving the

key performance indicators of service systems, espe-

cially those related to service quality, service pro-

ductivity, regulatory compliance, and sustainable

service innovation. The book presents action-ori-

ented, application-oriented, design science-oriented

(artifacts building: constructs, models, methods and

instantiations) and case study-oriented research

with actionable results by illustrating techniques that

can be employed in large scale, real world examples.

The case studies will help visualize service systems

along the four key dimensions of people, informa-

tion, technology and value propositions which can

help enable better integration between them towards

higher value propositions.The chapters, written by

leading experts in the field, examine a wide range of

substantive issues and implementations related to

service science in various industries. These contribu-

tions also showcase the application[..]

Features

Service Systems Implementation provides the latest

applications and practices aimed at improving the

key performance indicators of service systems, espe-

cially those related to service quality, service pro-

ductivity, regulatory compliance, and sustainable

service innovation. The book presents action-ori-

ented, application-oriented, design science-oriented

(artifacts building: constructs, models, [..]

Contents

Data-Driven Simulation-Enhanced Optimization of

People-based Print Production Service.- Intelligent

Document Gateway - A Service System Case Study

and Analysis.- A Framework for the Design of Ser-

vice Systems.- Surviving Nuclear Winter - Towards a

Service-Led Business.- Towards an Operations Strat-

egy for the Infusion of Product-Centric Services into

Manufacturing.- Theory of Constraints for Services:

Past, Present, and Future.- An assessment tool for

establishing Infrastructure as a Service Capability

Maturity.- Customer-Provider Strategic Alignment:

A Maturity Model.- CIO in a Service[..]

Fields of interest


tems; Management/Business for Professionals;

Operation Research / Decision Theory; Business

Information Systems

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XXVI, 307 p. 50 illus. (Service Science: Research and Innova-

tions in the Service Economy) Hardcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7903-2

B. Malloy, Clemson University, SC, USA; S. Staab, University of

Koblenz, Germany; M. van den Brand, Eindhoven University of

Technology, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Software Language Engineering

Third International Conference, SLE 2010, Eindhoven, The

Netherlands, October 12-13, 2010, Revised Selected Papers


proceedings of the Third International Conference

on Software Language Engineering, SLE 2010, held

in Eindhoven, The Netherlands, in October 2010.

The 24 papers presented were carefully reviewed

and selected from 79 submissions. The book also

contains the abstracts of two invited talks. The

papers are grouped in topical sections on grammar-

ware, metamodeling, evolution, programming, and

domain-specific languages. The short papers and

demos included deal with modeling and transforma-

tions and translations.

Features


proceedings of the Third International Conference

on Software Language Engineering, SLE 2010, held

in Eindhoven, The Netherlands, in October 2010.

The 24 papers presented were carefully reviewed and

selected from 79 submissions. The book also con-

tains the abstracts of two invited talks. The papers

are grouped in topical sections on grammarware, [..]

Fields of interest

Software Engineering; Programming Languages,

Compilers, Interpreters; Logics and Meanings of

Programs; User Interfaces and Human Computer

Interaction

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XI, 417 p. (Programming and Software Engineering, Vol.

6563) Softcover

62,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19439-9


L.M. Camarinha-Matos, New University of Lisbon, Portugal (Ed.)

Technological Innovation for

Sustainability

Second IFIP WG 5.5/SOCOLNET Doctoral Conference on Com-

puting, Electrical and Industrial Systems, DoCEIS 2011, Costa

de Caparica, Portugal, February 22-24, 2011, Proceedings


the Second IFIP WG 5.5/SOCOLNET Doctoral Con-

ference on Computing, Electrical and Industrial

Systems, DoCEIS 2011, held in Costa de Caparica,

Portugal, in February 2011. The 67 revised full

papers were carefully selected from numerous sub-

missions. They cover a wide spectrum of topics

ranging from collaborative enterprise networks to

microelectronics. The papers are organized in topical

sections on collaborative networks, service-oriented

systems, computational intelligence, robotic systems,

Petri nets, sensorial and perceptional systems, sen-

sorial systems and decision, signal processing, fault-

tolerant systems, control systems, energy systems,

electrical machines, and electronics.

Features

This book constitutes the refereed proceedings

of the Second IFIP WG 5.5/SOCOLNET Doc-

toral Conference on Computing, Electrical and

Industrial Systems, DoCEIS 2011, held in Costa de

Caparica, Portugal, in February 2011. The 67 revised

full papers were carefully selected from numerous

submissions. They cover a wide spectrum of topics

ranging from collaborative enterprise networks to

microelectronics. The [..]

Fields of interest


tems; Computer Communication Networks; Arti-

ficial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Information

Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Computation

by Abstract Devices; Software Engineering

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XVII, 615 p. (IFIP Advances in Information and Communica-


134,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19169-5

R. Kaschek, Gymnasium Gerresheim, Düsseldorf, Germany; L.M.L.

Delcambre, Portland State University, Portland, ON, USA (Eds.)

The Evolution of Conceptual

Modeling

From a Historical Perspective towards the Future of Concep-

tual Modeling

Conceptual modeling represents a recent approach

to creating knowledge. It has emerged in response to

the computer revolution, which started in the mid-

dle of the 20th century.Computers, in the meantime,

have become a major knowledge media. Concep-

tual modeling provides an answer to the difficulties

experienced throughout the development of com-

puter applications and aims at creating effective, rea-

sonably priced, and sharable knowledge about using

computers in business. Moreover, it has become evi-

dent that conceptual modeling has the potential to

exceed the boundaries of business and computer

usage.This state-of-the-art survey originates from the

International Seminar on the Evolution of Concep-

tual Modeling, held in Dagstuhl Castle, Germany, in

April 2008. The major objective of this seminar was

to look into conceptual modeling from a historical

perspective with a view towards the future of concep-

tual modeling and to achieve a better understanding

of conceptual modeling issues in several different[..]

Features

Conceptual modeling represents a recent approach

to creating knowledge. It has emerged in response to

the computer revolution, which started in the mid-

dle of the 20th century.Computers, in the meantime,

have become a major knowledge media. Conceptual

modeling provides an answer to the difficulties [..]

Fields of interest


Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Mathematical

Logic and Formal Languages; Artificial Intelligence

(incl. Robotics); Models and Principles; Software

Engineering

Target groups


Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XII, 360 p. (Information Systems and Applications, incl.

Internet/Web, and HCI, Vol. 6520) Softcover

54,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17504-6

Transactions on Edutainment V

This journal subline serves as a forum for stimulating

and disseminating innovative research ideas, theo-

ries, emerging technologies, empirical investigations,

state-of-the-art methods, and tools in all different

genres of edutainment, such as game-based learn-

ing and serious games, interactive storytelling, vir-

tual learning environments, VR-based education,

and related fields. It covers aspects from educational

and game theories, human-computer interaction,

computer graphics, artificial intelligence, and sys-

tems design. The 5th volume in this series repre-

sents a selection of 12 contributions from DMDCM

2010, the 5th International Conference on Digital

Media and Digital Content Management, held in

Chongqing, China, in December 2010, as well as

9 regular papers. The papers cover topics such as

human-computer interaction, virtual exhibit, face

recognition, character animation etc.; they moreover

present a large number of application examples in

the area of e-learning, game, animation, multimedia,

and[..]

Features

This journal subline serves as a forum for stimulating

and disseminating innovative research ideas, theo-

ries, emerging technologies, empirical investigations,

state-of-the-art methods, and tools in all different

genres of edutainment, such as game-based learning

and serious games, interactive storytelling, virtual

learning environments, VR-based education, and

related fields. It covers aspects from [..]

Contents

Innovative Integrated Architecture for Educational

Games: Challenges and Merits.- Beyond Standards:

Unleashing Accessibility on a Learning Content

Management System.- Design and Implementa-

tion of an OpenGL Based 3D First Person Shooting

Game.- Direct Interaction between Operator and

3D Virtual Environment with a Large Scale Hap-

tic.- Modeling and Optimizing of Joint Inventory in

Supply Chain Management.- Vision-Based Robotic

Graphic Programming System.- Integrating Activity

Theory for Context Analysis on Large Display.- Line

Drawings Abstraction from 3D Models.- Interactive

Creation of[..]

Fields of interest



Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Multimedia

Information Systems; Computer Graphics; Comput-

ers and Education

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. X, 271 p. (Transactions on Edutainment, Vol. 6530) Soft-

cover

63,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18451-2


P. Stenström, Chalmers University of Technology, Gothenburg.

Sweden (Ed.)

Transactions on High-Performance

Embedded Architectures and

Compilers III

Transactions on HiPEAC aims at the timely dis-

semination of research contributions in computer

architecture and compilation methods for high-per-

formance embedded computer systems. Recognizing

the convergence of embedded and general-purpose

computer systems, this journal publishes original

research on systems targeted at specific computing

tasks as well as systems with broad application bases.

The scope of the journal therefore covers all aspects

of computer architecture, code generation and com-

piler optimization methods of interest to researchers

and practitioners designing future embedded sys-

tems. This third issue contains 14 papers carefully

reviewed and selected out of numerous submissions

and is divided into four sections. The first section

contains the top four papers from the Third Interna-

tional Conference on High-Performance Embedded

Architectures and Compilers, HiPEAC 2008, held

in Göteborg, Sweden, in January 2008. The second

section consists of four papers from the 8th MEDEA

Workshop held[..]

Features

Transactions on HiPEAC aims at the timely dis-

semination of research contributions in computer

architecture and compilation methods for high-per-

formance embedded computer systems. Recognizing

the convergence of embedded and general-purpose

computer systems, this journal publishes original

research on systems targeted at specific computing

tasks as well as systems with broad application bases.

The scope of [..]

Fields of interest

Arithmetic and Logic Structures; Processor Archi-

tectures; Input/Output and Data Communications;

Logic Design; Computer Communication Networks;

Programming Languages, Compilers, Interpreters

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIV, 299 p. (Transactions on High-Performance Embedded

Architectures and Compilers, Vol. 6590) Softcover

54,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19447-4

N. KATOH, Kyoto University, Japan; A. Kumar, Indian Institute of

Technology, New Delhi, India (Eds.)

WALCOM: Algorithms and

Computation

5th International Workshop, WALCOM 2011, New Delhi, India,

February 18-20, 2011, Proceedings

This book constitutes the proceedings of the 5th

International Workshop on Algorithms and Compu-

tation, WALCOM 2011, held in New Delhi, India, in

February 2011. The 20 papers presented in this vol-

ume were carefully reviewed and selected from 57

submissions. The papers are grouped in topical sec-

tions on approximation algorithms, hardness, algo-

rithm engineering, computational geometry, string

algorithms, and graph algorithms.

Features

This book constitutes the proceedings of the 5th

International Workshop on Algorithms and Compu-

tation, WALCOM 2011, held in New Delhi, India, in

February 2011. The 20 papers presented in this vol-

ume were carefully reviewed and selected from 57

submissions. The papers are grouped in topical sec-

tions on approximation algorithms, hardness, algo-

rithm engineering, computational geometry, string

algorithms, and [..]

Fields of interest

Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complexity; Dis-

crete Mathematics in Computer Science; Mathemati-

cal Applications in Computer Science; Symbolic and

Algebraic Manipulation; Computational Biology /

Bioinformatics; Algorithms

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XI, 233 p. (Theoretical Computer Science and General


46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19093-3

K. Tanaka, Kyoto University, Japan; P. Fröhlich, FTW

Forschungszentrum Telekommunikation Wien GmbH, Austria;

K.-S. Kim, Knowledge Creating Communication Research Center,

Kyoto, Japan (Eds.)

Web and Wireless Geographical

Information Systems

10th International Symposium, W2GIS 2011, Kyoto, Japan,

March 3-4, 2011, Proceedings


10th International Symposium on Web and Wireless

Geographical Information Systems, W2GIS 2011,

held in Kyoto, Japan, in March 2011. A total of 13

full and 3 short papers plus 2 short keynote papers

presented were carefully reviewed and selected from

36 submissions. The papers cover a wide range of

topics including geographic information retrieval on

the web, geo-spatial semantic and sensor web, loca-

tion-based services, advanced GIS visualization tech-

niques, personalization and adjustment for mobile

GIS applications, and geo-spatial data quality and

context processing.

Features


10th International Symposium on Web and Wireless

Geographical Information Systems, W2GIS 2011,

held in Kyoto, Japan, in March 2011.A total of 13 full

and 3 short papers plus 2 short keynote paperspre-

sented were carefully reviewed and selected from 36

submissions. The papers cover a wide range of topics

including geographic information retrieval [..]

Fields of interest

Database Management; Information Storage

and Retrieval; Information Systems Applications

(incl.Internet); Multimedia Information Systems;

Computer Communication Networks; User Inter-

faces and Human Computer Interaction

Target groups


Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. X, 241 p. (Information Systems and Applications, incl. Inter-

net/Web, and HCI, Vol. 6574) Softcover

46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19172-5

springer.com Earth Sciences 31

P.J. Marrón, University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany; K. White-

house, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, VA, USA (Eds.)

Wireless Sensor Networks

8th European Conference, EWSN 2011, Bonn, Germany, Febru-

ary 23-25, 2011, Proceedings


the 8th European Conference on Wireless Sensor

Networks, EWSN 2011, held in Bonn, Germany,

in February 2011. The 14 revised full papers pre-

sented were carefully reviewed and selected from

87 submissions. The papers are organized in topical

sections on routing and mobility, optimization tech-

niques, MAC protocols, algorithms, and systems and

abstractions.

Features


the 8th European Conference on Wireless Sensor

Networks, EWSN 2011, held in Bonn, Germany,

in February 2011. The 14 revised full papers pre-

sented were carefully reviewed and selected from

87 submissions. The papers are organized in topical

sections on routing and mobility, optimization tech-

niques, MAC protocols, algorithms, and systems and

abstractions.

Fields of interest

Computer Communication Networks; Algorithm

Analysis and Problem Complexity; Programming

Techniques; Software Engineering; Information Sys-

tems Applications (incl.Internet); Special Purpose

and Application-Based Systems

Target groups


Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. X, 227 p. (Computer Communication Networks and

Telecommunications, Vol. 6567) Softcover

46,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19185-5

Earth Sciences

F. Carrasco, University of Malaga, Spain; J.J. Durán Valsero, Span-

ish Geological Survey, Madrid, Spain; J.W. LaMoreaux, P.E. LaM-

oreaux and Associates, Oak Ridge, TN, USA (Eds.)

Advances in Research in Karst

Media

The Malaga Symposia Series provides an interna-

tional forum for scientific debate on the progress

made in research into karst environments. The 2010

meeting of the 4th International ISKA presents 80

papers in four key areas: karst hydrogeology and

investigations, karst landscape and ecosystems,

human interaction with karst environments, and

engineering geology in karst areas. This book will be

a useful edition to the libraries of consultants, scien-

tists, lecturers, and policy makers concerned with the

special issues of karst terrains.

Features

IV International Symposium on Karst Media,

Malaga, Spain 2010 The Malaga Symposia Series

provides an international forum for scientific debate

on the progress made in research into karst environ-

ments. The 2010 meeting of the 4th International

ISKA presents 80 papers in four key topics: karst

hydrogeology and investigations, karst landscapes

and ecosystems, human interaction with karst envi-

ronments, [..]

Contents

From the contents: 1. Karst Hyrogeology.- 2. Karst

Geomorphology.- 3. Engineering Geology in Karst.-

4. Research on Caves.

Fields of interest

Hydrogeology; Sustainable Development; Environ-

ment (general)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. Approx. 525 p. (Environmental Earth Sciences) Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-12485-3

J. Reitner, University of Göttingen, Germany; V. Thiel, University

of Göttingen, Germany (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of Geobiology

The interplay between Geology and Biology has

shaped the Earth from the early Precambrian, 4

billion years ago. Moving beyond the borders of

the classical core disciplines, Geobiology strives to

identify chains of cause-and-effect and synergisms

between the geo- and the biospheres that have been

driving the evolution of life in modern and ancient

environments. Combining modern methods, geobi-

ological information can be extracted not only from

visible remains of organisms, but also from organic

molecules, rock fabrics, minerals, isotopes and other

tracers. An understanding of these processes and

their signatures reveals enormous applied potentials

with respect to issues of environment protection,

public health, energy and resource management. The

Encyclopedia of Geobiology has been designed to act

as a key reference for students, researchers, teachers,

and the informed public and to provide basic, but

comprehensible knowledge on this rapidly expand-

ing discipline that sits at the interface between[..]

Features

The interplay between Geology and Biology has

shaped the Earth from the early Precambrian, 4 bil-

lion years ago. Moving beyond the borders of the

classical core disciplines, Geobiology strives to iden-

tify cause-and-effect chains and synergisms between

the geo- and the biospheres that have been driving

evolution of life in modern and ancient environ-

ments. Combining modern methods, geobiological

[..]

Contents

Acetogens.-Acid Rock Drainage.-Acidophiles.-Aer-

obic Metabolism.-Algae (Eukaryotic) .-Alkalin-

ity.-Amber.-Anaerobic Oxidation of Methane

with Sulfate.-Anaerobic Transformation Pro-

cesses, Microbiology.-Anammox.-Animal Biocal-

cification, Evolution.-Animal Skeletons, Advent.-

Archaea.-Arsenic.-Asteroid and Comet Impacts.-

Astrobiology.-Bacteria.-Bacterioplankton.-Banded

Iron Formations.-Basalt (Glass, Endoliths) .-

Beggiatoa.-Biodeterioration (of Stone).-Bioero-

sion.-Biofilms.-Biofilms and Fossilization.-Biogeo-

chemical Cycless.-Biological Control on Diagenesis:

Influence of Bacteria and Relevance[..]

Fields of interest

Biogeosciences; Earth Sciences (general); Life Sci-

ences (general); Geochemistry; Geography (general);

Microbiology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. XXVIII, 928 p. 482 illus., 32 in color. (Encyclopedia of Earth

Sciences Series) Hardcover

399,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4020-9211-4

32 Earth Sciences springer.com

D. Hopley, James Cook University, Townsville, QLD, Australia (Ed.)

Encyclopedia of Modern Coral Reefs

Structure, Form and Process

Coral reefs are the largest landforms built by plants

and animals. Their study therefore incorporates

a wide range of disciplines. This encyclopedia

approaches coral reefs from an earth science per-

spective, concentrating especially on modern reefs.

Currently coral reefs are under high stress, most

prominently from climate change with changes to

water temperature, sea level and ocean acidification

particularly damaging. Modern reefs have evolved

through the massive environmental changes of the

Quaternary with long periods of exposure during

glacially lowered sea level periods and short periods

of interglacial growth. The entries in this encyclope-

dia condense the large amount of work carried out

since Charles Darwin first attempted to understand

reef evolution. Leading authorities from many coun-

tries have contributed to the entries covering areas of

geology, geography and ecology, providing compre-

hensive access to the most up-to-date research on the

structure, form and processes operating on[..]

Features









[..]

Contents

Acanthaster planci. -Accommodation space. -Acro-

pora. -Adaptation. -Aerial photography of coral

reefs. -Agassiz, Alexander (1835-1910). -Airborne

dust impacts. -Algae - blue green boring. -Algae -

coralline. -Algae - macro. -Algal turfs on modern

reefs. -Algal rims. -Antecedent platforms. -Arago-

nite. -Atoll islands - (motus). -Atolls. -AUVs (ROVs).

-Back-stepping. -Bafflestone. -Bahamas. -Banks

Island: Frasnian (Late Devonian) reefs in arctic

Canada. -Banks, Joseph. -Barbados, Caribbean. -Bar-

rier reef (ribbon reef). -Bassett edges. -Beach rock. -

Belize barrier and atoll reefs. -Bermuda.[..]

Fields of interest

Biogeosciences; Physical Geography; Freshwater &

Marine Ecology; Climate Change

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. XXX, 1236 p. 812 illus., 412 in color. Print + eReference.

(Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)

499,00 €

ISBN 978-90-481-2640-8

D. Hopley, James Cook University, Townsville, QLD, Australia (Ed.)

Encyclopedia of Modern Coral Reefs

Structure, Form and Process









particularly damaging. Modern reefs have evolved

through the massive environmental changes of the

Quaternary with long periods of exposure during

glacially lowered sea level periods and short periods

of interglacial growth. The entries in this encyclope-

dia condense the large amount of work carried out

since Charles Darwin first attempted to understand

reef evolution. Leading authorities from many coun-

tries have contributed to the entries covering areas of

geology, geography and ecology, providing compre-

hensive access to the most up-to-date research on the

structure, form and processes operating on[..]

Features









[..]

Contents

Acanthaster planci. -Accommodation space. -Acro-

pora. -Adaptation. -Aerial photography of coral

reefs. -Agassiz, Alexander (1835-1910). -Airborne

dust impacts. -Algae - blue green boring. -Algae -

coralline. -Algae - macro. -Algal turfs on modern

reefs. -Algal rims. -Antecedent platforms. -Arago-

nite. -Atoll islands - (motus). -Atolls. -AUVs (ROVs).

-Back-stepping. -Bafflestone. -Bahamas. -Banks

Island: Frasnian (Late Devonian) reefs in arctic

Canada. -Banks, Joseph. -Barbados, Caribbean. -Bar-

rier reef (ribbon reef). -Bassett edges. -Beach rock. -

Belize barrier and atoll reefs. -Bermuda.[..]

Fields of interest

Biogeosciences; Physical Geography; Freshwater &

Marine Ecology; Climate Change

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. XXX, 1236 p. 812 illus., 412 in color. eReference. (Encyclo-

pedia of Earth Sciences Series)

399,00 €

ISBN 978-90-481-2639-2

F.L. Toth, International Atomic Agency, Vienna, Austria (Ed.)

Geological Disposal of Carbon

Dioxide and Radioactive Waste: A

Comparative Assessment

Fossil fuels will remain the backbone of the global

energy economy for the foreseeable future. The con-

tribution of nuclear energy to the global energy sup-

ply is also expected to increase. With the pressing

need to mitigate climate change and reduce green-

house gas emissions, the fossil energy industry is

exploring the possibility of carbon dioxide disposal

in geological media. Geological disposal has been

studied for decades by the nuclear industry with a

view to ensuring the safe containment of its wastes.

Geological disposal of carbon dioxide and that of

radioactive waste gives rise to many common con-

cerns in domains ranging from geology to public

acceptance. In this respect, comparative assessments

reveal many similarities, ranging from the transfor-

mation of the geological environment and safety and

monitoring concerns to regulatory, liability and pub-

lic acceptance issues. However, there are profound

differences on a broad range of issues as well, such as

the quantities and hazardous features of[..]

Features

Fossil fuels will remain the backbone of the global

energy economy for the foreseeable future. The con-

tribution of nuclear energy to the global energy sup-

ply is also expected to increase. With the pressing

need to mitigate climate change and reduce green-

house gas emissions, the fossil energy industry is

exploring the possibility of carbon dioxide disposal

in geological media. Geological disposal has [..]

Contents

Preface H.-H. RognerIntroductory chapterCompar-

ing the Geological Disposal of Carbon Dioxide and

Radioactive Waste: Introduction and Overview Sec-

tion A Thematic AssessmentsGeological Media and

Factors for the Long-term Emplacement and Iso-

lation of Carbon Dioxide and Radioactive Waste

Environmental Issues in the Geological Disposal of

Carbon Dioxide and Radioactive Waste Risk Assess-

ment, Risk Management and Remediation for the

Geological Disposal of Radioactive Waste and Stor-

age of Carbon Dioxide Monitoring Methods Used

to Identify the Migration of Carbon Dioxide and

Radionuclides in the[..]

Fields of interest

Geology; Climate Change; Effects of Radiation /

Radiation Protection; Environmental Law / Policy /

Ecojustice; Environmental Economics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XI, 621 p. 20 illus. in color. (Advances in Global Change

Research, Vol. 44) Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-8711-9

springer.com Education 33

I. Turbanti-Memmi, University of Siena, Italy (Ed.)

Proceedings of the 37th

International Symposium on

Archaeometry, 13th - 16th May

2008, Siena, Italy

The book contains the Proceedings of the 37th Inter-

national Symposium on Archaeometry, 12th May

2008, Siena, Italy. The aim of the Symposium is

to promote the development and use of scientific

techniques in order to extract archaeological and

historical information from cultural heritage and

the paleoenvironment. It involves all Natural Sci-

ences and all types of objects and materials related

with human activity. Papers deal with the develop-

ment and/or application of scientific techniques for

extracting information related to human activities

of the past, including the biological nature of man

himself and the environment in which he lived. Top-

ics include: Field Archaeology and Intergrated Site

Studies; Archaeo-chronometry including recent

developments in Radiocarbon Dating; Human -

Environment Interactions including Geoarchaeol-

ogy, Palaeoclimate studies, Landscape Archaeology,

Environmental reconstructions, etc.; Bioarchaeology;

Food preparation and consumption in Antiquity; the

Technology and[..]

Features

The book contains the Proceedings of the 37th Inter-

national Symposium on Archaeometry, 12th -16th

May 2008, Siena, Italy. The aim of the Symposium

is to promote the development and use of scientific

techniques in order to extract archaeological and his-

torical information from the cultural heritage and

the paleoenvironment. It involves all Natural Sci-

ences and all types of objects and materials related

with [..]

Fields of interest

Mineralogy

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XLV, 662 p. Hardcover

299,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14677-0

J.P. Burrows, University of Bremen, Germany; U. Platt, University

of Heidelberg, Heidelberg, Germany; P. Borrell, P & PMB, Newcas-

tle-under-Lyme, UK (Eds.)

The Remote Sensing of

Tropospheric Composition from

Space

The impact of anthropogenic activities on our atmo-

spheric environment is of growing public con-

cern and satellite-based techniques now provide an

essential component of observational strategies on

regional and global scales. The purpose of this book

is to summarise the state of the art in the field in

general, while describing both key techniques and

findings in particular. It opens with an historical per-

spective of the field together with the basic principles

of remote sensing from space. Three chapters follow

on the techniques and on the solutions to the prob-

lems associated with the various spectral regions in

which observations are made. The particular chal-

lenges posed by aerosols and clouds are covered in

the next two chapters. Of special importance is the

accuracy and reliability of remote sensing data and

these issues are covered in a chapter on validation.

The final section of the book is concerned with the

exploitation of data, with chapters on observational

aspects, which includes both[..]

Features

The impact of anthropogenic activities on our atmo-

spheric environment is of growing public con-

cern and satellite-based techniques now provide an

essential component of observational strategies on

regional and global scales. The purpose of this book

is to summarise the state of the art in the field in gen-

eral, while describing both key techniques and find-

ings in particular. It opens with an historical [..]

Contents

Tropospheric Remote Sensing From Space.- Solar

Backscattered Radiation: UV, Visible and near IR-

Trace Gases.- Thermal Infrared: Absorption and

Emission - Trace Gases and Parameters.- Microwave:

Absorption and Emission - Trace Gases and Metere-

ological Parameters.- Remote Sensing of Terres-

trial Clouds from Space using Backscattering and

Thermal Emission Techniques.- Retrieval of Aerosol

Properties.- Data Quality and Validation of Satel-

lite Measurements of Tropospheric Composition.-

Applications: Satellite Observations of Tropospheric

Compostion.- Applications - Data and Models: Syn-

ergetic[..]

Fields of interest

Remote Sensing / Photogrammetry; Environmental

Physics; Meteorology / Climatology; Extraterrestrial

Physics, Space Sciences

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XV, 536 p. 130 illus. in color. (Physics of Earth and Space

Environments) Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14790-6

Education

T. Brown, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK; O. McNamara,

University of Manchester, UK

Becoming a Mathematics Teacher

Identity and Identifications

The book is centered on how major curriculum

reform shapes mathematics and the professional

practices of teachers. This book documents in real

time the implementation of a major government

numeracy programme and its receipt by trainee and

new teachers. It documents the complete life span of

that initiative. The account is targeted at an interna-

tional readership in terms of how curriculum reform

more generally shapes mathematics in schools and

the practices of teachers. A key dimension of the

book is an alternative view of mathematics education

research in which the task of teacher development

is understood at policy level where large numbers of

teachers were interviewed to assess how policies were

being processed through individuals. The book pro-

vides an easy and accessible commentary utilising

contemporary theory to describe how such teachers

reconcile their personal aspirations with the external

demands they encounter in negotiating their identi-

ties as professional teachers.

Features

This book focuses on how major curriculum reform

shapes mathematics in schools as well as the prac-

tice of mathematics teachers. It documents, in real

time, the complete life span of the implementation

of a major government numeracy programme as

well as its effect on trainee and new teachers. In addi-

tion, Becoming a Mathematics Teacher: Identity and

Identification offers an alternative view of mathe-

matics [..]

Contents

About the authors.- Acknowledgements.- 1. Intro-

duction.- 2. Mathematics Teaching and Iden-

tity.- 2.1 Introduction.- 2.2 Hermeneutics To

Psychoanalysis.- 2.3 Personal Aspirations Meet

External Demands.- 3. How Teachers Learn:

a Review of Research.- 3.1 Introduction.- 3.2

The Transition From Scholar To Authority.- 3.3

Conclusion.- 4. Becoming a Teacher: an English

Case Study.- 4.1 Introduction.- 4.2 The Initial

Teacher Education Reform Agenda.- 4.3 The School

Context: The Rise and Fall of the Strategies.- 4.4 The

Empirical Study.- 4.5 Conclusion.- 5 Theorising

Teacher Identity.- 5.1[..]

Fields of interest

Mathematics Education; Educational Policy and Pol-

itics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. X, 192 p. (Mathematics Education Library, Vol. 53) Hard-

cover

99,95 €

34 Education springer.com

ISBN 978-94-007-0553-1 Y. Sheen, American University, Washington, DC, USA

Corrective Feedback, Individual

Differences and Second Language

Learning

This book explores current thinking about the role of

corrective feedback in language learning and teach-

ing. Corrective feedback is a topic that is of rele-

vance to both theories of second language learning

and language pedagogy. Younghee Sheen, an Assis-

tant Professor of Applied Linguistics at the Amer-

ican University in Washington D.C., offers a new

perspective by reviewing a wide body of research

on both oral and written corrective feedback and

its contribution to second language acquisition. She

also reports the results of her own study, pointing

to the need to examine how individual factors such

as anxiety and language aptitude mediate learners’

ability to benefit from the oral and written feedback

they receive. This book is an important resource for

students and scholars of applied linguistics and sec-

ond language acquisition. It will also be of interest

to language teachers and teacher educators wanting

to deepen their understanding of error correction

strategies in the classroom.

Features

This book explores current thinking about the role of

corrective feedback in language learning and teach-

ing. Corrective feedback is a topic that is of relevance

to both theories of second language learning and

language pedagogy. Younghee Sheen, an Assistant

Professor of Applied Linguistics at the American

University in Washington D.C., offers a new per-

spective by reviewing a wide body of research on [..]

Contents

Preface .- Chapter 1. Introduction .-

Chapter 2. Theoretical

spectives on Corrective Feedback

.- Chapter 3. Pedagogical

spectives on Corrective Feedback .-

Chapter 4. Oral Corrective Feedback Research

.- Chapter 5. Written Cor-

tive Feedback Research .- Chapter 6.

Comparing Oral and Writ-

Fields of interest

Learning and Instruction; Assessment, Testing and

Evaluation; Applied Linguistics; Language Education

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVI, 199 p. (Educational Linguistics, Vol. 13) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0547-0

C.S. Malott, Queens College/CUNY, USA

Critical Pedagogy and Cognition

An Introduction to a Postformal Educational Psychology

This book simultaneously contributes to the fields

of critical pedagogy and educational psychology in

new and innovative ways by demonstrating how crit-

ical pedagogy, postformal psychology, and Enlight-

enment science, seemingly separate and distinct

disciplines, are actually part of the same larger, con-

textualized, complex whole from the inner most

developmentally-fixed biological context of human

faculties to the perpetually shifting, socially and

politically constructed context of individual schema

and human civilization. The text’s uniqueness stems

from its bold attempt to connect the postformal crit-

ical constructivist/pedagogy work of Joe Kinche-

loe and others to Western science through a shared,

although previously misunderstood, critique and

rejection of crude forms of social control, which the

psychologists call behaviorism and Western scien-

tists identify as mechanical philosophy. This book

therefore argues that critical pedagogy— which

includes, among others, anarchist, Marxist, femi-

nist,[..]

Features

This book simultaneously contributes to the fields

of critical pedagogy and educational psychology in

new and innovative ways by demonstrating how crit-

ical pedagogy, postformal psychology, and Enlight-

enment science, seemingly separate and distinct

disciplines, are actually part of the same larger, con-

textualized, complex whole from the inner most

developmentally-fixed biological context of human

faculties [..]

Contents

Introduction Joe L. Kincheloe and Curry Stephen-

son Malott PSYCHOLOGICAL AND CRITICAL

FOUNDATIONS 1. Paradigms and Knowledge:

Understanding the Field of Cognitive Studies and

Educational Psychology 2. The Social Construction

of the Dominant Psychological Paradigm: Colum-

bus, Slavery, and the Discourses of Domination 3.

The Social Construction of Educational Psychology

(continued): Implications for Teacher Education

POSTFORMAL PSYCHOLOGY AND CRITICAL

PEDAGOGY 4. What is Postformal Psychology?

Toward a Theory of Critical Complexity 5. What is

Critical Pedagogy? The Historical and[..]

Fields of interest

Educational Psychology; Pedagogic Psychology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XI, 196 p. (Explorations of Educational Purpose, Vol. 15)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0629-3

springer.com Education 35

S. Billett, Griffith University, Brisbane, QLD, Australia; A. Hender-

son, Griffith University, Brisbane, QLD, Australia (Eds.)

Developing Learning Professionals

Integrating Experiences in University and Practice Settings

In higher education institutions across the globe,

there is a growing interest in integrating classroom

learning with experience in practice settings. This

interest is the result of an increased emphasis on

courses that prepare students for specific occupa-

tions in the hopes that upon graduation students

will be job-ready. Developing Learning Profession-

als: Integrating Experiences in University and Prac-

tice Settings explores how the integration of student

experiences across university and practice settings

might best be used to produce college graduates who

are adept, critical practitioners. To do so, it draws on

the findings of a series of projects in Australia that

investigated diverse aspects of work-related learn-

ing. Through these projects, a range of scholars and

researchers consider different aspects of this edu-

cational initiative within the same national higher

education context. They address pedagogic and cur-

riculum practices, institutional arrangements and

partnerships of varying kinds, and[..]

Features

In higher education institutions across the globe,

there is a growing interest in integrating classroom

learning with experience in practice settings. This

interest is the result of an increased emphasis on

courses that prepare students for specific occupa-

tions in the hopes that upon graduation students will

be job-ready. Developing Learning [..]

Contents

1. Work-integrated learning: Introduction and orien-

tation (Billett and Henderson).- 2. Conceptual foun-

dations (Billett).- 3. Preparing nurses and engaging

preceptors (Newton, Billett, Jolly and Ockerby).- 4.

Integrating extensive practice (Molloy & Keating).-

5. Utilising follow throughs in midwifery (Sweet &

Glover).- 6. Preparing Human services practition-

ers (Cartmel) .- 7. Reflective workshops for student

nurses (Newton).- 8. Engaging and integrating medi-

cal and nursing students (Henderson & Alexander).-

9. Career Development Learning (McIlveen, Brooks,

Lichtenberg, Smith, Torjul &[..]

Fields of interest

Professional and Vocational Education; Higher Edu-

cation; Medical Education

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XX, 220 p. (Professional and Practice-based Learning, Vol.

7) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-3936-1

L. McAlpine, University of Oxford, UK; C. Amundsen, Simon Fraser

University, Burnaby, BC, Canada (Eds.)

Doctoral Education: Research-Based

Strategies for Doctoral Students,

Supervisors and Administrators

The quality of the academics who undertake the

work of teaching and research is critical to the sig-

nificance, status and relevance of our universities.

There is widespread evidence that doctoral students

are not being properly prepared for the changing

face of higher education and that once they take up

academic positions, they often experience many frus-

trations and tensions. This book, based on a four-

year-long research program conducted by four aca-

demics and four graduate students, investigates the

experiences of doctoral students, new academics

and senior academics as they engage in their work

related to doctoral education. Doctoral Education:

Research-Based Strategies for Doctoral Students,

Supervisors and Administrators offers research-

based strategies for improving doctoral education

in a non-technical and conversational way. Those

strategies include learning to be a new supervisor

alongside other academic work, developing an intel-

lectual network during the doctoral journey, giving

and[..]

Features

The quality of the academics who undertake the

work of teaching and research is critical to the sig-

nificance, status and relevance of our universities.

There is widespread evidence that doctoral students

are not being properly prepared for the changing

face of higher education and that once they take up

academic positions, they often experience many frus-

trations and tensions. This book, based on a [..]

Contents

Acknowledgments.- About the Contributors.- 1. To

Be or Not To Be? The Challenges of Learning Aca-

demic Work, Lynn McAlpine & Cheryl Amund-

sen.- Section 1: Being … Becoming Academics.- 2.

Tracking Doctoral Student Experience Over Time:

Cultivating Agency in Diverse Spaces, Marian Jaz-

vac-Martek, Shuhua Chen & Lynn McAlpine.- 3.

New Academics as Supervisors: A Steep Learning

Curve with Challenges, Tensions and Pleasures,

Cheryl Amundsen & Lynn McAlpine.- Section 2:

Writing and Speaking—Learning the Disciplinary

Language, Talking the Talk.- 4. Speaking of Writing:

Supervisory Feedback and the[..]

Fields of interest

Higher Education; Administration, Organization

and Leadership

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available


99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0506-7

J. Cai, University of Delaware, Newark, USA; E. Knuth, University

of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, USA (Eds.)

Early Algebraization

A Global Dialogue from Multiple Perspectives

In this volume, the authors address the development

of students’ algebraic thinking in the elementary and

middle school grades from curricular, cognitive, and

instructional perspectives. The volume is also inter-

national in nature, thus promoting a global dialogue

on the topic of early Algebraization.

Features

In recent years there has been increased interest

in the development of students’ algebraic thinking

in the elementary and middle school grades. This

important and timely new volume contains the most

comprehensive collection of research focused on

early algebraization. The volume’s authors—lead-

ing international mathematics education scholars—

present perspectives on early algebraization that pro-

mote a global [..]

Contents

Series Foreword. SECTION 1: Introduction. SEC-

TION 2.- Curricular Perspective.- SECTION 3.

Cognitive Perspective.- SECTION 4. Instructional

Perspective.- SECTION 5. Perspectives for Research

and Teaching.

Fields of interest

Mathematics Education; Teaching and Teacher Edu-

cation; Learning and Instruction; International and

Comparative Education; Curriculum Studies

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXIII, 623 p. (Advances in Mathematics Education) Hard-

cover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17734-7

36 Education springer.com

L. Diaz Soto, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, FL, USA

Latina/o Hope

There are an estimated forty-eight million Lati-

nas/os living in the United States, roughly sixteen

percent of the population. Not only are they the

largest minority group in the country but also the

youngest: one out of five children is Latina/o. The

rise in the Latina/o population has caused for panic

in some areas of the country, resulting in hostile and

sometimes violent racism and xenophobia, and yet,

much of that hatred is fueled not on facts but rather

on myths about immigration.To date, most studies

on immigration have been data driven, focusing on

migrating groups or policy analyses. Latina/o Hope

is different. It incorporates salient theories on migra-

tion as it moves toward a new theorizing, one that

views immigration from the immigrant's perspec-

tive. Thus, it integrates research into the depiction of

various slices of immigrant experience—the young

women disappearing in the city of Juarez, the various

students at various stages of their educational jour-

neys, the young children in need of[..]

Features

There are an estimated forty-eight million Latinas/os

living in the United States, roughly sixteen per-

cent of the population. Not only are they the largest

minority group in the country but also the youngest:

one out of five children is Latina/o. The rise in the

Latina/o population has caused for panic in some

areas of the country, resulting in hostile and some-

times violent racism and xenophobia, and [..]

Contents

Foreword.- Acknowledgments.- Chapter 1: Intro-

duction.- Chapter 2: Young Children .- Chapter

3: Immigration and Immigrants.- Chapter 4: High

School Students.- Chapter 5: Drop-out/Push-out

Learners.- Chapter 6: University Students,.- Chap-

ter 7: Growing up’ Mixed .- Chapter 8: Border learn-

ers (South Texas).- Chapter 9: Adult ESL learners .-

Chapter 10: Latina/meztiza.- Chapter 11: The incar-

cerated.- Chapter 12: Conclusion.

Fields of interest

Sociology of Education; International and Compara-

tive Education

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XI, 113 p. (Explorations of Educational Purpose, Vol. 14)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0503-6

A. Bleakley, Universities of Plymouth and Exeter, UK; J. Bligh,

Cardiff University, UK; J. Browne, Cardiff University, UK

Medical Education for the Future

Identity, Power and Location

The purpose of medical education is to benefit

patients by improving the work of doctors. Patient

centeredness is a centuries old concept in medicine,

but there is still a long way to go before medical

education can truly be said to be patient centered.

Ensuring the centrality of the patient is a particu-

lar challenge during medical education, when stu-

dents are still forming an identity as trainee doctors,

and conservative attitudes towards medicine and

education are common amongst medical teach-

ers, making it hard to bring about improvements.

How can teachers, policy makers, researchers and

doctors bring about lasting change that will restore

the patient to the heart of medical education? The

authors, experienced medical educators, explore the

role of the patient in medical education in terms of

identity, power and location. Using innovative politi-

cal, philosophical, cultural and literary critical frame-

works that have previously never been applied so

consistently to the field, the authors provide a[..]

Features

The purpose of medical education is to benefit

patients by improving the work of doctors. Patient

centeredness is a centuries old concept in medicine,

but there is still a long way to go before medical

education can truly be said to be patient centered.

Ensuring the centrality of the patient is a particular

challenge during medical education, when students

are still forming an identity as trainee doctors, [..]

Contents

Contents Acknowledgements Introduction

PART ONE: MEDICAL EDUCATION – A

DEMOCRATISING FORCE FOR MEDICINE.-

Chapter 1: Medical education as patient Not

prophecy, but spotting trends Medical education

in an historical key Crossroads and crisis: how is

the patient? The symptom may be the ‘education’

in medical education, while the cure may be a new

approach to education.- Chapter 2: Beyond practical

reasoning From critical thinking to practical reason-

ing: a necessary but not sufficient change in medical

education A new wave of medical education thinking

‘Good enough’ is not good enough.-[..]

Fields of interest

Medical Education; Medicine (general); Learning

and Instruction; Curriculum Studies

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVI, 250 p. (Advances in Medical Education, Vol. 1) Hard-

cover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-9691-3

R.M. Ylimaki, University of Arizona, Yuma, AZ, USA; S.L. Jacobson,

University at Buffalo, NY, USA (Eds.)

US and Cross-National Policies,

Practices, and Preparation

Implications for Successful Instructional Leadership, Organiza-

tional Learning, and Culturally Responsive Practices

As educational policy trends converge in many coun-

tries, such as demands for greater accountability,

decentralization, and more culturally sensitive prac-

tices for an increasingly diverse student body, there

is growing interest in cross-national comparisons

and generalizations about leadership qualities and

practices that result in successful schools. US and

Cross-National Policies, Practices and Preparation:

Implications for Successful Instructional Leadership,

Organizational Learning, and Culturally Responsive

Practices fills that need by bringing together triads

of scholars from the International Study of Success-

ful School Principals (ISSPP) to make direct compar-

isons among policies and practices in the U.S. with

those in other national contexts, and then to draw

implications for improving leadership preparation.

This book provides theories and empirical case

study examples of instructional leadership, organiza-

tional learning, and culturally responsive practices as

they are shaped by political,[..]

Features

As educational policy trends converge in many coun-

tries, such as demands for greater accountability,

decentralization, and more culturally sensitive prac-

tices for an increasingly diverse student body, there

is growing interest in cross-national comparisons

and generalizations about leadership qualities and

practices that result in successful schools. US and

Cross-National Policies, Practices and [..]

Contents

Comparative Perspectives: An Overview of Seven

Educational Contexts, Stephen L. Jacobson and Rose

M. Ylimaki.- Converging Policy Trends, Kenneth

Leithwood, Stephen L. Jacobson, & Rose M. Yli-

maki.- Leading Organisational Learning and Capac-

ity Building, Christopher Day, Stephen L. Jacobson,

Olof Johansson.- Democratic Instructional Lead-

ership in Australia, Denmark, and the US, Rose M.

Ylimaki, David Gurr, Lejf Moos, Kasper Kofod, &

Lawrie Drysdale.- Culturally Responsive Practice,

Lauri Johnson, Jorunn Møller, Petros Pashiardis,

Gunn Vedøy, and Vassos Savvides.- Preparing

School Leaders[..]

Fields of interest

Administration, Organization and Leadership; Inter-

national and Comparative Education; Educational

Policy and Politics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XII, 194 p. (Studies in Educational Leadership, Vol. 12)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0541-8

springer.com Engineering 37

S. Schuck, University of Technology Sydney, Sydney Australia; P.

Pereira, DePaul University, Chicago, USA (Eds.)

What Counts in Teaching

Mathematics

Adding Value to Self and Content

In this book, internationally recognised scholars and

practitioners synthesise current practice and research

developments in the area of mathematics teacher

education and mathematics education. The book’s

two sections examine the role and significance of col-

laborations and critical friends in the self-study of

mathematics teaching and teacher education; and the

emerging conflicts, dilemmas and incongruities aris-

ing from the study of mathematics education prac-

tices. The book considers the insights gained from

self-analysis regarding the practitioner themselves,

as well as their pedagogical content, students and

approaches. The contributions highlight the com-

plexity, characteristics and features of mathematics

education.The chapters reveal nuances in teaching

and learning that are of particular relevance in math-

ematics education. In addition, the book contains

ideas and suggestions on how to enhance the teach-

ing of mathematical content to pre-service teachers.

Accordingly, the book appeals to a wide[..]

Features

In this book, internationally recognised scholars and

practitioners synthesise current practice and research

developments in the area of mathematics teacher

education and mathematics education. The book’s

two sections examine the role and significance of col-

laborations and critical friends in the self-study of

mathematics teaching and teacher education; and the

emerging conflicts, dilemmas and incongruities [..]

Contents

Series Editor’s Foreword.- List of Contributors.-

What counts in mathematics education? Sandy

Schuck and Peter Pereira.- Part 1 Collaborations

and Critical Friends.- 1. Tensions of Mentoring

Mathematics Teachers: Translating Theory into

Practice, Paul Betts.- 2. Team Teaching about Math-

ematics for All Collaborative Self-Study, Hafdís

Guðjónsdóttir and Jónína Vala Kristinsdóttir.- 3.

Growing Possibilities: Designing mathematical

and pedagogical problems using variation, Cyn-

thia Nicol.- 4. Resisting complacency: my teaching

through an outsider’s eyes, Sandy Schuck.- Part 2

Examining our[..]

Fields of interest

Mathematics Education; Teaching and Teacher Edu-

cation

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XV, 192 p. (Self-Study of Teaching and Teacher Education

Practices, Vol. 11) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0460-2

Engineering

A. el Haj, Keele University, Hartshill, UK; D. Bader, University of

London, UK (Eds.)

8th International Conference on

Cell & Stem Cell Engineering (ICCE)

June 11–12, 2010 Ireland

This volume presents selected peer-reviewed papers

of the 8th International Conference on Cell & Stem

Cell Engineering (ICCM) 2010 in Dublin. The con-

tributions are written by leading scientists in Cell

and Stem Cell Engineering and the topics of the

papers include: Computational Cell Mechanics

Experimental techniques in Cell Mechanics Molec-

ular and Cell Imaging Cell Matrix Interactions

Mechanotransduction and cell mechanics Cell sens-

ing Cell processing Artificial cells Stem cell niche

Cell Networks

Features

This volume presents selected peer-reviewed papers

of the 8th International Conference on Cell & Stem

Cell Engineering (ICCM) 2010 in Dublin. The con-

tributions are written by leading scientists in Cell

and Stem Cell Engineering and the topics of the

papers include: Computational Cell Mechanics

Experimental techniques in Cell Mechanics Molecu-

lar and Cell Imaging Cell Matrix Interactions [..]

Contents

12 Chapters

Fields of interest

Biomedical Engineering; Physics of the Cell; Stem

Cells

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. X, 58 p. 52 illus. (IFMBE Proceedings, Vol. 30) Softcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19043-8

H. Casier, Kuurne, Belgium; M. Steyaert, K.U. Leuven, Heverlee,

Belgium; A.H.M. van Roermund, Technical University Eindhoven,

Netherlands (Eds.)

Analog Circuit Design

Robust Design, Sigma Delta Converters, RFID

Analog Circuit Design contains the contribution

of 18 tutorials of the 19th workshop on Advances

in Analog Circuit Design. Each part discusses a spe-

cific to-date topic on new and valuable design ideas

in the area of analog circuit design. Each part is pre-

sented by six experts in that field and state of the art

information is shared and overviewed. This book is

number 20 in this successful series of Analog Circuit

Design, providing valuable information and excel-

lent overviews of:Robust Design,chaired by Herman

Casier, ConsultantSigma Delta Converters,chaired

by Prof. Michiel Steyaert, Catholic University

LeuvenRFID,chaired by Prof. Arthur van Roermund,

Eindhoven University of TechnologyAnalog Cir-

cuit Design is an essential reference source for ana-

log circuit designers and researchers wishing to keep

abreast with the latest development in the field. The

tutorial coverage also makes it suitable for use in an

advanced design course.

Features

Analog Circuit Design contains the contribution of

18 tutorials of the 19th workshop on Advances in

Analog Circuit Design. Each part discusses a specific

to-date topic on new and valuable design ideas in the

area of analog circuit design. Each part is presented

by six experts in that field and state of the art infor-

mation is shared and overviewed. This book is num-

ber 20 in this successful series of [..]

Contents

Part I Robust Design.- Part II Sigma Delta Con-

vreters.- Park III RF ID.

Fields of interest

Circuits and Systems; Input/Output and Data Com-

munications

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 367 p. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0390-2

38 Engineering springer.com

M.L. Gámiz, University of Granada, Granada, Spain; K.B. Kulasek-

era, Clemson University, Clemson, SC, USA; N. Limnios, Univer-

sité de Technologie de Compiègne, Compiègne, France; B.H.

Lindqvist, Norwegian University of Science and Technology,

Trondheim, Norway

Applied Nonparametric Statistics in

Reliability

Nonparametric statistics has probably become the

leading methodology for researchers performing

data analysis. It is nevertheless true that, whereas

these methods have already proved highly effective

in other applied areas of knowledge such as biostatis-

tics or social sciences, nonparametric analyses in reli-

ability currently form an interesting area of study

that has not yet been fully explored. Applied Non-

parametric Statistics in Reliability is focused on the

use of modern statistical methods for the estima-

tion of dependability measures of reliability systems

that operate under different conditions. The scope

of the book includes: smooth estimation of the relia-

bility function and hazard rate of non-repairable sys-

tems; study of stochastic processes for modelling the

time evolution of systems when imperfect repairs are

performed; nonparametric analysis of discrete and

continuous time semi-Markov processes; isotonic

regression analysis of the structure function of a reli-

ability system, and lifetime[..]

Features

Nonparametric statistics has probably become the

leading methodology for researchers performing

data analysis. It is nevertheless true that, whereas

these methods have already proved highly effective

in other applied areas of knowledge such as biostatis-

tics or social sciences, nonparametric analyses in reli-

ability currently form an interesting area of study

that has not yet been fully [..]

Contents

1. Lifetime Data.- 2. Models for Perfect Repair.- 3.

Models for Minimal Repair.- 4. Models for Imperfect

Repair.- 5. Systems with Multi-components.- 6. Reli-

ability of Semi–Markov Systems.- 7. Hazard Regres-

sion Analysis.

Fields of interest

Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk; Statis-

tics for Engineering, Physics, Computer Science,

Chemistry and Earth Sciences

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIII, 230 p. 41 illus. (Springer Series in Reliability Engineer-

ing) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-117-2

R. Klingeler, Kirchhoff Institute for Physics, Heidelberg, Germany;

R.B. Sim, University of Oxford, UK (Eds.)

Carbon Nanotubes for Biomedical

Applications

This book explores the potential of multi-functional

carbon nanotubes for biomedical applications. It

combines contributions from chemistry, physics,

biology, engineering, and medicine. The complete

overview of the state-of-the-art addresses differ-

ent synthesis and biofunctionalisation routes and

shows the structural and magnetic properties of nan-

otubes relevant to biomedical applications. Partic-

ular emphasis is put on the interaction of carbon

nanotubes with biological environments, i.e. toxic-

ity, biocompatibility, cellular uptake, intracellular

distribution, interaction with the immune system

and environmental impact. The insertion of NMR-

active substances allows diagnostic usage as mark-

ers and sensors, e.g. for imaging and contactless local

temperature sensing. The potential of nanotubes for

therapeutic applications is highlighted by studies on

chemotherapeutic drug filling and release, targeting

and magnetic hyperthermia studies for anti-cancer

treatment at the cellular level.

Features

This book explores the potential of multi-functional

carbon nanotubes for biomedical applications. It

combines contributions from chemistry, physics,

biology, engineering, and medicine. The complete

overview of the state-of-the-art addresses differ-

ent synthesis and biofunctionalisation routes and

shows the structural and magnetic properties of nan-

otubes relevant to biomedical applications. Particular

emphasis [..]

Contents

Including 10 Chapters.

Fields of interest

Biomedical Engineering; Biophysics and Biological

Physics; Biomaterials; Biochemical Engineering; Cell

Biology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XX, 280 p. 38 illus. in color. (Carbon Nanostructures, Vol. 0)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14801-9

A. Gefen, Dept. of Biomedical Engineering, Tel Aviv University,

Israel (Ed.)

Cellular and Biomolecular

Mechanics and Mechanobiology

This book describes these exciting new develop-

ments, and presents experimental and computa-

tional findings that altogether describe the frontier

of knowledge in cellular and biomolecular mechan-

ics, and the biological implications, in health and

disease. The book is written for bioengineers with

interest in cellular mechanics, for biophysicists, bio-

chemists, medical researchers and all other pro-

fessionals with interest in how cells produce and

respond to mechanical loads.

Features

This book describes these exciting new develop-

ments, and presents experimental and computa-

tional findings that altogether describe the frontier of

knowledge in cellular and biomolecular mechanics,

and the biological implications, in health and disease.

The book is written for bioengineers with interest in

cellular mechanics, for biophysicists, biochemists,

medical researchers and all other professionals with

[..]

Contents

Preface.- Fundamental concepts .- Cytoskeletal

mechanics and cellular mechanotransduction: A

molecular perspective.- Forces during cell adhesion

and spreading: implications for cellular homeosta-

sis.- The physical mechanical processes that shape

tissues in the early embryo.- Mechanobiology of pri-

mary cilia.- Mechanical response of living cells to

contacting shear force.- Experimental methods.-

Microfabricated devices for studying cellular biome-

chanics and mechanobiology.- Nanotechnology

usages for cellular adhesion and traction forces.-

Global and local effects in three-dimensional[..]

Fields of interest

Biomedical Engineering; Cell Biology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. IX, 560 p. (Studies in Mechanobiology, Tissue Engineering

and Biomaterials, Vol. 4) Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14217-8


I. Pilatowsky, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México,

Temixco, Mexico; R.J. Romero, Universidad Autónoma del Estado

de Morelos, Cuernavaca, Mexico; C.A. Isaza, Universidad Pontif-

icia Bolivariana, Medellín, Colombia; S.A. Gamboa, Universidad

Nacional Autónoma de México, Temixco, Mexico; P.J. Sebastian,

Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, Temixco, Mexico;

W. Rivera, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, Temixco,

Mexico

Cogeneration Fuel Cell-Sorption Air

Conditioning Systems

Although conventional cogeneration systems have

been used successfully in the last two decades, most

of them have been large units using mainly hydro-

carbon fuels that are becoming increasingly expen-

sive. New cogeneration systems based on fuel cells

and sorption air conditioning systems promise to

be an energy-saving alternative for situations when

cooling, heating and power are needed at low and

medium capacities. Cogeneration Fuel Cell-Sorp-

tion Air Conditioning Systems examines the ther-

modynamic principles of fuel cell performance and

sorption air conditioning systems, and gives relevant

information about the state of the art of these tech-

nologies. It also provides the reader with the theoret-

ical bases and knowledge needed to understand the

operation of these new cogeneration systems, as well

as discussing the design basis and economical evalu-

ation. Topics covered include: • selected fuel cells for

cogeneration CHP processes; • state-of-the-art sorp-

tion refrigeration systems; • potential[..]

Features

Although conventional cogeneration systems have

been used successfully in the last two decades, most

of them have been large units using mainly hydro-

carbon fuels that are becoming increasingly expen-

sive. New cogeneration systems based on fuel cells

and sorption air conditioning systems promise to

be an energy-saving alternative for situations when

cooling, heating and power are needed at low and

medium [..]

Contents

1. Energy and Cogeneration.- 2. Thermodynamics of

Fuel Cells.- 3. Selected Fuel Cells for Cogeneration

CHP Processes.- 4. State-of-the-art Sorption Refrig-

eration Systems.- 5. Sorption Refrigeration Systems.-

6. Cogeneration Fuel Cells-Air Conditioning Sys-

tems.- 7. Potential Applications in Demonstration

Projects.- 8. Profitability Assessment of the Cogener-

ation System.

Fields of interest

Power Electronics, Electrical Machines and Net-

works

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 160 p. 55 illus. (Green Energy and Technology) Hard-

cover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84996-027-4

S. Kumar, National Institute of Technology, Jamshedpur, India;

S.V. Barai, Indian Institute of Technolgy, Kharagpur, India

Concrete Fracture Models and

Applications

Cementitious materials, rocks and fibre-reinforced

composites commonly termed as quasibrittle, need a

different fracture mechanics approach to model the

crack propagation study because of the presence of

significant size of fracture process zone ahead of the

crack-tip. Recent studies show that concrete struc-

tures manifest three important stages in fracture

process: crack initiation, stable crack propagation

and unstable fracture or failure. Fracture Mechan-

ics concept can better explain the above various

stages including the concepts of ductility, size-effect,

strain softening and post-cracking behavior of con-

crete and concrete structures. The book presents a

basic introduction on the various nonlinear concrete

fracture models considering the respective fracture

parameters. To this end, a thorough state-of-the-art

review on various aspects of the material behavior

and development of different concrete fracture mod-

els is presented. The development of cohesive crack

model for standard test geometries[..]

Features

Cementitious materials, rocks and fibre-reinforced

composites commonly termed as quasibrittle, need a

different fracture mechanics approach to model the

crack propagation study because of the presence of

significant size of fracture process zone ahead of the

crack-tip. Recent studies show that concrete struc-

tures manifest three important stages in fracture pro-

cess: crack initiation, stable crack [..]

Contents

Foreword.- Preface.- List of Symbols and Abbre-

viations.- Introduction to Fracture Mechanics of

Concrete.- Fracture Mechanics of Concrete – State-

of-the-Art Review.- Fracture Behavior of Concrete

using Cohesive Crack and Size Effect Models.- Crack

Propagation Study using Double-K and Double-G

Fracture Parameters.- Fracture Properties of Con-

crete based on the KRcurve Associated with Cohe-

sive Stress Distribution.- Comparison of Fracture

Parameters of Concrete using Nonlinear Fracture

Models.- Appendix. Subject index.

Fields of interest

Building Materials; Structural Mechanics; Struc-

tural Materials; Appl. Mathematics / Computational

Methods of Engineering

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXVI, 406 p. 187 illus. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16763-8

M.S. Mahmoud, King Fahad University of Petroleum and Miner-

als, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia

Decentralized Systems with Design

Constraints

Decentralized Control and Filtering provides a rig-

orous framework for examining the analysis, stabil-

ity and control of large-scale systems, addressing

the difficulties that arise because dimensionality,

information structure constraints, parametric uncer-

tainty and time-delays. This monograph serves three

purposes: it reviews past methods and results from

a contemporary perspective; it examines presents

trends and approaches and to provide future pos-

sibilities; and it investigates robust, reliable and/or

resilient decentralized design methods based on a

framework of linear matrix inequalities. As well as

providing an overview of large-scale systems theories

from the past several decades, the author presents

key modern concepts and efficient computational

methods. Representative numerical examples, end-

of-chapter problems, and typical system applications

are included, and theoretical developments and prac-

tical applications of large-scale dynamical systems

are discussed in depth.

Features

Decentralized Control and Filtering provides a rig-

orous framework for examining the analysis, stabil-

ity and control of large-scale systems, and addressing

the difficulties that arise because of dimensional-

ity, information structure constraints, parametric

uncertainty and time-delays.The achievements of

this monograph are three-fold. It:· reviews past

methods and results from a [..]

Fields of interest

Control; Communications Engineering, Networks;

Computer Communication Networks; Vibration,

Dynamical Systems, Control

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXI, 556 p. 133 illus. in color. Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-289-6


Z.M. Hussain, Engineering RMIT University, Melbourne, VIC, Aus-

tralia; A.Z. Sadik, Lalor, VIC, Australia; P. O’Shea, QUT, Brisbane,

QLD, Australia

Digital Signal Processing

An Introduction with MATLAB and Applications

In three parts, this book contributes to the advance-

ment of engineering education and that serves as a

general reference on digital signal processing. Part

I presents the basics of analog and digital signals

and systems in the time and frequency domain. It

covers the core topics: convolution, transforms, fil-

ters, and random signal analysis. It also treats impor-

tant applications including signal detection in noise,

radar range estimation for airborne targets, binary

communication systems, channel estimation, bank-

ing and financial applications, and audio effects pro-

duction. Part II considers selected signal processing

systems and techniques. Core topics covered are

the Hilbert transformer, binary signal transmission,

phase-locked loops, sigma-delta modulation, noise

shaping, quantization, adaptive filters, and non-

stationary signal analysis. Part III presents some

selected advanced DSP topics.

Features

In three parts, this book contributes to the advance-

ment of engineering education and that serves as a

general reference on digital signal processing. Part I

presents the basics of analog and digital signals and

systems in the time and frequency domain. It cov-

ers the core topics: convolution, transforms, filters,

and random signal analysis. It also treats important

applications including signal detection in [..]

Contents

Analog Signals and Systems.- Discrete and Digital

Signals and Systems.- Selected Topics in Applied Sig-

nal Processing.- The Impact of Finite Wordlength

Implementation.- Multirate Digital Signal Process-

ing.

Fields of interest

Signal, Image and Speech Processing; Circuits and

Systems

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXI, 350 p. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-15590-1

R.M. Gray, Stanford University, Stanford, CA, USA

Entropy and Information Theory

This book is an updated version of the information

theory classic, first published in 1990. About one-

third of the book is devoted to Shannon source and

channel coding theorems; the remainder addresses

sources, channels, and codes and on information

and distortion measures and their properties. New

in this edition:Expanded treatment of stationary

or sliding-block codes and their relations to tradi-

tional block codesExpanded discussion of results

from ergodic theory relevant to information theo-

ryExpanded treatment of B-processes -- processes

formed by stationary coding memoryless sources-

New material on trading off information and distor-

tion, including the Marton inequalityNew material

on the properties of optimal and asymptotically opti-

mal source codesNew material on the relationships

of source coding and rate-constrained simulation

or modeling of random processesSignificant mate-

rial not covered in other information theory texts

includes stationary/sliding-block codes, a geometric

view of information[..]

Features

This book is an updated version of the information

theory classic, first published in 1990. About one-

third of the book is devoted to Shannon source and

channel coding theorems; the remainder addresses

sources, channels, and codes and on information

and distortion measures and their properties. New in

this edition:Expanded treatment of stationary or slid-

ing-block codes and their relations [..]

Contents

Preface.- Introduction.- Information Sources.-

Pair Processes: Channels, Codes, and Couplings.-

Entropy.- The Entropy Ergodic Theorem.- Distor-

tion and Approximation.- Distortion and Entropy.-

Relative Entropy.- Information Rates.- Distortion vs.

Rate.- Relative Entropy Rates.- Ergodic Theorems for

Densities.- Source Coding Theorems.- Coding for

Noisy Channels.- Bibliography.- References.- Index

Fields of interest

Signal, Image and Speech Processing; Communi-

cations Engineering, Networks; Statistics for Engi-

neering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and

Earth Sciences; Probability Theory and Stochastic

Processes; Coding and Information Theory

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXVII, 409 p. Hardcover

69,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7969-8

E. Schnieder, Technical University of Braunschweig, Germany;

G. Tarnai, Budapest University of Technology and Economics,

Hungary (Eds.)

FORMS/FORMAT 2010

Formal Methods for Automation and Safety in Railway and

Automotive Systems

Complexity in automation- and safety systems in

railway as well as automotive applications are domi-

nated more and more by formal description means,

methods and tools. Formal techniques provide next

to correctness and integrity checkups – especially

for safety relevant systems – the possibility to model,

prove, simulate and check the specification of the

system as well as to generate the system implemen-

tations. Requirements of the CENELEC- and IEC-

Standards on formal techniques, particularly with

regard to the handling of safety analysis, are to be

treated in FORMS/FORMAT 2010. The main focus

lies on topics facing formal techniques for railway

applications and intelligent transportation systems as

well as for automotive applications. Gained findings,

experiences and also difficulties associated with the

handling of the subject matter as well as description

means and tools are to be shown.

Features

Complexity in automation- and safety systems in

railway as well as automotive applications are domi-

nated more and more by formal description means,

methods and tools. Formal techniques provide next

to correctness and integrity checkups – especially

for safety relevant systems – the possibility to model,

prove, simulate and check the specification of the

system as well as to generate the system [..]

Contents

A Formal description means and methods – Con-

cepts, Applications and Requirements in Traffic

and Transportation (simulation, UML, Petrinets,

AIS, etc.) B Requirements and Applications in Rail-

way (signaling applications, model based design

and analysis) C Requirements and Applications in

Automotive and Vehicular Technology (control of

driving dynamic systems, driver assistance; UML

in automotive systems; model based development,

diagnosis etc.) D Methods and Tools for Modeling,

Validation / Verification, Tests and Diagnosis (sys-

tem related and functional validation, limits of for-

mal[..]

Fields of interest

Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk; Auto-

motive Engineering; Simulation and Modeling;

Complexity

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XI, 257 p. Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14260-4


S. Helmreich, AustriaTech-Federal Agency for Technological Mea-

sures Ltd., Vienna, Austria; H. Keller, TransVer, Transport Research

and Consultancy, Munich, Germany (Eds.)

FREIGHTVISION - Sustainable

European Freight Transport 2050

Forecast, Vision and Policy Recommendation

This book has been written on the basis of the

research done between 2008 and 2010 as part of the

European Commission funded FREIGHTVISION

project. The “FREIGHTVISION - Freight Transport

2050 Foresight” project was funded by the Direc-

torate General MOVE to design a long term vision

for European freight transport in 2050 and to iden-

tify actions and research to progress appropriate

freight transport measures in Europe. The project

was carried out as a foresight process encompass-

ing four conferences in which the project team iden-

tified and developed with the aid of more than 100

experts an action plan for securing long term freight

transport in Europe. The book provides insights

into the freight transport visions and Backcasts iden-

tified for 2035 and 2050, issues which need to be

addressed and measures which were assessed to be

part of future paths to assure an economical, envi-

ronmental, and social freight transport system.

Features

This book has been written on the basis of the

research done between 2008 and 2010 as part of the

European Commission funded FREIGHTVISION

project. The “FREIGHTVISION - Freight Transport

2050 Foresight” project was funded by the Direc-

torate General MOVE to design a long term vision

for European freight transport in 2050 and to iden-

tify actions and research to progress appropriate

freight transport measures [..]

Contents

Part 1: Introduction and Approach.- Part 2: Meth-

ods.- Foresight Process.- Model for calculating long

distance freight emissions and energy consump-

tion.- TRANS-TOOLS.- Part 3: Analysis.- External

Factors.- Forecast.- Vision.- Scenario.- Part 4: Rec-

ommendation.- Policy Actions.- Action Plan and

Conclusions.- Appendices.- Index.

Fields of interest

Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics,

Marketing; Sustainable Development; Regional Sci-

ence

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available


129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-13370-1

M. Kikuchi, Naka Fusion Institute, Japan

Frontiers in Fusion Research

Physics and Fusion

Frontiers in Fusion Research provides a systematic

overview of the latest physical principles of fusion

and plasma confinement. It is primarily devoted to

the principle of magnetic plasma confinement, that

has been systematized through 50 years of fusion

research. Frontiers in Fusion Research begins with

an introduction to the study of plasma, discussing

the astronomical birth of hydrogen energy and the

beginnings of human attempts to harness the Sun’s

energy for use on Earth. It moves on to chapters that

cover a variety of topics such as: • charged particle

motion, • plasma kinetic theory, • wave dynamics,

• force equilibrium, and • plasma turbulence. The

final part of the book describes the characteristics of

fusion as a source of energy and examines the cur-

rent status of this particular field of research. Any-

one with a grasp of basic quantum and analytical

mechanics, especially physicists and researchers from

a range of different backgrounds, may find Frontiers

in Fusion Research an[..]

Features

Frontiers in Fusion Research provides a systematic

overview of the latest physical principles of fusion

and plasma confinement. It is primarily devoted to

the principle of magnetic plasma confinement, that

has been systematized through 50 years of fusion

research. Frontiers in Fusion Research begins with

an introduction to the study of plasma, discussing

the astronomical birth of [..]

Contents

1. Sun on the Earth: Endless Energy from Hydro-

gen.- 2. Hydrogen Fusion: Light Nuclei and The-

ory of Fusion Reactions.- 3. Confinement Bottle:

Topology of Magnetic Bottle and Force Equilib-

rium.- 4. Charged Particle Motion: Lagrange-Hamil-

ton Orbital Dynamics.- 5. Plasma Kinetic Theory:

Collective Equation in Phase Space.- 6. Magneto

Hydromagnetic Stability: Energy Principle, Flow and

Dissipation.- 7. Wave Dynamics: Propagation and

Resonance in Inhomogeneous Plasma.- 8. Collisional

Transport: Neoclassical Transport in a Torus.- 9.

Plasma Turbulence: Self-organized Criticality and Its

Local[..]

Fields of interest

Nuclear Engineering; Nuclear Fusion; Renewable

and Green Energy

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 270 p. 90 illus., 4 in color. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84996-410-4

N. Ashgriz, University of Toronto, ON, Canada (Ed.)

Handbook of Atomization and

Sprays

Theory and Applications

Atomization and sprays are used in a wide range

of industries: mechanical, chemical, aerospace, and

civil engineering; material science and metallurgy;

food; pharmaceutical, forestry, environmental pro-

tection; medicine; agriculture; meteorology and oth-

ers. Some specific applications are spray combustion

in furnaces, gas turbines and rockets, spray dry-

ing and cooling, air conditioning, powdered metal-

lurgy, spray painting and coating, inhalation therapy,

and many others. The Handbook of Atomization

and Sprays will bring together the fundamental and

applied material from all fields into one comprehen-

sive source. Subject areas included in the reference

are droplets, theoretical models and numerical simu-

lations, phase Doppler particle analysis, applications,

devices and more.

Features

The Handbook of Atomization and Sprays presents

the fundamentals, as well as applied material from all

fields into one thorough, comprehensive resource.

Subject areas included in the reference are droplets,

theoretical models and numerical simulations, phase

Doppler particle analysis, applications, devices and

more. The handbook also covers: -Fundamental

physics of the atomization process and the theoreti-

cal [..]

Contents

Principles of atomization.- Computational meth-

ods in atomization and sprays.- Droplets and spray

processes.- Spray and droplet generation.- Spray

application in combustion systems.- Powder produc-

tion via spray methods.- Spray coating.- Other spray

applications.- Spray diagnostic techniques.

Fields of interest

Engineering Fluid Dynamics; Vibration, Dynamical

Systems, Control

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XVI, 935 p. Hardcover

249,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7263-7


J.S. Rao, Altair Engineering India Pvt Ltd., Bangalore, India

History of Rotating Machinery

Dynamics

This book starts with the invention of the wheel

nearly 5000 years ago, and via Archimedes, Aristo-

tle and Hero describes the first practical applications

such as water wheels and grinding wheels, pushing

on to more rigorous scientific research by inquir-

ing minds such as Leonardo da Vinci and Coperni-

cus in later ages. Newton and Leibniz followed, and

beam structures received maximum attention three

centuries ago. As focus shifts and related disciplines

such as mathematics and physics also develop, slowly

turbomachines and rotor and blade dynamics as we

know the subject now take shape. While the book

traces the events leading to Laval and Parsons Tur-

bines, the emphasis is on rotor and blade dynamics

aspects that pushed these turbines to their limits in

the last century. The tabular and graphical methods

developed in the pre-computer era have taken differ-

ent form in the last fifty years through finite element

methods. The methods evolved in the last century

are discussed in detail to help modern day[..]

Features

This book starts with the invention of the wheel

nearly 5000 years ago, and via Archimedes, Aristo-

tle and Hero describes the first practical applications

such as water wheels and grinding wheels, pushing

on to more rigorous scientific research by inquiring

minds such as Leonardo da Vinci and Copernicus in

later ages. Newton and Leibniz followed, and beam

structures received maximum attention three cen-

turies [..]

Contents

Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; 1 Begin-

nings of the Wheel; References; 2 Science before the

Medieval Period; References; 3 Water Wheels; Ref-

erences; 4 Wind Mills; References; 5 Renaissance

and Scientific Revolution; References; 6 Renais-

sance Engineers; References; 7 Industrial Revolution;

References; 8 Turbomachines; References 9 Fun-

damentals of Elasticity; References; 10 Energy Meth-

ods; 10.1 Euler—Lagrange Equations; 10.2 Lagrange

Method; 10.3 Rayleigh's Energy Approach; 10.4 Ritz

Method; 10.5 Lagrange Method for Vibration Prob-

lems; 10.6 Galerkin Method; 10.7 Hamilton's Princi-

ple;[..]

Fields of interest

Mechanical Engineering; Machinery and Machine

Elements; Structural Mechanics

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XX, 360 p. 207 illus., 77 in color. (History of Mechanism and

Machine Science, Vol. 20) Hardcover

59,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-1164-8

P. Corbo, Istituto Motori of Italian National Research Council,

Naples, Italy; F. Migliardini, Istituto Motori of Italian National

Research Council, Naples, Italy; O. Veneri, Istituto Motori of Italian

National Research Council, Naples, Italy

Hydrogen Fuel Cells for Road

Vehicles

Hydrogen Fuel Cells for Road Vehicles addresses

the main issues related to the application of hydro-

gen fuel cell technology in the road transportation

sector. A preliminary treatment is given on fuel

resources and atmospheric pollution concerns which

are closely related to the current technology (inter-

nal combustion engine) used for moving people and

goods. The authors deal, in particular, with the prob-

lems that can hinder a widespread hydrogen mar-

ket (production, storage and distribution), as well

as giving an analysis of fuel cell technologies avail-

able for utilization of this energy carrier in the auto-

motive field. Hydrogen Fuel Cells for Road Vehicles

also examines the concerns faced during the design

and realization of a PEM fuel cell system with opti-

mal size and efficiency, evidencing the impact of the

individual auxiliary components on energy losses

and dynamic stack performance. The book ends with

the analysis of two practical case studies on fuel cell

propulsion systems. Hydrogen Fuel[..]

Features

Hydrogen Fuel Cells for Road Vehicles addresses

the main issues related to the application of hydro-

gen fuel cell technology in the road transportation

sector. A preliminary treatment is given on fuel

resources and atmospheric pollution concerns which

are closely related to the current technology (inter-

nal combustion engine) used for moving people and

goods. The authors deal, in particular, [..]

Contents

1. Possible Routes Towards Carbon-free Vehicles.-

2. Hydrogen as Fuel Energy Carrier.- 3. Fuel Cells

for Automotive Applications.- 4. Design of Hydro-

gen Fuel Cell Systems for Road Vehicles.- 5. Electric

Vehicles in Hybrid Configuration.- 6. Case Study A:

Fuel Cell Power Train for Mopeds.- 7. Case Study B:

Fuel Cell Power Train for Cars.

Fields of interest

Automotive Engineering; Renewable and Green

Energy; Transportation

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. IX, 245 p. 146 illus. (Green Energy and Technology) Hard-

cover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-135-6

L.C. Jain, University of South Australia, Adelaide, SA, Australia;

E. Aidman, University of Adelaide, SA, Australia; C. Abeynayake,

Defence Science and Technology Organisation, Edinburgh, SA,

Australia (Eds.)

Innovations in Defence Support

Systems - 2

Socio-Technical Systems

Innovations in Defence Support Systems - 2 presents

a sample of the state-of-art research on defence

support systems. The focus of the volume is on the

design and optimization of socio-technical systems

and their performance in defence contexts. Con-

ceptual and methodological considerations for the

development of such systems and criteria likely to be

useful in their evaluation are discussed, along with

their conceptual underpinnings in total system per-

formance analysis.

Features

This book presents a sample of the state-of-art

research on defence support systems. The focus of

the volume is on the design and optimization of

socio-technical systems and their performance in

defence contexts. Conceptual and methodological

considerations for the development of such systems

and criteria likely to be useful in their evaluation are

discussed, along with their conceptual underpin-

nings in [..]

Contents

Advances in Defence Support Systems.- Multi-Robot

Task Allocation for Performing Cooperative Forag-

ing Tasks in an Initially Unknown Environment.-

Formal-Language-Oriented Foundation of Dynamics

of Human Crowds Using Topos-Theory.- Method-

ology for the Evaluation of an International Airport

Automated Border Control Processing System.- The

role of the human operator in image- based airport

security technologies.- Assessment of the ThruVision

T4000 Passive Terahertz camera: A Human Factors

Case Study.- Assessment of the ThruVision T4000

Passive Terahertz camera: A Human Factors Case

Study.-[..]

Fields of interest

Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence

(incl. Robotics)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 290 p. 23 illus., 17 in color. (Studies in Computational

Intelligence, Vol. 338) Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17763-7


H. Kwasnicka, Wroclaw University of Technology, Poland; L.C.

Jain, University of South Australia, Adelaide, SA, Australia (Eds.)

Innovations in Intelligent Image

Analysis

This book presents an introduction to new and

important research in the images processing and

analysis area. It is hoped that this book will be useful

for scientists and students involved in many aspects

of image analysis. The book does not attempt to

cover all of the aspects of Computer Vision, but the

chapters do present some state of the art examples.

Features

This book presents an introduction to new and

important research in the images processing and

analysis area. It is hoped that this book will be useful

for scientists and students involved in many aspects

of image analysis. The book does not attempt to

cover all of the aspects of Computer Vision, but the

chapters do present some state of the art examples.

Contents

Advances in Intelligent Image Analysis.- Multi-class

Classification in Image Analysis Via Error-Correct-

ing Output Codes.- MORPHOLOGICAL OPERA-

TOR DESIGN FROM TRAINING DATA.- TASK-

SPECIFIC SALIENCE FOR OBJECT RECOGNI-

TION.- Fast and efficient local features detection for

building recognition.- Visual Perception in Image

Analysis.- An Introduction to Magnetic Resonance

Imaging: From Image Acquisition to Clinical Diag-

nosis .- Image Analysis in Poincar´e-Peters Percep-

tual Representative Spaces.- Local keypoints and

global affine geometry: triangles and ellipses for

image fragment matching.

Fields of interest


(incl. Robotics); Signal, Image and Speech Process-

ing; Image Processing and Computer Vision

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XX, 316 p. 138 illus., 62 in color. (Studies in Computational


129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17933-4

G. Anders, University of Lodz, Poland; A. Vaccaro, Università degli

studi del Sannio, Benevento, Italy (Eds.)

Innovations in Power Systems

Reliability

Electrical grids are, in general, among the most reli-

able systems in the world. These large interconnected

systems, however, are subject to a host of challenges -

aging infrastructure, transmission expansion to meet

growing demand, distributed resources, and con-

gestion management, among others. Innovations in

Power Systems Reliability aims to provide a vision

for a comprehensive and systematic approach to

meet the challenges of modern power systems. Inno-

vations in Power Systems Reliability is focused on

the emerging technologies and methodologies for the

enhancement of electrical power systems reliability.

It addresses many relevant topics in this area, rang-

ing from methods for balancing resources to various

reliability and security aspects. Innovations in Power

Systems Reliability not only discusses technological

breakthroughs and sets out roadmaps in implement-

ing the technology, but it also informs the reader

about current best practice. It is a valuable source of

information for academic[..]

Features

Electrical grids are, in general, among the most reli-

able systems in the world. These large interconnected

systems, however, are subject to a host of challenges -

aging infrastructure, transmission expansion to meet

growing demand, distributed resources, and con-

gestion management, among others. Innovations in

Power Systems Reliability aims to provide a vision

for a comprehensive and systematic [..]

Contents

1. Strategies and Roadmaps to Meet Grid Challenges

for Safety and Reliability.- 2. Optimal Maintenance

Policies for Power Equipment.- 3. Mathematical and

Physical Properties of Reliability Models in View of

their Application to Modern Power System Com-

ponents.- 4. Adequacy Assessment of Wind Inte-

grated Composite Generation and Transmission

Systems.- 5. Strategic Lines and Substations in an

Electric Power Network.- 6. Transmission Expan-

sion Planning: A Methodology to Include Security

Criteria and Uncertainties Using Optimization Tech-

niques.- 7. The Economic Evaluation of System Secu-

rity[..]

Fields of interest

Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk; Power

Electronics, Electrical Machines and Networks

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVI, 361 p. 107 illus. (Springer Series in Reliability Engineer-

ing) Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-087-8

M. Fathi, Universität Siegen, Germany (Ed.)

Integrated Systems, Design and

Technology 2010

Knowledge Transfer in New Technologies

<body>Knowledge creation and technological expe-

riences resulting from modern production life cycles

are definitely the most Economical and important

intellectual capitals in the current manufacturing

endeavors. These are also the basis for enabling

industrial competition through managing and iden-

tifying organizational and product related needs and

opportunities; e. g. health care systems society needs

clean environment, sustainable production life cycles

needs flexible approachable design and engineer-

ing of materials whilst valuable materials are needed

for renewable energies and the production of fuel

cells. Integration of components, design of structures

and managing knowledge inherent in engineering

is a difficult and complex endeavor. A wide range

of advanced technologies such as smart materials

and their approaches in alternative energy have to

be invoked in providing assistance for knowledge

requirements ranging from acquisition, modeling,

(re)using, retrieving, sharing, publishing and[..]

Features

Knowledge creation and technological experiences

resulting from modern pro-duction life cycles are

definitely the most Economical and important intel-

lectual capitals in the current manufacturing endeav-

ors. These are also the basis for enabling industrial

competition through managing and identifying orga-

nizational and product related needs and opportuni-

ties; eg. health care systems society needs clean [..]

Contents

Part 1 Advanced Materials and Design.- Part 2

Advanced Energy Utilization - Fuel Cell.- Part 3

Computational and Intelligent Systems Engineering.

Fields of interest

Engineering Design; Energy Technology; Computa-

tional Intelligence

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available


189,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17383-7


B. Borowik, Akademia Techniczno-Humanistyczna Bielsko-Biala,

Poland

Interfacing PIC Microcontrollers to

Peripherial Devices

This book is targeted for students of electronics and

computer sciences. The first part of the book con-

tains 15 original applications working on the PIC

microcontroller, including: lighting diodes, com-

munication with RS232 (bit-banging), interfac-

ing to 7-segment and LCD displays, interfacing to

matrix keypad 3 x 4, working with PWM module

and others. This material can be used to cover one

semester's teaching of microcontroller programming

or similar classes. The volume contains schematic

diagrams and source codes with detailed descrip-

tions. All tests were prepared on the basis of the

original documentation (data sheets, application

notes). The next three chapters: The Stack, Tables

and Table Instruction and Data Memory pertain to

PIC18F1320. Software referred to is also presente-

d in assembly language. Finally the application of the

PIC24FJ microcontroller with the 240x128 LCD dis-

play, T6963C and with accelerometer sensor, written

in C are described.

Features

This book is targeted for students of electronics and

computer sciences. The first part of the book con-

tains 15 original applications working on the PIC

microcontroller, including: lighting diodes, commu-

nication with RS232 (bit-banging), interfacing to

7-segment and LCD displays, interfacing to matrix

keypad 3 x 4, working with PWM module and oth-

ers. This material can be used to cover one semester's

[..]

Contents

Table of contents; Preface; Testing board descrip-

tion; Test examples; Test 1. Turn the LED on for the

calculated period of time. Test 2. Turn on the LEDs

connected to various lines of port B; Test 3. Turn on

the LEDs connected to various lines of port B; Test 4.

All LEDs connected to portb blink with different fre-

quencies; Test 5. Acoustic signal of 1 kHz frequency

generated with PWM module ; Test 6. Morse code:

PIC generated with PWM; Test 7. LED turn on after

pressing switch on RB4; Test 8. Waking the device

from SLEEP with RB4 interrupt-on-change; Test 9.

Working with debugger.[..]

Fields of interest

Robotics and Automation; Control , Robotics,

Mechatronics; Electronics and Microelectronics,

Instrumentation

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XII, 166 p. 47 illus., 20 in color. (Intelligent Systems, Control

and Automation: Science and Engineering, Vol. 49) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-1118-1

S.-H. Yang, Loughborough University, UK

Internet-based Control Systems

Design and Applications

The Internet plays a significant and growing role in

real-time industrial manufacturing, scheduling and

management. A considerable research effort has led

to the development of new technologies that make

it possible to use the Internet for supervision and

control of industrial processes.Internet-based Con-

trol Systems addresses the challenges that need to be

overcome before the Internet can be beneficially used

not only for monitoring of but also remote control

industrial plants. New design issues such as require-

ment specification, architecture selection and user-

interface design are dealt with. Irregular data trans-

mission and data loss and, in extreme cases, whole-

system instability may result from Internet time-

delay; this book guards against such phenomena

from both computer science and control engineer-

ing perspectives. Security breaches and safety risks

in an Internet-based control system could have very

serious consequences and the author gives specific

advice for avoiding them. This book is[..]

Features

The Internet plays a significant and growing role in

real-time industrial manufacturing, scheduling and

management. A considerable research effort has led

to the development of new technologies that make it

possible to use the Internet for supervision and con-

trol of industrial processes.<span [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Requirements Specification for Inter-

net-based Control Systems.- Internet-based Con-

trol System Architecture Design.- Web-based User

Interface Design.- Real-time Data Transfer over the

Internet.- Dealing with Internet Transmission Delay

and Data Loss from the Network View.- Dealing

with Internet Transmission Delay and Data Loss

from the Control Perspective.- Design of Multi-rate

SISO Internet-based Control Systems.- Design of

Multi-rate MIMO Internet-based Control Systems.-

Safety and Security Checking.- Remote Control Per-

fomance Monitoring and Maintenance over the[..]

Fields of interest

Control , Robotics, Mechatronics; Information Sys-

tems Applications (incl.Internet); Communications

Engineering, Networks

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIX, 201 p. 109 illus., 19 in color. (Advances in Industrial

Control) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84996-358-9

A. Wagoner Johnson, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign,

Urbana, IL, USA; B.A.C. Harley, University of Illinois, Urbana-

Champaign, Urbana, IL, USA (Eds.)

Mechanobiology of Cell-Cell and

Cell-Matrix Interactions

Mechanobiology of Cell-Matrix Interactions focuses

on characterization and modeling of interactions

between cells and their local extracellular environ-

ment, exploring how these interactions may mediate

cell behavior. Studies of cell-matrix interactions rely

on integrating engineering, (molecular and cellular)

biology, and imaging disciplines. Recent advances in

the field have begun to unravel our understanding

of how cells gather information from their surround-

ing environment, and how they interrogate such

information during the cell fate decision making

process. Topics include adhesive and integrin-lig-

and interactions; extracellular influences on cell biol-

ogy and behavior; cooperative mechanisms of cell-

cell and cell-matrix interactions; the mechanobiol-

ogy of pathological processes; (multi-scale) modeling

approaches to describe the complexity or cell-matrix

interactions; and quantitative methods required for

such experimental and modeling studies.

Features

Mechanobiology of Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Inter-

actions focuses on characterization and modeling of

interactions between cells and their local extracellu-

lar environment, exploring how these interactions

may mediate cell behavior. Studies of cell-matrix

interactions rely on integrating engineering, biology,

and imaging disciplines. Recent advances in the field

have begun to unravel our [..]

Contents

Part I: The Extracellular Matrix and Tools for

Exploring Cell-Matrix Mechanobiology: ECM

Overview.- 3D Full-Field Measurement Technique

for Large Deformations in Soft Matrices by Fibrob-

lasts.- Magnetic Twisting Cytometry to Probe Adhe-

sion Site Dynamics and the Cytoskeleton.- Probing

Cell Mechanics with Light.- Optical Coherence

Tomography.- Part II: Mechanisms of Cell Adhesion,

Mechanotransduction and Cell Behavior: Nanome-

chanics of Cell Adhesion: from Single Molecules to

Tissues.- Probing Cellular Responses to Substrate

Rigidity and Geometry.- Matrix Mechanics and Cell

Traction Regulate[..]

Fields of interest

Biomedical Engineering; Biophysics and Biological

Physics; Cell Biology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 322 p. 100 illus. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8082-3


G. Campardo, Numonyx Agrate, Agrate Brianza, Italy; F. Tiziani,

Numonyx Agrate, Agrate Brianza, Italy; M. Iaculo, Data Business

Group, Arzano Napoli. Italy (Eds.)

Memory Mass Storage

Memory Mass Storage describes the fundamental

storage technologies, like Semiconductor, Magnetic,

Optical and Uncommon, detailing the main techni-

cal characteristics of the storage devices. It deals not

only with semiconductor and hard disk memory, but

also with different ways to manufacture and assem-

bly them, and with their application to meet market

requirements. It also provides anintroduction to the

epistemological issues arising in defining the process

of remembering, as well as an overview on human

memory, and an interesting excursus about biologi-

cal memories and their organization, to better under-

stand how the best memory we have, our brain, is

able to imagine and design memory.

Features

Memory Mass Storage describes the fundamental

storage technologies, like Semiconductor, Magnetic,

Optical and Uncommon, detailing the main techni-

cal characteristics of the storage devices. It deals not

only with semiconductor and hard disk memory, but

also <span [..]

Contents

What is a memory, that it may comprehend itself?

Self-referential implications of the phenomenol-

ogy of remembering.- Mass storage memory mar-

ket biography.- Probe Storage.- Modern Hard Disk

Drive Systems: Fundamentals and Future Trends.-

Introduction to SSD.- Package Trends and Tech-

nology into Wireless and SSD Applications.- High

Capacity NAND Flash memories: XLC storage and

single-die 3D.- Optical Data Storage.- Biological

Memory in Animals and in Man.- Memories for

everybody.

Fields of interest

Circuits and Systems

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXVII, 479 p. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14751-7

F.M. Pouzols, Aalto University, Aalto, Finland; D.R. Lopez, RedIRIS,

Madrid, Spain; A.B. Barros, Instituto de Microelectrónica de

Sevilla, Sevilla, Spain

Mining and Control of Network

Traffic by Computational

Intelligence

As other complex systems in social and natural sci-

ences as well as inengineering, the Internet is hard

to understand from a technical pointof view. Packet

switched networks defy analytical modeling. TheIn-

ternet is an outstanding and challenging case because

of its fastdevelopment, unparalleled heterogeneity

and the inherent lack ofmeasurement and monitor-

ing mechanisms in its core conception.This mono-

graph deals with applications of computational

intelligencemethods, with an emphasis on fuzzy

techniques, to a number of current issues in mea-

surement, analysis and control of traffic in theIn-

ternet. First, the core building blocks of Internet

Science andother related networking aspects are

introduced. Then, data mining and control problems

are addressed. In the first class two issues arecon-

sidered: predictive modeling of traffic load as well

assummarization of traffic flow measurements. The

second class, control, includes active queue manage-

ment schemes for Internet routers as well as window

based[..]

Features

As other complex systems in social and natural sci-

ences as well as inengineering, the Internet is hard

to understand from a technical pointof view. Packet

switched networks defy analytical modeling. TheIn-

ternet is an outstanding and challenging case because

of its fastdevelopment, unparalleled heterogeneity

and the inherent lack ofmeasurement and monitor-

ing mechanisms in [..]

Contents

Internet Science,.-Modeling time series by means of

fuzzy inference systems.- Predictive models of net-

work traffic load.- Summarization and analysis of

network traffic flow records.- Inference Systems for

Network Traffic Control.- Open FPGA-Based Devel-

opment Platform for Fuzzy Inference Systems.

Fields of interest

Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelli-

gence (incl. Robotics); Communications Engineer-

ing, Networks; Information Systems Applications

(incl.Internet)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVI, 312 p. 148 illus. (Studies in Computational Intelli-

gence, Vol. 342) Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18083-5

O. Iordache, Polystochastic, Montreal, Canada

Modeling Multi-Level Systems

This book is devoted to modeling of multi-level com-

plex systems, a challenging domain for engineers,

researchers and entrepreneurs, confronted with the

transition from learning and adaptability to evolv-

ability and autonomy for technologies, devices and

problem solving methods. Chapter 1 introduces the

multi-scale and multi-level systems and highlights

their presence in different domains of science and

technology. Methodologies as, random systems, non-

Archimedean analysis, category theory and specific

techniques as model categorification and integra-

tive closure, are presented in chapter 2. Chapters 3

and 4 describe polystochastic models, PSM, and their

developments. Categorical formulation of integra-

tive closure offers the general PSM framework which

serves as a flexible guideline for a large variety of

multi-level modeling problems.Focusing on chemical

engineering, pharmaceutical and environmental case

studies, the chapters 5 to 8 analyze mixing, turbulent

dispersion and entropy production for[..]

Features

This book is devoted to modeling of multi-level com-

plex systems, a challenging domain for engineers,

researchers and entrepreneurs, confronted with the

transition from learning and adaptability to evolv-

ability and autonomy for technologies, devices and

problem solving methods. Chapter 1 introduces the

multi-scale and multi-level systems and highlights

[..]

Contents

Introduction.- Methodological Resources.- Con-

ventional PSM frames.- New PSM frames.-Mixing

in chemical reactors.- Compartmental systems.-

Turbulent mixing.- Entropy.- Formal concept anal-

ysis.- Existential graphs.- Evolvable designs of exper-

iments.- Autonomous systems perspective.

Fields of interest

Complexity; Nonlinear Dynamics; Computational

Intelligence

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XX, 232 p. 90 illus. (Understanding Complex Systems)

Hardcover

119,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17945-7


C. Andrade, IETcc_CSIC, Madrid, Spain; G. Mancini, Politecnico di

Torino, Italy (Eds.)

Modelling of Corroding Concrete

Structures

Proceedings of the Joint fib-RILEM Workshop held in Madrid,

Spain, 22–23 November 2010

These are the papers presented at the Fib-RILEM

workshop held in Madrid, Spain, in November 2010.

The assessment of deterioration and aging of con-

crete structures, most commonly through rein-

forcement corrosion, is not considered in current

structural codes or standards. Some guidelines man-

uals exist, and research has been done, but there is as

yet no accepted methodology nor models that could

be used by engineers. This book deals with all aspects

related to modelling of corroding structures and pro-

vides state-of-the-art information on structural mod-

els for corroding structures.

Features

These are the papers presented at the Fib-RILEM

workshop held in Madrid, Spain, in November 2010.

The assessment of deterioration and aging of con-

crete structures, most commonly through rein-

forcement corrosion, is not considered in current

structural codes or standards. Some guidelines man-

uals exist, and research has been done, but there is as

yet no accepted methodology nor models that could

be used [..]

Fields of interest

Building Materials; Structural Materials; Quality

Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. VII, 283 p. (RILEM Bookseries, Vol. 5) Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0676-7

T. Kempf, RWTH Aachen University, Germany; G. Ascheid, RWTH

Aachen University, Germany; R. Leupers, RWTH Aachen Univer-

sity, Germany

Multiprocessor Systems on Chip

Design Space Exploration

This book gives a comprehensive introduction to the

design challenges of MPSoC platforms, focusing on

early design space exploration. It defines an iterative

methodology to increase the abstraction level so that

evaluation of design decisions can be performed ear-

lier in the design process. These techniques enable

exploration on the system level before undertaking

time- and cost-intensive development.

Features

In the domain of embedded systems the contradict-

ing requirements of computational performance,

energy efficiency and flexibility, together with the

shrinking time-to-market and extremely short prod-

uct lifecycles, exhibits one of the most challenging

assignments in engineering today. System architects

are asked to apply new and innovative designs to

cope with these challenges. However, the effort for

[..]

Contents

Introduction.- Systems for Wireless Communi-

cation.- Principles of Design Space Exploration.-

Related Work.- Methodology.- Analytical Imple-

mentation Model.- Abstract Simulation Implementa-

tion Model.- Case Study.- Summary and Outlook.

Fields of interest

Circuits and Systems; Processor Architectures; Elec-

tronic Circuits and Devices

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVII, 189 p. 80 illus. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8152-3

A.A. Emadzadeh, University of California, Los Angeles, Los Ange-

les, CA, USA; J.L. Speyer, UCLA, Los Angeles, USA

Navigation in Space by X-ray

Pulsars

This book will consist of two parts. One is on model-

ing of X-ray pulsar signals. The second part explains

how X-ray pulsar signals can be used to solve the rel-

ative navigation problem. This book formulates the

problem, proposes a recursive solution, and analyzes

different aspects of the navigation system. This book

will be a comprehensive source for researchers. It

provides new research results on signal processing

techniques needed for X-ray pulsar based navigation

in deep space.

Features

This monograph on different aspects of utilizing X-

ray pulsars for navigation of spacecraft in space con-

tains two unique features. First, it provides a solid

mathematical formulation for the absolute and rel-

ative navigation problems based on use of X-ray

pulsar measurements. Second, it presents a compre-

hensive framework for signal processing techniques

needed to obtain the navigation [..]

Contents

1 Prologue 1.1 Current Spacecraft Navigation Sys-

tems 1.2 Pulsar-Based Relative Navigation 1.2.1 Why

Relative Navigation? Why Celestial-Based Systems?

1.2.2 Pulsars 1.2.3 Why Use X-ray Pulsars for Navi-

gation? 1.2.4 History of Pulsar-Based Navigation 1.3

Proposed Navigation System Structure 1.4 Thesis

Outline 2 Signal Modeling 2.1 X-ray Detectors 2.2 X-

ray Pulsar Signal 2.2.1 Constant-Frequency Model

2.2.2 Time-Dependent-Frequency Model 2.3 Discus-

sion 2.4 Epoch Folding 2.4.1 Effect of Velocity Errors

2.5 Generating Photon TOAs 2.6 Simulation 3 Pulse

Delay Estimation 3.1 Pulse Delay[..]

Fields of interest

Aerospace Technology and Astronautics; Signal,

Image and Speech Processing; Control

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XI, 118 p. 30 illus., 4 in color. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8016-8


S. Doncieux, ISIR Pierre and Marie Curie University, Paris, France;

N. Bredeche, University Paris-Sud, Orsay, France; J.-B. Mouret,

Pierre and Marie Curie University, Paris, France (Eds.)

New Horizons in Evolutionary

Robotics

Extended Contributions from the 2009 EvoDeRob Workshop

Evolutionary Algorithms (EAs) now provide mature

optimization tools that have successfully been

applied to many problems, from designing anten-

nas to complete robots, and provided many human-

competitive results. In robotics, the integration of

EAs within the engineer’s toolbox made tremen-

dous progress in the last 20 years and proposes new

methods to address challenging problems in various

setups: modular robotics, swarm robotics, robotics

with non-conventional mechanics (e.g. high redun-

dancy, dynamic motion, multi-modality), etc.This

book takes its roots in the workshop on "New Hori-

zons in Evolutionary Design of Robots" that brought

together researchers from Computer Science and

Robotics during the IEEE/RSJ International Confer-

ence on Intelligent Robots and Systems (IROS-2009)

in Saint Louis (USA). This book features extended

contributions from the workshop, thus providing

various examples of current problems and applica-

tions, with a special emphasis on the link between

Computer Science and[..]

Features

Evolutionary Algorithms (EAs) now provide mature

optimization tools that have successfully been

applied to many problems, from designing anten-

nas to complete robots, and provided many human-

competitive results. In robotics, the integration of

EAs within the engineer’s toolbox made tremen-

dous progress in the last 20 years and proposes new

methods to address challenging problems in various

setups: modular [..]

Contents

Part I Introduction .- 1 Evolutionary Robotics:

Exploring New Horizons.- Part II Invited position

papers.-2 The ‘What’, ‘How’ and the ‘Why’ of Evolu-

tionary Robotics .-3 Why Evolutionary Robotics Will

Matter .-4 Evolutionary Algorithms in the Design of

Complex Robotic Systems.- Part III Regular contri-

butions.-5 Evolving Monolithic Robot Controllers

Through Incremental Shaping .-6 Evolutionary

Algorithms to Analyse and Design a Controller for a

FlappingWings Aircraft .-7 On Applying Neuroevo-

lutionary Methods to Complex Robotic Tasks .-8

Evolutionary Design of a Robotic Manipulator for

a[..]

Fields of interest


(incl. Robotics); Robotics and Automation

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVI, 228 p. 89 illus., 66 in color. (Studies in Computational


99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-18271-6

J. Xiong

New Software Engineering

Paradigm Based on Complexity

Science

An Introduction to NSE

This book describes a complete revolution in soft-

ware engineering based on complexity science

through the establishment of NSE – Nonlinear Soft-

ware Engineering paradigm which complies with

the essential principles of complexity science, includ-

ing the Nonlinearity principle, the Holism principle,

the Complexity Arises From Simple Rules principle,

the Initial Condition Sensitivity principle, the Sensi-

tivity to Change principle, the Dynamics principle,

the Openness principle, the Self-organization prin-

ciple, and the Self-adaptation principle. The aims of

this book are to offer revolutionary solutions to solve

the critical problems existing with the old-estab-

lished software engineering paradigm based on lin-

ear thinking and simplistic science complied with the

superposition principle, and make it possible tohelp

software development organizations double their

productivity, halve their cost, and remove 99% to

99.99% of the defects in their software products, and

efficiently handle software complexity,[..]

Features

Title: New Software Engineering Paradigm Based

on Complexity Science: An Introduction to NSE

Author: Jay Xiong Software has become the driving

force for the development of all kinds of businesses,

engineering, sciences and the global economy. But

software itself is not well engineered, resulting in

a total economic cost that is disturbingly high. Jay

Xiong, a leading entrepreneur in the field of software

[..]

Contents

Introduction.- The Process models of the old-estab-

lished software engineering paradigm.- The critical

problems existing with the old-established soft-

ware engineering paradigm.- The foundation for

establishing NSE: complexity science.- Prediction

and practices : a new round of industrial revolu-

tion driven by complexity science, and a general

paradigm-shift framework proposed.- Outline of

NSE paradigm.- NSE process model.- The facility for

automated and bidirectional traceability.- NSE soft-

ware development methodology driven by defect-

prevention and traceability.- NSE software diagram-

ming[..]

Fields of interest

Complexity; Algorithm Analysis and Problem Com-

plexity; Complex Networks

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXXV, 746 p. 488 illus. With online files/update. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7325-2

E. Oñate, International Center for Numerical methods in Engi-

neering, Barcelona, Spain; R. Owen, University College of

Swansea, United Kingdom (Eds.)

Particle-Based Methods

Fundamentals and Applications

The book contains 11 chapters written by relevant

scientists in the field of particle-based methods

and their applications in engineering and applied

sciences. The chapters cover most particle-based

techniques used in practice including the discrete

element method, the smooth particle hydrodynamic

method and the particle finite element method. The

book will be of interest to researchers and engineers

interested in the fundamentals of particle-based

methods and their applications.

Features

This book contains 11 chapters written by rele-

vant scientists in the field of particle-based methods

and their applications in engineering and applied

sciences. The chapters cover most particle-based

techniques used in practice including the discrete

element method, the smooth particle hydrodynamic

method and the particle finite element method. The

book will be of interest to researchers and engineers

[..]

Contents

Advances in the Particle Finite Element Method

(PFEM) for solving coupled problems in engineer-

ing.- Advances in Computational Modelling of

Multi-Physics in Particle-Fluid Systems.- Large Scale

Simulation of Industrial, Engineering and Geophysi-

cal Flows Using Particle Methods.- Parallel computa-

tion particle methods for multi-phase fluid flow with

application oil reservoir characterization.- The Parti-

cle Finite Element Method for multi-fluid flows.- On

Material Modeling by Polygonal Discrete Elements,-

Discrete numerical analysis of failure modes in gran-

ular materials.- Homogenization of[..]

Fields of interest

Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials;

Computational Science and Engineering; Theoreti-

cal, Mathematical and Computational Physics; Engi-

neering (general)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XI, 267 p. 200 illus. (Computational Methods in Applied

Sciences, Vol. 25) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0734-4


S. Sunderasan, Verdurous Solutions Private Limited, Mysore,

India

Rational Exuberance for Renewable

Energy

An Economic Analysis

Rational Exuberance for Renewable Energy is a

beyond-the-hype account of the underlying issues

that encourage or plague widespread dissemination

of renewable energy (RE) technologies. Renewable

energy operates in the real world, and it cannot be

assumed that the conventional theories and incentive

structures of economics and business do not apply.

The author argues that grants and subsidies could

be provided to support research, development and

technology improvement efforts, but should not be

employed as an instrument of state policy to inter-

vene in specific markets. It is important to recog-

nize that although investors often demonstrate an

appetite for market risk, they find technology risks

and policy uncertainty much less appealing.Rational

Exuberance for Renewable Energy blends classical

economic theory with the everyday realities of the RE

industry to identify incentive structures contributing

to the success – or otherwise – of project implemen-

tation involving renewable sources and[..]

Features

Rational Exuberance for Renewable Energy is a

beyond-the-hype account of the underlying issues

that encourage or plague widespread dissemination

of renewable energy (RE) technologies. Renewable

energy operates in the real world, and it cannot be

assumed that the conventional theories and incentive

structures of economics and business do not apply.

The author argues that grants and subsidies [..]

Contents

1. Infant Industry and Incentive Structures.- 2.

Renewable Energy Technology: Market Devel-

opment, Subsidy Policy and the Enlargement of

Choice.- 3. Economic Rents and the Power of

Scarcity.- 4. Revealed Preferences and the Power of

Substitutes.- 5. Mapping Development Policy on to

the Life Cycle.- 6. Accounting for the Environmen-

tal Externality.- 7. Microfinance: Taking RE to the

'Former Poor'.- 8. Epilogue: Rational Exuberance for

Renewable Energy.

Fields of interest

Renewable and Green Energy; Environmental Eco-

nomics; Energy Economics; Renewable and Green

Energy

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVI, 113 p. 8 illus. (Green Energy and Technology) Hard-

cover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-211-7

R.R. Yager, Iona College, New Rochelle, NY, USA; J. Kacprzyk, Pol-

ish Academy of Science, Warsaw, Poland; G. Beliakov, Deakin

University, Burwood, VIC, Australia (Eds.)

Recent Developments in the

Ordered Weighted Averaging

Operators: Theory and Practice

This volume presents the state of the art of new

developments, and some interesting and relevant

applications of the OWA (ordered weighted aver-

aging) operators. The OWA operators were intro-

duced in the early 1980s by Ronald R. Yager as a

conceptually and numerically simple, easily imple-

mentable, yet extremely powerful general aggre-

gation operator. That simplicity, generality and

implementability of the OWA operators, combined

with their intuitive appeal, have triggered much

research both in the foundations and extensions of

the OWA operators, and in their applications to a

wide variety of problems in various fields of science

and technology. Part I: Methods includes papers on

theoretical foundations of OWA operators and their

extensions. The papers in Part II: Applications show

some more relevant applications of the OWA opera-

tors, mostly means, as powerful yet general aggrega-

tion operators. The application areas are exemplified

by environmental modeling, social networks, image

analysis, financial[..]

Features

This volume presents the state of the art of new

developments, and some interesting and relevant

applications of the OWA (ordered weighted averag-

ing) operators. The OWA operators were introduced

in the early 1980s by Ronald R. Yager as a conceptu-

ally and numerically simple, easily implementable,

yet extremely powerful general aggregation operator.

That [..]

Contents

Part I: Methods.- OWA Operators and Nonaddi-

tive Integrals.- The WOWA Operator: A Review.-

Induced Ordered Weighted Averaging Operators.-

A review of the OWA determination methods: clas-

sification and some extensions.- Spezification of the

OWA Operators for Aggregating Uncertain Infor-

mation with Uncertain Weights.- A majority guided

aggregation operator in group decision making

Generating OWA Weights from Individual Assess-

ments.- The role of the OWA operators as a unifica-

tion tool for the representation of collective choice

sets.- Applying linguistic OWA operators in consen-

sus models[..]

Fields of interest

Appl. Mathematics / Computational Methods of

Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 298 p. 52 illus., 14 in color. (Studies in Fuzziness and

Soft Computing, Vol. 265) Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17909-9

J. Liu, Chalmers University of Technology, Göteborg, Sweden;

O. Salmela, Nokia Siemens Networks, Espoo, Finland; J. Sarkka,

Nokia Siemens Networks, Espoo, Finland; J.E. Morris, Port-

land State University, Portland, OR, USA; P.-E. Tegehall, IVF AB

Swedish Ceramic Institute, Molndal, Sweden; C. Andersson,

Chalmers University of Technology, Göteborg, Sweden

Reliability of Microtechnology

Interconnects, Devices and Systems

Reliability of Microtechnology discusses the reliabil-

ity of microtechnology products from the bottom

up, beginning with devices and extending to systems.

The book's focus includes but is not limited to reli-

ability issues of interconnects, the methodology of

reliability concepts and general failure mechanisms.

Specific failure modes in solder and conductive

adhesives are discussed at great length. Coverage of

accelerated testing, component and system level reli-

ability, and reliability design for manufacturability

are also described in detail.The book also includes

exercises and detailed solutions at the end of each

chapter.

Features

Reliability of Microtechnology discusses the reliabil-

ity of microtechnology products from the bottom

up, beginning with devices and extending to systems.

The book's focus includes but is not limited to reli-

ability issues of interconnects, the methodology of

reliability concepts and general failure mechanisms.

Specific failure modes in solder and conductive

adhesives are discussed at great length. Coverage [..]

Contents

Introduction to Reliability and its Importance.- Reli-

ability Metrology.- General Failure Mechanisms of

Microsystems.- Solder and Conductive Adhesive

Joint Reliability.- Accelerated Testing.- Reliability

Design for Manufacturability.- Component Reliabil-

ity.- System Level Reliability.- Reliability and Quality

Management of Microsystem.- Experimental Tools

for Reliability Analysis.

Fields of interest

Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation;

Optical and Electronic Materials; Quality Control,

Reliability, Safety and Risk; Nanotechnology and

Microengineering

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIII, 204 p. 50 illus. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-5759-7


R.H.M. van Veldhoven, NXP, Eindhoven, The Netherlands; A.H.M.

van Roermund, University of Technology Eindhoven, The Nether-

lands

Robust Sigma Delta Converters

And Their Application in Low-Power Highly-Digitized Flexible

Receivers

Sigma Delta converters are a very popular choice

for the A/D converter in multi-standard, mobile

and cellular receivers. Key A/D converter specifi-

cations are high dynamic range, robustness, scal-

ability, low-power and low EMI. Robust Sigma

Delta Converters presents a requirement derivation

of a Sigma Delta modulator applied in a receiver

for cellular and connectivity, and shows trade-offs

between RF and ADC. The book proposes to cat-

egorize these requirements in 5 quality indicators

which can be used to qualify a system, namely accu-

racy, robustness, flexibility, efficiency and emis-

sion. In the book these quality indicators are used

to categorize Sigma Delta converter theory. A few

highlights on each of these quality indicators are;

Quality indicators: provide a means to quantify sys-

tem quality.Accuracy: introduction of new Sigma

Delta Modulator architectures.Robustness: a signifi-

cant extension on clock jitter theory based on phase

and error amplitude error models. Extension of the

theory describing[..]

Features

Sigma Delta converters are a very popular choice for

the A/D converter in multi-standard, mobile and

cellular receivers. Key A/D converter specifications

are high dynamic range, robustness, scalability, low-

power and low EMI. Robust Sigma Delta Converters

presents a requirement derivation of a Sigma Delta

modulator applied in a receiver for cellular and [..]

Contents

List of abbreviations.- Terminology.- List of sym-

bols.- Nomenclature.- 1 Introduction.- 2 System

quality indicators.- 3 Integrated receiver architec-

tures for cellular and connectivity.- 4 Specifica-

tions for A/D converters in cellular and connectivity

receivers.- 5 SD modulator algorithmic accuracy.-

6 SD modulator robustness.- 7 SD modulator flex-

ibility.- 8 SD modulator efficiency.- 9 SD modula-

tor implementations and the quality indicators.- 10

Conclusions.- A Harmonic and intermodulation dis-

tortion in an I&Q system.- B Distortion of a differen-

tial input transistor pair biased in weak[..]

Fields of interest

Circuits and Systems; Solid State Physics; Input/Out-

put and Data Communications

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXIII, 294 p. (Analog Circuits and Signal Processing, 0)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0643-9

M. Stefanovic, University of Wyoming, Laramie, WY, USA; M.G.

Safonov, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA, USA

Safe Adaptive Control

Data-driven Stability Analysis and Robust Synthesis

Safe Adaptive Control gives a formal and complete

algorithm for assuring the stability of a switched

control system when at least one of the available can-

didate controllers is stabilizing. The possibility of

having an unstable switched system even in the pres-

ence of a stabilizing candidate controller is demon-

strated by referring to several well-known adaptive

control approaches, where the system goes unstable

when a large mismatch between the unknown plant

and the available models exists ("plant-model mis-

match instability"). Sufficient conditions for this pos-

sibility to be avoided are formulated, and a "recipe"

to be followed by the control system designer to

guarantee stability and desired performance is pro-

vided. The problem is placed in a standard opti-

mization setting. Unlike the finite controller sets

considered elsewhere, the candidate controller set is

allowed to be continuously parametrized so that it

can deal with plants with a very large range of uncer-

tainties.

Features

Safe Adaptive Control gives a formal and complete

algorithm for assuring the stability of a switched

control system when at least one of the available can-

didate controllers is stabilizing. The possibility of

having an unstable switched system even in the pres-

ence of a stabilizing candidate controller is demon-

strated by referring to several well-known adaptive

control approaches, where the system [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Definitions and Preliminary Facts.-

Stability Results.- Generalization to the Time-vary-

ing Case.- Switched Adaptive Controller: Robust

Synthesis.- Comparison with Other Switching Adap-

tive Schemes.- Conclusion.

Fields of interest

Control; Systems Theory, Control; Optimization;

Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XII, 148 p. 89 illus., 21 in color. (Lecture Notes in Control

and Information Sciences, Vol. 405) Softcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84996-452-4

A. Nazarov, National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine, Kyiv,

Ukraine; J.-P. Colinge, University College Cork, Ireland; F. Balestra,

IMEP-LAHC, Grenoble, France; J.-P. Raskin, Ecole Polytechnique

de Louvain, Belgium; F. Gamiz, Universidad de Granada, Spain;

V.S. Lysenko, National Academy of Science, Kyiv, Ukraine (Eds.)

Semiconductor-On-Insulator

Materials for Nanoelectronics

Applications

"Semiconductor-On-Insulator Materials for Nano-

Electronics Applications” is devoted to the fast evolv-

ing field of modern nanoelectronics, and more

particularly to the physics and technology of nano-

electronic devices built on semiconductor-on-

insulator (SemOI) systems. The book contains the

achievements in this field from leading companies

and universities in Europe, USA, Brazil and Rus-

sia. It is articulated around four main topics: 1. New

semiconductor-on-insulator materials; 2. Physics

of modern SemOI devices; 3. Advanced characteri-

zation of SemOI devices; 4. Sensors and MEMS on

SOI. "Semiconductor-On-Insulator Materials for

NanoElectonics Applications” is useful not only to

specialists in nano- and microelectronics but also to

students and to the wider audience of readers who

are interested in new directions in modern electron-

ics and optoelectronics.

Features

"Semiconductor-On-Insulator Materials for Nano-

Electonics Applications” is devoted to the fast evolv-

ing field of modern nanoelectronics, and more

particularly to the physics and technology of nano-

electronic devices built on semiconductor-on-

insulator (SemOI) systems. The book contains the

achievements in this field from leading companies

and universities in Europe, USA, Brazil and Russia. It

is articulated [..]

Contents

New semiconductor-on-insulator materials.- Physics

of modern SemOI devices.- Diagnostics of the SOI

devices.- Sensors and MEMS on SOI.

Fields of interest

Nanotechnology and Microengineering; Nanotech-

nology; Semiconductors; Characterization and Eval-

uation of Materials

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. IX, 400 p. 118 illus., 18 in color. (Engineering Materials)

Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-15867-4


R. Poprawe, Fraunhofer-Institut für Lasertechnik, Aachen, Ger-

many (Ed.)

Tailored Light 2

Laser Application Technology

The present book covers the application technol-

ogy of lasers, focusing more on the vast range of pro-

cesses than on individual applications, in order to

motivate and enable future innovations. The physical

basics are presented in the first half of the book. The

following examination of application categories and

their processes is documented by experts from their

practical points of view but always refers back to the

underlying physical principles. In this way, readers

are free to choose their own individual level of depth

in understanding this globally relevant field of inno-

vation.

Features

The present book covers the application technol-

ogy of lasers, focusing more on the vast range of pro-

cesses than on individual applications, in order to

motivate and enable future innovations. The physical

basics are presented in the first half of the book. The

following examination of application categories and

their processes is documented by experts from their

practical points of view but always refers [..]

Contents

Preface.- Introduction.- Radiation at interfaces.-

Absorption of Laser Radiation.- Energy Transport

and Heat Conduction.- Thermo Mechanics.- Phase

Transformations.- Melt Flow.- Laser Induced Vapor-

ization.- Plasma Physics.- Laser Beam Sources.-

Surface Treatment.- Forming.- Rapid Prototyping

& Rapid Tooling.- Joining.- Ablation.- Drilling.-

Cutting.- System Technology.- Laser Measurement

Technology.- Appendix.- Subject index.

Fields of interest

Operating Procedures, Materials Treatment; Charac-

terization and Evaluation of Materials; Engineering

(general); Mechanical Engineering

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Professional book

Available

2011. XVI, 605 p. 350 illus. in color. (RWTHedition) Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-01236-5

M.V. Nesterenko, V.N. Karazin Kharkov National University,

Kharkov, Ukraine; V.A. Katrich, V.N. Karazin Kharkov National Uni-

versity, Kharkov, Ukraine; Y.M. Penkin, National Pharmaceutical

University, Kharkov, Ukraine; V.M. Dakhov, V.N. Karazin Kharkov

National University, Kharkov, Ukraine; S.L. Berdnik, V.N. Karazin

Kharkov National University, Kharkov, Ukraine

Thin Impedance Vibrators

Theory and Applications

The book is devoted to exploring the foundations of

the theory of thin impedance vibrator antennas. The

text provides a continuation of the classic theory of

thin perfectly conducting vibrators. Many consider

impedance conception one of the most universal

models in the theory of wave processes, as it informs

such a wide spectrum of uses in solving practical

problems of electrodynamics. This topic provides an

opportunity to further search analytical solutions,

allowing a simplification of the mathematical formu-

lation of the boundary problem. The theory strives

to widen the boundaries of the impedance vibra-

tor antennas application in complex modern radio-

and-electronic systems and devices. The results of

much original research conducted by the authors will

be useful for practicing engineers and designers of

antenna and waveguide systems. The book is written

in an academic style, and can be used to teach stu-

dents and post graduates about radiotechnical and

radiophysical specialities. The conclusion[..]

Features

Thin Impedance Vibrators: Theory and Applica-

tions is devoted to exploring the foundations of the

theory of thin impedance vibrator antennas. The

text provides a continuation of the classic theory of

thin perfectly conducting vibrators. Many consider

impedance conception one of the most universal

models in the theory of wave processes, as it informs

such a wide spectrum of uses in solving practical [..]

Contents

Preface.- General Questions of the Theory of

Impedance Vibrators in the Spatial-Frequency Rep-

resentation.- Electromagnetic Waves Radiation by

Impedance Vibrators in Free Space and Material

Mediums.- Electromagnetic Waves Radiation by

Impedance Vibrators in Material Mediums over the

Perfectly Conducting Plane.- Electromagnetic Waves

Scattering by Irregular Impedance Vibrators in Free

Space.- Generalized Method of the Induced EMF for

Investigation of the Characteristics of Impedance

Vibrators.- Electromagnetic Waves Radiation by

Radial Impedance Vibrators on the Perfectly Con-

ducting[..]

Fields of interest

Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Classical

Electrodynamics, Wave Phenomena

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIII, 223 p. 118 illus., 1 in color. (Lecture Notes in Electrical

Engineering, Vol. 2064) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7849-3

L. Haarla, Aalto University School of Science and Technology,

Aalto, Finland; M. Koskinen, Fingrid Oyj, Helsinki, Finland; R. Hir-

vonen, Fingrid Oyj, Helsinki, Finland; P.-E. Labeau, Université

Libre de Bruxelles, Bruxelles, Belgium

Transmission Grid Security

A PSA Approach

In response to the growing importance of power sys-

tem security and reliability, Transmission Grid Secu-

rity proposes a systematic and probabilistic approach

for transmission grid security analysis. The analysis

presented uses probabilistic safety assessment (PSA)

and takes into account the power system dynamics

after severe faults. In the method shown in this book

the power system states (stable, not stable, system

breakdown, etc.) are connected with the substation

reliability model. In this way it is possible to: esti-

mate the system-wide consequences of grid faults;

identify a chain of events that might lead to black-

out; and rank the importance of different substation

components at the system level. Transmission Grid

Security also presents the main features and basic

mathematics of PSA. It provides the reader with up-

to-date knowledge of the regulatory issues affecting

the security of transmission grids in Europe. Trans-

mission Grid Security gives a practical method for

the security analysis of[..]

Features

In response to the growing importance of power sys-

tem security and reliability, Transmission Grid Secu-

rity proposes a systematic and probabilistic approach

for transmission grid security analysis. The analysis

presented uses probabilistic safety assessment (PSA)

and takes into account the power system dynamics

after severe faults. In the method shown in this book

the power system states (stable, not [..]

Contents

1. Introduction.- 2. Grid Security — Problem State-

ment.- 3. Basic Concepts of Transmission Grid Plan-

ning.- 4. Basic Concepts of Reliability Theory.- 5.

Grid Faults and Component Failures.- 6. Substation

PSA Model.- 7. Dynamic Consequence Analysis.-

8. System level Results.- 9. Perspectives for Future

Power System.- 10. Conclusions.

Fields of interest

Power Electronics, Electrical Machines and Net-

works; Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. X, 169 p. 44 illus. (Power Systems) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-144-8


K.P. Valavanis, University of Denver, Denver, USA (Ed.)

Unmanned Aerial Vehicles

Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) have seen

unprecedented levels of growth during the last

decade in both military and civilian domains. How-

ever, it is anticipated that civilian applications will

be dominant in the future, although there are still

barriers to be overcome and technical challenges to

be met. For example, integrating UAS into civilian

space, fully autonomous navigation, see-detect-and-

avoid systems, smart UAS designs, system integra-

tion, vision-based navigation, logistics and training,

to name but a few areas, will be of prime importance

in the near future. This special volume is the out-

come of research presented at the International Sym-

posium on Unmanned Aerial Vehicles, held in Dubai

in June 2010, and presents state-of-the-art findings

on topics related to: UAS operations and integra-

tion into the national airspace system; UAS naviga-

tion and control; micro-, mini-, small UAVs; UAS

simulation testbeds and frameworks; UAS research

platforms and applications; UAS applications. This

book[..]

Features

Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) have seen

unprecedented levels of growth during the last

decade in both military and civilian domains. How-

ever, it is anticipated that civilian applications will

be dominant in the future, although there are still

barriers to be overcome and technical challenges to

be met. For example, integrating UAS into civilian

space, fully autonomous navigation, see-detect-and-

avoid [..]

Contents

UAV Control.- control and Limitations of Navigat-

ing a Tail Rotor/Actuator Failed Unmanned Heli-

copter.- Indoor Hovering Control of Small Ducted-

fan type OAV Using Ultrasonic Positioning System.-

Vision Based Control for Fixed Wing UAVs Inspect-

ing Locally Linear Infrastructure using Skid-to-Turn

Maneuvers.- Dynamic Compensation for Control

of a Rotary wing UAV using Positive Position Feed-

back.- Indoor UAV Control Using Multi-camera

Visual Feedback.- Hovering Flight Improvement of a

Quad-rotor mini UAV using Brushless DC motors.-

Tracking, Guidance and Path Planning.- Stabiliza-

tion and[..]

Fields of interest

Control , Robotics, Mechatronics; Communications

Engineering, Networks; Signal, Image and Speech

Processing

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. VI, 586 p. 100 illus. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-1109-9

A.B. Kahng, University of California, San Diego, CA, USA; J. Lienig,

Dresden University of Technology, Dresden; I.L. Markov, Univer-

sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA; J. Hu, University of Michi-

gan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA

VLSI Physical Design: From Graph

Partitioning to Timing Closure

Design and optimization of integrated circuits are

essential to the creation of new semiconductor chips,

and physical optimizations are becoming more

prominent as a result of semiconductor scaling.

Modern chip design has become so complex that it

is largely performed by specialized software, which

is frequently updated to address advances in semi-

conductor technologies and increased problem com-

plexities. A user of such software needs a high-level

understanding of the underlying mathematical mod-

els and algorithms. On the other hand, a developer

of such software must have a keen understanding of

computer science aspects, including algorithmic per-

formance bottlenecks and how various algorithms

operate and interact. VLSI Physical Design: From

Graph Partitioning to Timing Closure introduces

and compares algorithms that are used during the

physical design phase of integrated-circuit design,

wherein a geometric chip layout is produced starting

from an abstract circuit design. The emphasis is on

essential[..]

Features

Design and optimization of integrated circuits are

essential to the creation of new semiconductor chips,

and physical optimizations are becoming more

prominent as a result of semiconductor scaling.

Modern chip design has become so complex that it

is largely performed by specialized software, which is

frequently updated to address advances in semicon-

ductor technologies and increased problem [..]

Contents

1 Introduction. 2 Netlist and System Partitioning.

3 Chip Planning. 4 Global and Detailed Placement.

5 Global Routing. 6 Detailed Routing. 7 Specialized

Routing. 8 Timing Closure. A Solutions to Chapter

Exercises. B Example CMOS Cell Layouts.

Fields of interest

Circuits and Systems; Logic Design; Electronics and

Microelectronics, Instrumentation; Computer-Aided

Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design

Target groups

Research

Type of publication


Available

2011. XI, 310 p. 150 illus. Hardcover

59,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-9590-9

W.A. Khan, Institute of Business Administration, Karachi, Pak-

istan; A. Raouf, University of Management and Technology,

Lahore, Pakistan; K. Cheng, Brunel University, Uxbridge, UK

Virtual Manufacturing

Virtual Manufacturing presents a novel concept of

combining human computer interfaces with virtual

reality for discrete and continuous manufacturing

systems. The authors address the relevant concepts

of manufacturing engineering, virtual reality, and

computer science and engineering, before embark-

ing on a description of the methodology for build-

ing augmented reality for manufacturing processes

and manufacturing systems. Virtual Manufacturing

is centered on the description of the development of

augmented reality models for a range of processes

based on CNC, PLC, SCADA, mechatronics and on

embedded systems. Further discussions address the

use of augmented reality for developing augmented

reality models to control contemporary manufactur-

ing systems and to acquire micro- and macro-level

decision parameters for managers to boost profitabil-

ity of their manufacturing systems. Guiding read-

ers through the building of their own virtual factory

software, Virtual Manufacturing comes with access

to online files[..]

Features

Virtual Manufacturing presents a novel concept of

combining human computer interfaces with virtual

reality for discrete and continuous manufacturing

systems. The authors address the relevant concepts

of manufacturing engineering, virtual reality, and

computer science and engineering, before embark-

ing on a description of the methodology for building

augmented reality for manufacturing processes and

[..]

Contents

1. Augmented Reality for Manufacturing.- 2. Man-

ufacturing Processes and Systems.- 3. Automation

and Control in Manufacturing.- 4. Augmented Real-

ity for Sensors, Transducers and Actuators.- 5. Aug-

mented Reality for Computer Numerical Control

(CNC) Based Applications.- 6. Augmented Reality

for Industrial Manipulators, Gantries and Convey-

ors.- 7. Virtual Reality Design for Programmable

Logic Controller (PLC) Based Applications.- 8. Aug-

mented Reality for Embedded Systems.- 9. Aug-

mented Reality for Supervisory Control and Data

Acquisition Based Application.- 10. Augmented

Reality for[..]

Fields of interest

Manufacturing, Machines, Tools; User Interfaces

and Human Computer Interaction; Industrial and

Production Engineering

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVIII, 801 p. 329 illus. With online files/update. (Springer

Series in Advanced Manufacturing) Hardcover

199,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-185-1

52 Environment springer.com

G. Dagnelie, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD, USA (Ed.)

Visual Prosthetics

Physiology, Bioengineering, Rehabilitation

Visual Prosthetics provides an in-depth analysis of

the principles of operation, current state, anticipated

developments, and functional aspects of visual pros-

thetics restoring sight to visually impaired individ-

uals. This volume uniquely describes the human

visual system in health and disease in a pedagog-

ical and didactic manner, fitting to professionals

and researchers with a bioengineering background.

Readers will find a balanced overview of electrical,

molecular chemical and synthetic chromophore

stimulation, in addition to the biophysics and psy-

chological aspects of vision restoration. Unlike com-

petitive texts, this introduction also includes the

need and methods for functional evaluation and

rehabilitation.Professionals in the field of biomed-

ical engineering and graduate and postgraduate

researchers will find Visual Prosthetics a valuable

reference.

Features

Visual Prosthetics provides an in-depth analysis of

the principles of operation, current state, anticipated

developments, and functional aspects of visual pros-

thetics restoring sight to visually impaired individ-

uals. This volume uniquely describes the human

visual system in health and disease in a pedagogi-

cal and didactic manner, fitting to professionals and

researchers with a bioengineering [..]

Contents

Visual prosthetics as a multidisciplinary challenge.-

The human visual system – an engineering perspec-

tive.- Vision’s first steps: anatomy, physiology, and

perception in the retina, lateral geniculate nucleus,

and early visual cortical areas.- Retinal remodel-

ing and visual prosthetics.- Cortical plasticity and

reorganization in severe vision loss.- Visual percep-

tual effects of long-standing vision loss.- Structures,

materials, and processes at the electrode-to-tissue

interface.- Delivery of information and power to the

implant, integration of the electrode array with the

retina, and[..]

Fields of interest

Biomedical Engineering; Ophthalmology; Rehabili-

tation Medicine; Biophysics and Biological Physics;

Neurosciences

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVIII, 453 p. 100 illus. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-0753-0

Environment

C.J.R. Williams, University of Reading, UK; D.R. Kniveton, Univer-

sity of Sussex, Brighton, UK (Eds.)

African Climate and Climate Change

Physical, Social and Political Perspectives

Compared to many other regions of the world,

Africa is particularly vulnerable to the effects of cli-

mate change and variability. Widespread poverty,

an extensive disease burden and pockets of politi-

cal instability across the continent has resulted in

a low resilience and limited adaptative capacity of

African society to climate related shocks and stresses.

To compound this vulnerability, there remains

large knowledge gaps on African climate, mani-

festations of future climate change and variability

for the region and the associated problems of cli-

mate change impacts. Research on the subject of

African climate change requires an interdisciplinary

approach linking studies of environmental, political

and socio-economic spheres. In this book we use dif-

ferent case studies on climate change and variabil-

ity in Africa to illustrate different approaches to the

study of climate change in Africa from across the

spectrum of physical, social and political sciences. In

doing so we attempt to highlight a[..]

Features

Compared to many other regions of the world,

Africa is particularly vulnerable to the effects of cli-

mate change and variability. Widespread poverty,

an extensive disease burden and pockets of political

instability across the continent has resulted in a low

resilience and limited adaptative capacity of African

society to climate related shocks and stresses. To

compound this vulnerability, there remains large [..]

Contents

1 Introduction.- 2 Large scale features affecting

Ethiopian rainfall.- 3 Ethiopian rainfall in climate

models.-4 Extreme rainfall events over southern

Africa .- 5 Understanding the large scale driving

mechanisms of rainfall variability over central

Africa.- 6 Climate change impacts on hydrology

in Africa: Case studies of basin water resources.- 7

Adaptation to climate change and variability: farmer

responses to intra-seasonal precipitation trends in

South Africa.- 8 Climate change and migration: A

modeling approach.- Conclusions.- Index.

Fields of interest

Climate Change; Geography (general); Meteorol-

ogy / Climatology; Physical Geography; Human

Geography

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Collected works

Available

2011. VIII, 204 p. (Advances in Global Change Research, Vol. 43)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-3841-8

M. Höjer, Centre for Sustainable Communications (CESC), Royal

Institute of Technlogy, Stockholm, Sweden; A. Gullberg, Com-

mittee for Stockholm Research, City of Stockholm, Sweden; R.

Pettersson, Department of Economic History, University of Stock-

holm, Sweden

Images of the Future City

Time and Space For Sustainable Development

This book is an ideal complement to studies show-

ing the potentially devastating ecological effects of

climate change, studies trying to calculate the costs

of climate change, and studies trying to identify the

most pressing needs in preparing for the new cli-

mate.

Features

What could a future Western city look like if energy

use per capita was reduced by sixty percent? This is

the overarching question researchers have addressed

in a major backcasting study carried out in Stock-

holm in recent years, and their answers are revealed

in this book.In Images of the Future City: Time and

Space [..]

Contents

1. The Sustainable City.- 2. Limitations and Neces-

sities.- 3. Limits of Urban Sustainability.- 4. Urban

Tempo and Structure.- 5. Introduction - Urban

Structure, Activity Patterns and Technology.- 6.

Development of Urban Structures.- 7. Visions and

Urban Structures.- 8. Stockholm’s Urban Devel-

opment .- 9. Future Cities – Possible Changes.-

10. Time and Consumption.- 11. Housing and

Other Premises.- 12. Food.- 13. Travel.- 14. Durable

Goods.- 15. Time Use in the Future.- 16. Produc-

tion.- 17. Vehicles.- 18. Housing.- 19. Summary

of Technical Potential.- 20. Introduction.- 21. Six

Images of[..]

Fields of interest

Sustainable Development; Cities, Countries, Regions;

Science

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXXI, 457 p. 35 illus., 7 in color. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0652-1

springer.com Environment 53

V. Badescu, Polytechnic University of Bucharest, Romania; R.B.

Cathcart, Geographos, Burbank, CA, USA (Eds.)

Macro-engineering Seawater in

Unique Environments

Arid Lowlands and Water Bodies Rehabilitation

The subjects refer to histories of ancient and mod-

ern use of seacoasts; possible macro-projects capa-

ble of massive changes in the coastlines of the Dead

Sea, Red Sea and Persian Gulf caused by canal and

massively scaled hydropower dam installations; rel-

evant macro-projects for the Black Sea and Baltic

Sea; possibilities of refreshment of the Aral Sea and

Iran’s Lake Uremia with seawater or river freshwater

importation macro-projects; potential rehabilitation

of some vital arid zone regions now dominated by

moving or movable surface granular materials using

unique and unusual macro-projects; seawater flood-

ing of land regions situated below present-day global

sea-level; harnessing energy and obtaining fresh-

water from the world’s salt-laden ocean by modern

industrial means; various macro-projects designed

specifically for the protection (reduction of vulnera-

bility) of particular Earth geographical regions.

Features

The subjects refer to histories of ancient and mod-

ern use of seacoasts; possible macro-projects capa-

ble of massive changes in the coastlines of the Dead

Sea, Red Sea and Persian Gulf caused by canal and

massively scaled hydropower dam installations; rele-

vant macro-projects for the Black Sea and Baltic Sea;

possibilities of refreshment of the Aral Sea and Iran’s

Lake Uremia with seawater or river freshwater [..]

Contents

Living with Sea Level Change and Dynamic Land-

scapes.- The Red Sea - Dead Sea Canal.- The Sea

Highway Macro-project.- Sediment Transport by

Wind and Water.- Macro-engineering Lake Eyre

with Imported Seawater.- The Bering Strait Seawater

Deflector.

Fields of interest

Marine & Freshwater Sciences; Sustainable Develop-

ment; Monitoring / Environmental Analysis

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXXIX, 790 p. (Environmental Science) Hardcover

199,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14778-4

I. Ahmad, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India; F. Ahmad,

Sardar Bhagwan Singh Post Graduate Institute of Biomedical Sci-

ences and Research, Dehradun, Uttrakhand, India; J. Pichtel, Ball

State University, Muncie, IN, USA (Eds.)

Microbes and Microbial Technology

Agricultural and Environmental Applications

This book focuses on successful application of

microbial biotechnology in areas such as medicine,

agriculture, environment and human health.

Features

Awareness of the role of microbes and microbial

biotechnology in improving the quality of life has

been recognized worldwide. Today, what is urgently

needed an is exploration of new microbes and novel

genes for solving some of the major challenges of

the 21st century with particular reference to sustain-

able agriculture, the environment and human health.

Therefore, it is [..]

Contents

Microbial Applications in Agriculture and the Envi-

ronment: A Broad Perspective.- Molecular Tech-

niques to Assess Microbial Community Structure,

Function, and Dynamics in the Environment.- The

Biofilm Returns: Microbial Life at the Interface.-

Future Application of Probiotics: A Boon from Dairy

Biology.- Microbially Synthesized Nanoparticles:

Scope and Applications.- Bacterial Quorum Sens-

ing and its Interference: Methods and Significance.-

Horizontal Gene Transfer Between Bacteria under

Natural Conditions.- Molecular Strategies: Detec-

tion of Foodborne Bacterial Pathogens.- Recent

Advances[..]

Fields of interest

Environmental Engineering / Biotechnology; Micro-

biology; Agriculture

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XVI, 516 p. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7930-8

D.M. Whitacre, Reviews of Environmental Contamination and

Toxicology (Ed.)

Reviews of Environmental

Contamination and Toxicology

Volume 211

Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxi-

cology attempts to provide concise, critical reviews of

timely advances, philosophy and significant areas of

accomplished or needed endeavor in the total field of

xenobiotics, in any segment of the environment, as

well as toxicological implications.

Features

CONTENTSForewordPrefaceThe Water Quality of

Izmir Bay: A Case Studyby Filiz KucuksezginTerato-

genicity and Embryotoxicity in Aquatic Organisms

after Pesticide Exposure and the Role of Oxidative

Stressby Veronika Pašková, Klára Hilscherová and

Lud#k BláhaMixtures of Environmental Pollutants:

Effects on MIcroorganisms and their [..]

Contents

Foreword.- Preface.- The Water Quality of Izmir

Bay: A Case Study.- Teratogenicity and Embryotox-

icity in Aquatic Organisms after Pesticide Exposure

and the Role of Oxidative Stress.- Mixtures of Envi-

ronmental Pollutants: Effects on Microorganisms

and Their Activities in Soils.- Fluoride in the Envi-

ronment and its Metabolism in Humans.- Index.

Fields of interest

Ecotoxicology; Environmental Management; Waste

Management / Waste Technology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XII, 148 p. 8 illus. (Reviews of Environmental Contamina-

tion and Toxicology, Vol. 211) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8010-6

54 Geography springer.com

G. Meško, University of Maribor, Ljubljana, Slovenia; D. Dimitri-

jevi#, University of Belgrade, Serbia; C.B. Fields, Eastern Kentucky

University, Richmond, KY, USA (Eds.)

Understanding and Managing

Threats to the Environment in

South Eastern Europe

This volume presents reflections on a variety of envi-

ronmental issues in South-Eastern Europe from

diverse contemporary scientific disciplines. The con-

tributions address many crucial issues including

national environmental policies, economic instru-

ments for preventing crimes against the environ-

ment, international waste trafficking, threats to air,

water and soil due to mining, management of dump

areas, environment protection and food safety from a

perspective of public health. The book will be a use-

ful resource for researchers, developers and decision

makers interested in the stability and sustainable

development of the South-Eastern European coun-

tries.

Features








water and soil due to mining, [..]

Contents

Foreword.- Introduction.- Slovenian Environmental

Policy Analysis - From Institutional Declarations to

Instrumental Legal Regulation.- Situational Crime-

Prevention Measures to Environmental Threats.-

The Role of Economic Instruments in Eco-Crime

Prevention.- International Waste Trafficking – Pre-

liminary Explorations.- Primary Categories and

Symbiotic Green Crimes in Bosnia and Herzegov-

ina.- Usage of Special Investigation Measures in

Detecting Environmental Crime – International and

Macedonian Perspectives.- Solving Problems Related

to Environmental Crime Investigations.- The Bene-

fits[..]

Fields of interest

Environment (general); Environmental Manage-

ment; Pollution; Criminology & Criminal Justice

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XI, 393 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C:

Environmental Security) Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0610-1

G. Meško, University of Maribor, Ljubljana, Slovenia; D. Dimitri-

jevi#, University of Belgrade, Serbia; C.B. Fields, Eastern Kentucky

University, Richmond, KY, USA (Eds.)

Understanding and Managing

Threats to the Environment in

South Eastern Europe








water and soil due to mining, management of dump

areas, environment protection and food safety from a

perspective of public health. The book will be a use-

ful resource for researchers, developers and decision

makers interested in the stability and sustainable

development of the South-Eastern European coun-

tries.

Features








water and soil due to mining, [..]

Contents

Foreword.- Introduction.- Slovenian Environmental

Policy Analysis - From Institutional Declarations to

Instrumental Legal Regulation.- Situational Crime-

Prevention Measures to Environmental Threats.-

The Role of Economic Instruments in Eco-Crime

Prevention.- International Waste Trafficking – Pre-

liminary Explorations.- Primary Categories and

Symbiotic Green Crimes in Bosnia and Herzegov-

ina.- Usage of Special Investigation Measures in

Detecting Environmental Crime – International and

Macedonian Perspectives.- Solving Problems Related

to Environmental Crime Investigations.- The Bene-

fits[..]

Fields of interest

Environment (general); Environmental Manage-

ment; Pollution; Criminology & Criminal Justice

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XI, 393 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C:

Environmental Security) Softcover

89,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0613-2

Geography

Th.H. Kolbe, TU Berlin, Germany; G. König, TU Berlin, Germany; C.

Nagel, TU Berlin, Germany (Eds.)

Advances in 3D Geo-Information

Sciences

During the last decade developments in 3D Geoin-

formation have made substantial progress. We are

about to have a more complete spatial model and

understanding of our planet in different scales.

Hence, various communities and cities offer 3D

landscape and city models as valuable source and

instrument for sustainable management of rural and

urban resources. Also municipal utilities, real estate

companies etc. benefit from recent developments

related to 3D applications. To meet the challenges

due to the newest changes academics and practition-

ers met at the 5th International Workshop on 3D

Geoinformation in order to present recent develop-

ments and to discuss future trends. This book com-

prises a selection of evaluated, high quality papers

that were presented at this workshop in November

2010. The topics focus explicitly on the last achieve-

ments (methods, algorithms, models, systems) with

respect to 3D geo-information requirements. The

book is aimed at decision makers and experts as well

at students[..]

Features

During the last decade developments in 3D Geoin-

formation have made substantial progress. We are

about to have a more complete spatial model and

understanding of our planet in different scales.

Hence, various communities and cities offer 3D

landscape and city models as valuable source and

instrument for sustainable management of rural and

urban resources. Also municipal utilities, real estate

companies [..]

Fields of interest

Geographical Information Systems / Cartography;

Computer Applications in Earth Sciences

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 294 p. (Lecture Notes in Geoinformation and Cartogra-

phy) Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-12669-7

springer.com Law 55

B. Yuen, National University of Singapore; A.G.O. Yeh, The Univer-

sity of Hong Kong (Eds.)

High-Rise Living in Asian Cities

This book is intended to fill a knowledge gap in the

study of contemporary high-rise living. While there

has been much documentation on the engineering

and technological aspects of tall buildings, relatively

little has been written about the social and livability

of high-rise. Much less is written about Asian cities

even though Asia is the current hotbed of high-rise

development.Even though traditional discourse of

high-rise housing is not always positive, new forces

are redefining its place in 21st century urbanity.

Many cities around the world are reembracing high-

rise in urban agenda under current narrative of sus-

tainable development. High-rise is fast becoming a

priority area in international research agenda. The

quest is for livable and sustainable high-rise devel-

opment. Against the background of current trends--

globalization, urbanization, mixed-use development,

and new-built taller buildings in inner city areas in

both developed and developing countries, this book

examines the software:[..]

Features

This book is intended to fill a knowledge gap in the

study of contemporary high-rise living. While there

has been much documentation on the engineering

and technological aspects of tall buildings, relatively

little has been written about the social and livability

of high-rise. Much less is written about Asian cities

even though Asia is the current hotbed of high-rise

development. Even though traditional [..]

Contents

1. Introduction: Tall Building Living in Asian Cities.-

2. Tall Building Living in High Density Cities: A

Comparison of Hong Kong and Singapore.- 3. Plan-

ning and Design of Tall Residential Buildings.- 4.

Physical Environment of Tall Residential Buildings:

The Case of Hong Kong .- 5. Planning and Design of

Environmentally Sustainable High-rises.- 6. Garden

and Ecology in the Sky.- 7. Legislation and Safety of

Tall Residential Buildings.- 8. The Value of Clean Air

in High-Density Urban Areas.- 9. Liveability of Tall

Residential Buildings.- 10. Community Development

in Tall Residential[..]

Fields of interest

Landscape, Regional and Urban Planning; Housing;

Quality of Life Research; Sociology; Architecture;

Geotechnical Engineering

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. VII, 195 p. 16 illus., 9 in color. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-9737-8

Law

Ö. Sevdiren, Istanbul, Turkey

Alternatives to Imprisonment in

England and Wales, Germany and

Turkey

A Comparative Study

The book focuses on one of the most problematic

areas of Turkish penal justice: the overreliance on

custodial measures and a corresponding growth in

the prison population, and compares Turkey with

two major European countries in this respect: Eng-

land and Wales and Germany. The underlying ques-

tion throughout the study is the extent to which

prison alternatives can be seen as genuine alterna-

tives to immediate custodial sentences.

Features

The book focuses on the problematic areas of Turk-

ish penal justice, such as the overreliance on cus-

todial measures and a corresponding growth in

the prison population, and compares Turkey with

two major European countries in this respect: Eng-

land and Wales and Germany. The underlying ques-

tion throughout the study is the extent to which

prison alternatives can be seen as genuine alterna-

tives to immediate [..]

Contents

1 Introduction.- 2 Some Reflections on the History

and Development of Alternatives to Prison.- 3 Alter-

natives to Imprisonment in England: Destined to

Fall?.- 4 Alternatives to Imprisonment in Germany:

Less is More?.- 5 Alternatives to Imprisonment in

Turkey: A "Schattendasein"?.- 6 Summary and Con-

clusions.- References.

Fields of interest

Criminal Law; International & Foreign Law; Crimi-

nology & Criminal Justice

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XV, 282 p. 17 illus. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17350-9

F.J. Bex, University of Dundee, UK

Arguments, Stories and Criminal

Evidence

A Formal Hybrid Theory

In this book a theory of reasoning with evidence in

the context of criminal cases is developed. The main

subject of this study is not the law of evidence but

rather the rational process of proof, which involves

constructing, testing and justifying scenarios about

what happened using evidence and commonsense

knowledge. A central theme in the book is the anal-

ysis of ones reasoning, so that complex patterns are

made more explicit and clear. This analysis uses sto-

ries about what happened and arguments to anchor

these stories in evidence. Thus the argumentative

and the narrative approaches from the research in

legal philosophy and legal psychology are combined.

Because the book describes its subjects in both an

informal and a formal style, it is relevant for schol-

ars in legal philosophy, AI, logic and argumentation

theory. The book can also appeal to practitioners in

the investigative and legal professions, who are inter-

ested in the ways in which they can and should rea-

son with evidence.

Features

In this book a theory of reasoning with evidence in

the context of criminal cases is developed. The main

subject of this study is not the law of evidence but

rather the rational process of proof, which involves

constructing, testing and justifying scenarios about

what happened using evidence and commonsense

knowledge. A central theme in the book is the anal-

ysis of ones reasoning, so that complex patterns are

[..]

Contents

Preface.- Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Rea-

soning with criminal evidence.- Chapter 3. Two

approaches to reasoning with evidence: arguments

and stories.- Chapter 4. A hybrid theory of stories

and arguments.- Chapter 5. A formal logical hybrid

theory of argumentation and explanation.- Chapter

6. Case study: Murder in Anjum.- Chapter 7. Related

research on reasoning with criminal evidence.-

Chapter 8. Conclusions. – References.- Index.

Fields of interest

Criminal Law; Psychology and Law; Philosophy of

Law

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. X, 292 p. 109 illus. (Law and Philosophy Library, Vol. 92)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0139-7

56 Law springer.com

S. Gutwirth, Vrije Universiteit Brussel (VUB), Belgium; Y. Poul-

let, Director of CRID/Namur, Belgium; P. De Hert, Vrije Univer-

siteit Brussel, Belgium; R. Leenes, Tilburg University, Tilburg, The

Netherlands (Eds.)

Computers, Privacy and Data

Protection: an Element of Choice

This timely interdisciplinary work on current devel-

opments in ICT and privacy/data protection, coin-

cides as it does with the rethinking of the Data

Protection Directive, the contentious debates on data

sharing with the USA (SWIFT, PNR) and the judicial

and political resistance against data retention. The

authors of the contributions focus on particular and

pertinent issues from the perspective of their differ-

ent disciplines which range from the legal through

sociology, surveillance studies and technology assess-

ment, to computer sciences. Such issues include

cutting-edge developments in the field of cloud com-

puting, ambient intelligence and PETs; data reten-

tion, PNR-agreements, property in personal data

and the right to personal identity; electronic road

tolling, HIV-related information, criminal records

and teenager's online conduct, to name but a few.

Features

Privacy and data protection have never been static.

On the contrary, the history of the last 40 years

shows the reverse. New issues and challenges con-

tinue to emerge, requiring an ongoing process of

interpreting their effect in terms of reach, objec-

tives and their deeper significance. Indeed, the

consequences of technological applications due to

unprecedented storage, processing and transmission

capacities and [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Part 1 Building and Rebuilding Legal

Concepts for Privacy and Data Protection.- Chapter

1 The German Constitutional Court Judgment on

Data Retention: Proportionality Overrides Unlimited

Surveillance (Doesn’t It?); Katja de Vries, Rocco Bel-

lanova, Paul De Hert and Serge Gutwirth.- Chapter

2 The Noise in the Archive: Oblivion in the Age of

Total Recall; Jean-François Blanchette.- Chapter 3

Property in personal data. Second life of an old idea

in the age of cloud computing, chain informatisa-

tion, and ambient intelligence; Nadezhda Purtova.-

Chapter 4, Right to Personal[..]

Fields of interest

European Law / Public International Law; Comput-

ers and Society; Criminology & Criminal Justice;

Philosophy of Law; Philosophy of Technology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XXIV, 457 p. 25 illus., 10 in color. Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0640-8

Netherlands Yearbook of

International Law - 2008

Two major factors brought about the establishment

of the Netherlands Yearbook of International Law:

demand for the publication of national practice in

international law, and the desire for legal practition-

ers, state representatives and international lawyers to

have access to the growing amount of available data,

in the form of articles, notes etc. The Documenta-

tion section contains an extensive review of Dutch

state practice from the parliamentary year prior to

publication, an account of developments relating to

treaties and other international agreements to which

the Netherlands is a party, summaries of Nether-

lands judicial decisions involving questions of public

international law (many of which are not published

elsewhere), lists of Dutch publications in the field

and extracts from relevant municipal legislation.

Although the NYIL has a distinctive national charac-

ter it is published in English, and the editors do not

adhere to any geographical limitations when decid-

ing upon the inclusion of articles.

Features







in the form of articles, notes etc. The Documentation

section contains an extensive review of Dutch [..]

Contents

Part I. Articles: 1. The multidimensional constitu-

tional legal order of the European Union – a suc-

cessful case of cosmopolitan constitution-building?

Fabian Amtenbrink; 2. WIPO-WTO relations and

the future of global intellectual property norms Ruth

L. Okediji; 3. Formation and enforcement of cus-

tomary international law: the European Union's

contribution Jan Vanhamme; 4. International law

and geopolitics: one object, conflicting legitimacies?

Alexander Orakhelashvili; Part II. Documentation: 5.

Classification scheme; 6. Netherlands state practice

for the parliamentary year 2006–2007 P.C.[..]

Fields of interest

European Law / Public International Law

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2010. 538 p. (Netherlands Yearbook of International Law, 39)

Hardcover

109,95 €

ISBN 978-90-6704-301-4

Netherlands Yearbook of

International Law - 2009





ers, state representatives and international lawyers

to have access to the growing amount of available

data, in the form of articles, notes etc. The documen-

tation section contains an extensive review of Dutch

state practice from the parliamentary year prior to

publication, an account of developments relating to

treaties and other international agreements to which

the Netherlands is a party, summaries of Nether-

lands judicial decisions involving questions of public

international law (many of which are not published

elsewhere), lists of Dutch publications in the field

and extracts from relevant municipal legislation.

Although the NYIL has a distinctive national charac-

ter it is published in English, and the editors do not

adhere to any geographical limitations when decid-

ing upon the inclusion of articles.

Features







in the form of articles, notes etc. The documentation

section contains an extensive review of Dutch [..]

Contents

Part I. Articles: 1. Why criminal culpability should

follow the critical path: reframing the theory of

'effective control' Michael A. Newton and Casey

Kuhlman; 2. International dimensions of the disso-

lution of the Netherlands Antilles Arjen van Rijn; 3.

The continental shelf in the Polar regions: cold war

or triumph of law Alex G. Oude Elferink; 4. Inter-

action between EU law and international law in the

light of Intertanko and Kadi: the dilemma of norms

binding the member states but not the Community

Jan Willem van Rossem; Part II. Documentation: 5.

Classification scheme; 6. Netherlands[..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2010. 538 p. (Netherlands Yearbook of International Law, 40)

Hardcover

109,95 €

ISBN 978-90-6704-310-6

springer.com Life Sciences 57

H. Sato, International Law Association, Yokosuka, Japan

The Execution of Illegal Orders

and International Criminal

Responsibility

The legal consequence of the superior orders defense

has long been debated as one of the major problems

in international criminal law. Several controversial

issues such as the immunity of the state, the abso-

lute character of military discipline, and immunity

on the grounds of mistake of law and/or coercion

have been complexly interwoven in the debates. The

Execution of Illegal Orders and International Crim-

inal Responsibility provides a comprehensive por-

trait of the relevant debates at the international level

up to the present, analyzes the conflicting views, and

shows the significance of the development of inter-

national rules for the superior orders defense as well

as the implication of the fact that issues concerning

some detailed or related rules have been left unre-

solved. This study presents to present a new stand-

point not only on dealing with the problem of the

superior orders defense but also on reconsidering the

international stipulation of rulemaking with regard

to criminal matters.

Features

The legal consequence of the superior orders defense

has long been debated as one of the major problems

in international criminal law. Several controversial

issues such as the immunity of the state, the absolute

character of military discipline, and immunity on the

grounds of mistake of law and/or coercion have been

complexly interwoven in the debates. The Execution

of Illegal Orders and International [..]

Contents

1 Introduction.- 2 Before the Adoption of the

Nuremberg Charter.- 3 Formation of the "Nurember

Principle".- 4 After the Trials under the Nuremberg

Charter.- 5 Change of the Structural of International

Legal Order and "Hesitation".- Referenes.- Index.

Fields of interest

European Law / Public International Law; Interna-

tional & Foreign Law; Criminal Law

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. VIII, 175 p. 1 illus. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16752-2

Yearbook of International

Humanitarian Law - 2008

The world's only annual publication devoted to

the study of the laws of armed conflict, the Year-

book of International Humanitarian Law provides

a truly international forum for high-quality, peer-

reviewed academic articles focusing on this highly

topical branch of international law. Ease of use of

the Yearbook is guaranteed by the inclusion of a

detailed index. Distinguished by its topicality and

contemporary relevance, the Yearbook of Interna-

tional Humanitarian Law bridges the gap between

theory and practice and serves as a useful reference

tool for scholars, practitioners, military personnel,

civil servants, diplomats, human rights workers and

students.

Features

The world's only annual publication devoted to the

study of the laws of armed conflict, the Yearbook of

International Humanitarian Law provides a truly

international forum for high-quality, peer-reviewed

academic articles focusing on this highly topical

branch of international law. Ease of use of the Year-

book is guaranteed by the inclusion of a detailed

index. Distinguished by its topicality and contempo-

rary [..]

Contents

Part I. Articles: 1. Moral ambiguities underlying

the laws of armed conflict: a perspective from mil-

itary ethics Th. A. van Baarda; 2. Protect responsi-

bly: the African Union's implementation of Article

4(H) intervention Dan Kuwali; 3. The status of peace

operation personnel under international humani-

tarian law Ola Engdahl; 4. Changing the landscape:

Israel's gross violations of international law in the

occupied Syrian Golan Ray Murphy and Declan

Gannon; 5. Mistreatment of the wounded, sick and

shipwrecked by the ICRC study on customary inter-

national humanitarian law James P. Benoit; Part[..]

Fields of interest


Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2010. 658 p. (Yearbook of International Humanitarian Law, 11)

Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-90-6704-314-4

Life Sciences

W.J. Ravensberg, Koppert Biological Systems, Zoetermeer,

Netherlands

A Roadmap to the Successful

Development and

Commercialization of Microbial

Pest Control Products for Control of

Arthropods

Biocontrol is among the most promising methods for

a safe, environmentally benign and sustainable pest

control. Microbial pesticides offer a great potential,

and it is anticipated that they will become a substan-

tial part of the use of all crop protection products.

Their development and commercialization, how-

ever, has been difficult and with many failures. In

this book a rational and structured roadmap has

been designed for the development and commer-

cialization of microbial pest control products for

the control of arthropod pests. The building blocks

of the entire process are identified and essential

aspects highlighted. Biopesticides based on ento-

mopathogenic bacteria, fungi, viruses and nematodes

are elaborately discussed. This systematic roadmap

with a strong focus on economics and market intro-

duction will assist academic researchers and indus-

trial developers of biopesticides in accomplishing

their goal: the development of successful cost-effec-

tive microbial pesticides.

Features

Biocontrol is among the most promising methods

for a safe, environmentally benign and sustainable

crop protection. Microbial pesticides offer a great

potential, and it is anticipated that they will become

a substantial part of the use of all crop protection

products. Their development and commercializa-

tion, however, has been difficult and with many fail-

ures. For the first [..]

Contents

List of Acronyms and Abbreviations.- Chapter 1.

General introduction and outline.- Chapter 2. Selec-

tion of a new microbial pest control agent.- Chap-

ter 3. Mass production and product development of

a microbial pest control agent.- Chapter 4. Quality

control.- Chapter 5. Registration of microbial pest

control agents and products and other related reg-

ulations. Chapter 6. Implementation of a microbial

pest control product in an integrated pest manage-

ment programme.- Chapter 7. Critical factors in the

successful commercialization of microbial pest con-

trol products.- Chapter 8. Roadmap to[..]

Fields of interest

Agriculture; Microbiology; Entomology; Biological

Techniques; Plant Sciences

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

58 Life Sciences springer.com

Available

2011. XXV, 383 p. 2 illus. (Progress in Biological Control, Vol. 10)

Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0436-7

D.G. Phinney, The Scripps Research Institute, Jupiter, FL, USA

(Ed.)

Adult Stem Cells

Biology and Methods of Analysis

This is comprehensive overview of a vital area of

scientific enquiry, which covers a broad spectrum

of issues. With contributions from some of the key

researchers in the field, Adult Stem Cells: Biology

and Methods of Analysis offers readers a histori-

cal perspective as well as unique insights into cut-

ting-edge thoughts. The volume contextualizes the

recent discovery of stem/progenitor cell populations

resident in many adult tissues and organs. It con-

fronts the complexities scientists face in trying to

validate these cells, while it also describes and criti-

cally evaluates the methods currently used to assess

stem cell self-renewal. The chapters also seek to dis-

tinguish this process from other aspects of cell sur-

vival, such as the regulation of life span, senescence,

and immortalization at a molecular level. The mono-

graph begins with a section that examine the basic

biology of adult stem cells, including chapters on the

emerging role of microRNAs in regulating their fate

and the molecular mechanisms[..]

Features

This is comprehensive overview of a vital area of

scientific enquiry, which covers a broad spectrum

of issues. With contributions from some of the key

researchers in the field, Adult Stem Cells: Biology

and Methods of Analysis offers readers a histori-

cal perspective as well as unique insights into cut-

ting-edge thoughts. The volume contextualizes the

recent discovery of stem/progenitor cell populations

[..]

Contents

Preface.- Contributors.- Corresponding Authors.-

Part I: Basic Biology of Adult Stem Cells.- Chapter

1: Molecular Mechanisms Regulating Adult Stem

Cell Self-Renewal, D. M. Panchision.- Chapter 2:

Maintenance of Adult Stem Cells: Role of the Stem

Cell Niche, T. Suda.- Chapter 3: Emerging Role for

microRNAs in Regulating Adult Stem Cell Fate, J.M.

Shookhoff and G.I. Gallicano.- Chapter 4: Expres-

sion and Function of Pluripotency-Specific Genes in

Adult Stem Cells, A. Lo Nigro, P. Roelandt and C.

M. Verfaillie.- Chapter 5: Adult Stem Cell Plasticity

Revisited, E. Mezey.- Part II:[..]

Fields of interest

Stem Cells; Cell Biology; Biotechnology

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XI, 279 p. 36 illus., 19 in color. (Stem Cell Biology and

Regenerative Medicine) Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-001-0

B. Mayer, emergentec biodevelopment GmbH, Vienna, Austria

(Ed.)

Bioinformatics for Omics Data


Presenting an area of research that intersects with

and integrates diverse disciplines, including molec-

ular biology, applied informatics, and statistics,

among others, Bioinformatics for Omics Data: Meth-

ods and Protocols collects contributions from expert

researchers in order to provide practical guidelines

to this complex study. Divided into three conve-

nient sections, this detailed volume covers central

analysis strategies, standardization and data-man-

agement guidelines, and fundamental statistics for

analyzing Omics profiles, followed by a section on

bioinformatics approaches for specific Omics tracks,

spanning genome, transcriptome, proteome, and

metabolome levels, as well as an assortment of exam-

ples of integrated Omics bioinformatics applications,

complemented by case studies on biomarker and tar-

get identification in the context of human disease.

Written in the highly successful Methods in Molec-

ular Biology™ series format, chapters contain intro-

ductions to their respective topics, lists of[..]

Features

Presenting an area of research that intersects with

and integrates diverse disciplines, including molec-

ular biology, applied informatics, and statistics,

among others, Bioinformatics for Omics Data: Meth-

ods and Protocols collects contributions from expert

researchers in order to provide practical guidelines

to this complex study. Divided into three convenient

sections, this detailed volume covers [..]

Contents

Omics Technologies, Data, and Bioinformatics Prin-

ciples.- Data Standards for Omics Data: The Basis of

Data Sharing and Reuse.- Omics Data Management

and Annotation.- Data and Knowledge Management

in Cross-Omics Research Projects.- Statistical Anal-

ysis Principles for Omics Data.- Statistical Methods

and Models for Bridging Omics Data Levels.- Anal-

ysis of Time Course Omics Datasets.- The Use and

Abuse of -Omes.- Computational Analysis of High

Throughput Sequencing Data.- Analysis of Single

Nucleotide Polymorphisms in Case-Control Stud-

ies.- Bioinformatics for Copy Number Variation

Data.-[..]

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Systems Biology; Computer Applica-

tions in Life Sciences

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XII, 584 p. 90 illus., 2 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biol-


124,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-026-3


R. Wehrens, Fondazione Edmund Mach, Research and Innovation

Centre, San Michele all'Adige, Italy

Chemometrics with R

Multivariate Data Analysis in the Natural Sciences and Life Sci-

ences

"Chemometrics with R" offers readers an accessible

introduction to the world of multivariate statistics in

the life sciences, providing a complete description of

the general data analysis paradigm, from exploratory

analysis to modeling to validation. Several more

specific topics from the area of chemometrics are

included in a special section. The corresponding R

code is provided for all the examples in the book;

scripts, functions and data are available in a separate,

publicly available R package. For researchers work-

ing in the life sciences, the book can also serve as an

easy-to-use primer on R.

Features

"Chemometrics with R" offers readers an accessible

introduction to the world of multivariate statistics in

the life sciences, providing a complete description of

the general data analysis paradigm, from exploratory

analysis to modeling to validation. Several more

specific topics from the area of chemometrics are

included in a special section. The corresponding R

code is provided for all the examples in the [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Part I Preliminaries: Data.- Prepro-

cessing.- Part II Exploratory Analysis: Principal

Component Analysis.- Self-Organizing Maps.- Clus-

tering.- Part III Modelling: Classification.- Mul-

tivariate Regression.- Part IV Model Inspection:

Validation.- Variable Selection.- Part V Applica-

tions: Chemometric.- Part VI Appendices: R pack-

ages Used in This Book.- References.- Index.

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Computer Applications in Chem-

istry; Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health

Sciences; Computer Applications in Life Sciences

Target groups

Upper undergraduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 285 p. 99 illus. (Use R) Softcover

49,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17840-5

T. Sime-Ngando, Université Blaise Pascal, Clermont-Ferrand,

France; N. Niquil, Université de La Rochelle, La Rochelle, France

(Eds.)

Disregarded Microbial Diversity

and Ecological Potentials in Aquatic

Systems

Severely increasing anthropic pressure on natural

water bodies sets a societal context where it is urgent

to better understand the role of microbial biodiver-

sity in aquatic ecosystem dynamics and resilience

to perturbations. Micro-organisms regulate the

chemical composition of the biosphere, influence

climates, recycle nutrients, and decompose pollu-

tants. The diversity of microbial communities and

their ecological and metabolic functions are being

explored in a variety of natural ecosystems, includ-

ing extreme environments. Because of technical con-

straints, microbiologists have focused their efforts

mainly on prokaryotes. In the environment, and

particularly in aquatic ecosystems, the diversity and

dynamics of microbial eukaryotes are still poorly

understood. Among the new paradigms and chal-

lenges constantly emerging in aquatic sciences, prob-

ing the unexplored reservoir of novel ‘species’, genes,

and metabolic pathways from microbial eukaryotes

offers, perhaps, the most exciting research opportu-

nity[..]

Features

Severely increasing anthropic pressure on natural

water bodies sets a societal context where it is urgent

to better understand the role of microbial biodiver-

sity in aquatic ecosystem dynamics and resilience to

perturbations. Micro-organisms regulate the chemi-

cal composition of the biosphere, influence climates,

recycle nutrients, and decompose pollutants. The

diversity of microbial communities and their [..]

Fields of interest

Freshwater & Marine Ecology; Microbial Ecology;

Biodiversity; Ecosystems

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. VI, 118 p. With Reprinted from Hydrobiologia, Vol 659,

2011. (Developments in Hydrobiology, Vol. 216) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-1197-6

D.R. Forsdyke, Queen's University, Kingston, ON, Canada

Evolutionary Bioinformatics

Books on bioinformatics which began appearing in

the mid 80s primarily served gene-hunters, and biol-

ogists who wished to construct family trees showing

tidy lines of descent. Given the great pharmaceuti-

cal industry interest in genes, this trend has contin-

ued in most subsequent texts. These deal extensively

with the exciting topic of gene discovery and search-

ing databases, but hardly consider genomes as infor-

mation channels through which multiple forms and

levels of information, including genic information,

have passed through the generations.

Features

Evolutionary Bioinformatics aims to make the "new"

information-based (rather than gene-based) bioin-

formatics intelligible both to the "bio" people and

the "info" people. Books on bioinformatics have tra-

ditionally served gene-hunters, and biologists who

wish to construct family trees showing tidy lines of

descent. While dealing extensively with the excit-

ing topics of gene discovery and database-searching,

such [..]

Contents

Prologue.- Part 1: Information and DNA.- Memory

- A Phenomenon of Arrangement.- Chargaff’s First

Parity Rule.- Information Levels and Barriers.- Part

2: Parity and Non-parity.- Chargaff’s Second Parity

Rule.- Stems and Loops.- Chargaff’s Cluster Rule.-

Part 3: Variation and Speciation.- Mutation.- Species

Survival and Arrival.- The Weak Point.- Chargaff’s

GC Rule.- Homostability.- Part 4: Conflict within

Genomes.- Conflict Resolution.- Exons and Introns.-

Complexity.- Part 5: Conflict between Genomes.-

Self/Not-self?.- The Crowded Cytosol.- Part 6: Sex

and Error-correction.- Rebooting[..]

Fields of interest

Bioinformatics; Evolutionary Biology; Animal

Genetics and Genomics; Proteomics; Statistics for

Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences; Human

Genetics

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXII, 509 p. 101 illus., 17 in color. Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7770-0


K. Horikoshi, Japan Agency for Marine-Earth Science and Tech-

nology, Yokosuka, Japan; G. Antranikian, Hamburg University of

Technology, Hamburg, Geramany; A.T. Bull, University of Kent

at Canterbury, Kent, United Kingdom; F.T. Robb, University of

Maryland, Baltimore, USA; K.O. Stetter, University of Regensburg,

Regensburg, Germany (Eds.)

Extremophiles Handbook

The Extremophiles Handbook brings together the

rapidly growing and often scattered information on

microbial life in the whole range of extreme environ-

ments. This book will be a useful reference for find-

ing clues to the origin of life and for exploring the

biotechnology potential of these fascinating organ-

isms.

Features




ments. This book will be a useful reference for [..]

Contents

PART 1: PROLOGUE.- PART 2:

EXTREMOPHILES: ALKALIPHIES.- PART 3:

EXTREMOPHILES: HALOPHILES.- PART 4:

EXTREMOPHILES: THERMOPHILES.- PART

5: EXTREMOPHILES: PIEZOPHILES.- PART 6:

EXTREMOPHILES: PSYCHROPHILES.- PART

7: EXTREMOPHILES: XEROPHILES.- PART 8:

EXTREMOPHILES: ORGANIC SOLVENT TOL-

ERANT MICROORGANISMS.- PART 9: NEW

FRONTIERS: DEEP BIOSPHERE.- PART 10:

NEW FRONTIERS: RADIATION RESISTANT

ORGANISMS.- PART 11: NEW FRONTIERS:

MICROORGANISMS IN OLIGOTROPHIC ENVI-

RONMENTS.- PART 12: NEW FRONTIERS:

APPLICATIONS AND GLOBAL IMPACTS.- PART

13: EPILOGUE.

Fields of interest

Microbiology; Applied Microbiology; Biochemistry;

Microbial Ecology; Biotechnology; Astrobiology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XXX, 1247 p. 240 illus., 106 in color. In 2 volumes, not avail-

able separately. Hardcover

399,00 €

ISBN 978-4-431-53897-4














isms.

Features





Contents
















13: EPILOGUE.

Fields of interest



Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XXX, 1247 p. 240 illus., 106 in color. eReference. In 2 vol-

umes, not available separately.

399,00 €

ISBN 978-4-431-53898-1














isms.

Features





Contents
















13: EPILOGUE.

Fields of interest



Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XXX, 1247 p. 240 illus., 106 in color. Print + eReference.

499,00 €

ISBN 978-4-431-53899-8


M. Inoue-Murayama, Wildlife Research Center of Kyoto Uni-

versity, Kyoto, Japan; S. Kawamura, The University of Tokyo,

Kashiwa, Japan; A. Weiss, The University of Edinburgh, UK (Eds.)

From Genes to Animal Behavior

Social Structures, Personalities, Communication by Color

The biological and genetic bases of behavioral diver-

sity have long been topics of study within many dis-

ciplines, including evolutionary biology, genetics,

ethology, sociobiology, and comparative psychol-

ogy, but only relatively recently have attempts been

made to bring these different approaches together.

This volume covers a wide range of interdisciplinary

research which uses some of the newest and most

promising methods and technologies. Presented here

is an overview of findings in the ongoing search for

the ultimate causes of behavior in several different

species, including primates, dogs, rodents, birds,

and fish. Divided into five parts, the work describes

research on sexual and kin selection, personality

and temperament, molecular genetics of personality,

color vision and body coloration, and the neurolog-

ical underpinnings of complex behaviors. Valuable

for researchers as well as graduate students in a wide

range of fields from neuroscience to ecology, the

book is also useful to those seeking[..]

Features

The biological and genetic bases of behavioral diver-

sity have long been topics of study within many dis-

ciplines, including evolutionary biology, genetics,

ethology, sociobiology, and comparative psychol-

ogy, but only relatively recently have attempts been

made to bring these different approaches together.

This volume covers a wide range of interdisciplinary

research which uses some of the newest and most [..]

Contents

1-1 Female mate choice in rodents.- 1-2 Extra-Pair

Copulations and the Strength of Sexual Selection

in birds.- 1-3 Male reproductive skew and paternal

kin-biased behavior in primates.- 1-4 Social struc-

tures and conflict resolution in primitively euso-

cial Polistes wasps.- 2-1 How to measure animal

personality and why does it matter? Integrating the

psychological and biological approaches to animal

personality.- 2-2 Evolutionary genetics of personal-

ity in nonhuman primates.- 2-3 Towards a basis for

the phenotypic gambit: advances in the evolutionary

genetics of animal personality.- 2-4[..]

Fields of interest

Animal Genetics and Genomics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. 290 p. 100 illus. (Primatology Monographs, 0) Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-4-431-53891-2

R.P. Cincotta, The Stimson Center, Washington, DC, USA; L.J.

Gorenflo, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA, USA

(Eds.)

Human Population

Its Influences on Biological Diversity

In this volume the dynamic patterns of human den-

sity and distribution are examined in relation to

the viability of native species and the integrity of

their habitats. Social, biological, and earth scientists

describe their models, outline their conclusions from

field studies, and review the contributions of other

scientists whose work is essential to this field. The

book starts with general theories and broad empiri-

cal relationships that help explain dramatic changes

in the patterns of the occurrence of species, changes

that have developed in parallel with human popu-

lation growth, migration and settlement. In the fol-

lowing chapters specific biomes and ecosystems are

highlighted as the context for human interactions

with other species. A discussion of the key themes

and findings covered rounds out the volume. All in

all, the work presents our species, Homo sapiens,

as what we truly have been and will likely remain—

an influential, and often the most influential, con-

stituent in nearly every major[..]

Features

In this volume the dynamic patterns of human den-

sity and distribution are examined in relation to

the viability of native species and the integrity of

their habitats. Social, biological, and earth scientists

describe their models, outline their conclusions from

field studies, and review the contributions of other

scientists whose work is essential to this field. The

book starts with general theories and broad [..]

Contents

An Introduction: Human Population’s Influences

on Biological Diversity.- Mapping the Population

Future: Projecting a Gridded Population of the

World Using Ratio Methods of Trend Extrapola-

tion.- Physical Environment and the Spatial Distri-

bution of Human Population.- Behavioral Mediators

of the Human Population Effect on Global Bio-

diversity Losses.- The Biological Diversity that

is Humanly Possible: Three Models Relevant to

Human Population’s Relationship with Native .- Bio-

diversity on the Urban Landscape.- Indicators for

Assessing Threats to Freshwater Biodiversity from

Humans and[..]

Fields of interest

Biodiversity; Ecosystems; Landscape Ecology; Nature

Conservation; Demography; Human Geography

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIX, 242 p. (Ecological Studies, Vol. 214) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16706-5

S.-K. Hong, Mokpo National University, Korea; J. Wu, Arizona

State University, Tempe, AZ, USA; J.-E. Kim, Mokpo National Uni-

versity, Korea; N. Nakagoshi, Hiroshima University, Japan (Eds.)

Landscape Ecology in Asian

Cultures

Cultural landscapes are a product of the interac-

tions between humans and natural settings. They

are landscapes and seascapes that are shaped by

human history and land use. Socioeconomic pro-

cesses especially, but also environmental changes

and natural disturbances, are some of the forces

that make up landscape dynamics. To understand

and manage such complex landscapes, interdisci-

plinary and transdisciplinary approaches are nec-

essary, emphasizing the integration of natural and

social sciences and considering multiple landscape

functions. The spatial patterns of Asian landscapes

are strongly related to human activities and their

impacts. Anthropogenic patterns and processes

have created numerous traditional cultural land-

scapes throughout the region, and understanding

them requires indigenous knowledge. Cultural land-

scape ecology from a uniquely Asian perspective

is explored in this book, as are the management of

landscapes and land-use policies. Human-dominated

landscapes with long traditions, such as[..]

Features

Cultural landscapes are a product of the interac-

tions between humans and natural settings. They are

landscapes and seascapes that are shaped by human

history and land use. Socioeconomic processes espe-

cially, but also environmental changes and natural

disturbances, are some of the forces that make up

landscape dynamics. To understand and manage

such complex [..]

Contents

Preface Part 1. Understanding Asian Cultural Land-

scapes 1. Historical perspectives on the relation-

ships between humanity and nature in Japan 2.

Eco-cultural diversity in island and coastal land-

scapes: conservation and development 3. Ethnic

culture and nature: interactions in the Hani terrace

landscape4. The characteristic of cultural land-

scapes in Malaysia: concept and perspective5.

Introducing geo-cultural landscapes in Iran6.

Cultural landscapes of the Tengger Highland, East

Java7. Traditional forests in villages linking man

and nature[..]

Fields of interest

Landscape Ecology; Environmental Management;

Human Geography

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVIII, 334 p. 100 illus., 1 in color. (Ecological Research

Monographs) Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-4-431-87798-1


H. Chiarini-Garcia, Federal University of Minas Gerais, Belo Hori-

zonte, MG, Brazil; R.C.N. Melo, Federal University of Juiz de Fora,

MG, Brazil (Eds.)

Light Microscopy


Of all scientific instruments, probably none has had

more applications in the life sciences than the light

microscope. In Light Microscopy: Methods and Pro-

tocols, expert researchers explore the basics and the

latest advances in microscope instrumentation, sam-

ple preparation, and imaging techniques, all of which

have been producing fundamental insights into the

functions of cells and tissues. Chapters cover a vari-

ety of bright field and fluorescence microscopy-

based approaches that are central to the study of a

range of biological questions, providing information

on how to prepare cells and tissues for microscopic

investigations, covering detailed staining procedures,

and exploring methods to analyze images and inter-

pret the results accurately. Composed in the highly


mat, each chapter contains a brief introduction, step-

by-step methods, a list of necessary materials, and a

Notes section which shares tips on troubleshooting

and avoiding known[..]

Features

Of all scientific instruments, probably none has had

more applications in the life sciences than the light

microscope. In Light Microscopy: Methods and Pro-

tocols, expert researchers explore the basics and the

latest advances in microscope instrumentation, sam-

ple preparation, and imaging techniques, all of which

have been producing fundamental insights into the

functions of cells and tissues. Chapters cover a [..]

Contents

Glycol methacrylate embedding for improved mor-

phological, morphometrical and immunohistochem-

ical investigations under light microscopy: testes

as a model.- Histological processing of teeth and

periodontal tissues for light microscopy analysis.-

Large plant samples: how to process for 2-hydrox-

yethyl methacrylate embedding?.- Image cytome-

try: nuclear and chromosomal DNA quantification.-

Histological approaches to study tissue parasitism

during Trypanosoma cruzi infection.- Intravital

microscopy to study leukocyte recruitment in vivo.-

Introduction to fluorescence microscopy.- Using

the[..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. X, 204 p. 68 illus., 34 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biol-


94,95 €

ISBN 978-1-60761-949-9

M. Noda, Tokyo Medical & Dental University, Tokyo, Japan (Ed.)

Mechanosensing Biology

Mechanical stress is vital to the functioning of the

body, especially for tissues such as bone, muscle,

heart, and vessels. It is well known that astronauts

and bedridden patients suffer muscle and bone loss

from lack of use. Even the heart, in pumping blood,

causes mechanical stress to itself and to vascular

tissue. With the loss of mechanical stress, home-

ostasis becomes impaired and leads to pathological

conditions such as osteopenia, muscle atrophy, and

vascular tissue dysfunction. In elderly populations,

such mechanical pathophysiology, as well as the

mechanical activities of locomotor and cardiovascu-

lar systems, is important because skeletal and heart

functions decline and cause diseases in other organs.

In this monograph, mechanical stress is discussed by

experts in the field with respect to molecular, cellu-

lar, and tissue aspects in relation to medicine. Cov-

ering topics such as gravity and tissues and disuse

osteoporosis, the book provides the most up-to-date

information on cutting-edge[..]

Features

Mechanical stress is vital to the functioning of the

body, especially for tissues such as bone, muscle,

heart, and vessels. It is well known that astronauts

and bedridden patients suffer muscle and bone loss

from lack of use. Even the heart, in pumping blood,

causes mechanical stress to itself and to vascular tis-

sue. With the loss of mechanical stress, homeostasis

becomes impaired and leads to pathological [..]

Contents

-Part I Cells and Signals. -1. Nanotechnology in

Mechanobiology: Mechanical Manipulation of

Cells and Organelle While Monitoring Intracellu-

lar Signaling. -2.Molecular Mechanisms Underlying

Mechanosensing in Vascular Biology. 3.Mechanobi-

ology During Vertebrate Organ Development.-Part

II Tissue and Gravity. -4. Mechanobiology in Skeletal

Muscle: Conversion of Mechanical Information into

Molecular Signal. -5. Mechanobiology in Space. -6.

Mechanical Stress and Bone. -7. TRP Channels and

Mechanical Signals.-Part III Skeletal Response. -8.

Osteoblast Biology and Mechanosensing. -9. Osteo-

cytes[..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Human Physiology; Animal Physiol-

ogy; Biophysics and Biological Physics; Biomedical

Engineering

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIV, 218 p. 49 illus., 2 in color. Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-4-431-89756-9

J.M. McDowell, Virginia Tech, Blacksburg, VA, USA (Ed.)

Plant Immunity


A great deal of effort is being invested in understand-

ing the molecular mechanisms through which plants

interact with pathogenic microbes. In Plant Immu-

nity: Methods and Protocols, expert researchers in

the field describe emerging technologies that can be

applied to the most significant outstanding questions

faced by scientists studying immunity in plants. The

technologies in this detailed volume include methods

for examining protein localization, protein complex

purification, protein-protein interactions, transient

and inducible gene expression, chromatin immuno-

precipitation, microaspiration, laser microdissec-

tion, purification of fungal haustoria, and genetic

manipulation of bacterial and oomycete pathogens.

These techniques are applicable to a wide range of

topics, including molecular functionality of NB-LRR

proteins and other immune signaling components,

and functional characterization of effector proteins

and other pathogen components that sabotage host

immunity. Written in the highly[..]

Features

A great deal of effort is being invested in understand-

ing the molecular mechanisms through which plants

interact with pathogenic microbes. In Plant Immu-

nity: Methods and Protocols, expert researchers in

the field describe emerging technologies that can be

applied to the most significant outstanding questions

faced by scientists studying immunity in plants. The

technologies in this detailed volume [..]

Contents

Studying NB-LRR Immune Receptor Localization

by Agroinfiltration Transient Expression.- Frag-

ment Complementation and Co-Immunoprecipita-

tion Assays for Understanding R Protein Structure

and Function.- Purification of Resistance Protein

Complexes Using a Biotinylated Affinity (HPB)

Tag.- Biochemical Purification of Native Immune

Protein Complexes.- Chromatin Immunoprecipi-

tation (ChIP) to Identify Global Targets of WRKY

Transcription Factor Family Members Involved in

Plant Immunity.- Dose Response to and Systemic

Movement of Dexamethasone in the GVG Inducible

Transgene System in[..]

Fields of interest

Plant Sciences; Plant Pathology

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XV, 280 p. 45 illus., 5 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biol-


94,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61737-997-0


U. Blum, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC, USA

Plant-Plant Allelopathic

Interactions

Phenolic Acids, Cover Crops and Weed Emergence

In an effort to implement conservation measures

farmers have used a variety of production meth-

ods, including the use of reduced or zero tillage and

cover crops. One benefit of these production meth-

ods has been early season weed control. The litera-

ture suggests that a variety of mechanisms may be

involved, among them the allelopathic effects of phe-

nolic acids. This retrospective analysis addresses the

following: How likely are phenolic acid concentra-

tions and environmental conditions in wheat no-

till cropping systems for the inhibition of annual

broadleaf weed emergence? and Do phenolic acids

have a dominant role or are they just one component

of a larger promoter/modifier/inhibitor complex?

The book covers allelopathic plant-plant interac-

tions, laboratory and field experiments, and future

research. It uses a journal format, provides justifica-

tions for procedures used, if-then hypotheses, and

cons and pros so that readers can reach their own

conclusions.

Features

In an effort to implement conservation measures

farmers have used a variety of production meth-

ods including reduced or zero tillage. With the

implementation of these methods there has been an

increase in the use of small grain and legume cover

crops and their residues. One benefit of these pro-

duction methods has been early season weed control.

Presently the most promising cover crops and their

residues [..]

Contents

List of Illustrations.- List of Tables.- Abbrevia-

tions.- Dedication.- Preface.- References.- Acknowl-

edgements.- Chapter 1: Plant-plant Allelopathic

Interactions.- Chapter 2: Plant-plant Allelopathic

Interactions. Phase I: The Laboratory.- 2.1 Criteria

for Model Systems.- 2.2 Materials, Methods, and

Commentary.- 2.3 Research Objectives.- 2.4 Results

and Discussion.- 2.5 Summary of Major Points for

Model Systems.- 2.6 Relevance of Model Systems to

Field Studies.- Chapter 3: Plant-plant Allelopathic

Interactions. Phase II: Field/Laboratory Experi-

ments.- 3.1 Annual Broadleaf Weed Control in[..]

Fields of interest

Applied Ecology; Agriculture; Ecotoxicology; Micro-

bial Ecology; Soil Science & Conservation; Science

Target groups

Upper undergraduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. CC, 29 p. 48 illus. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0682-8

A.E. Pegg, Pennsylvania State University, Hershey, PA, USA; R.A.

Casero, Jr., The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD, USA

(Eds.)

Polyamines


Recently, important new findings in the polyamine

field and a variety of new experimental systems have

revolutionized the study of these ubiquitous cellular

components, essential for normal growth and devel-

opment. In Polyamines: Methods and Protocols,

leading researchers contribute an extensive collec-

tion of up-to-date laboratory techniques for the fur-

ther pursuit of polyamine study. The volume delves

into vital subjects such as neoplasia studies with ani-

mal models and human patients, therapeutic roles

for polyamine inhibitors and analogs, polyamine

metabolism and oxidative damage, polyamines

as regulators of critical ion channels, as well as

polyamine transport systems and polyamine-respon-

sive genes. Written in the highly successful Meth-

ods in Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters

include introductions to their respective topics, lists

of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step,

readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and expert

notes on troubleshooting and avoiding known[..]

Features

Recently, important new findings in the polyamine

field and a variety of new experimental systems have

revolutionized the study of these ubiquitous cellular

components, essential for normal growth and devel-

opment. In Polyamines: Methods and Protocols,

leading researchers contribute an extensive collec-

tion of up-to-date laboratory techniques for the fur-

ther pursuit of [..]

Contents

Current Status of the Polyamine Research Field.-

Exploring Polyamine Biosynthetic Diversity through

Comparative and Functional Genomics.- Char-

acterization of Genes for Polyamine Modulon.-

Posttranscriptional Regulation of Gene Expression

in Epithelial Cells by Polyamines.- Identification,

Chemical Synthesis, and Biological Functions of

Unusual Polyamines Produced by Extreme Ther-

mophiles.- Polyamine Block of Inwardly-Rectify-

ing Potassium Channels.- Carcinogenesis Studies

in Mice with Genetically Engineered Alterations in

Polyamine Metabolism.- Transgenic Rodents with

Altered SSAT[..]

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Laboratory Medicine

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIV, 523 p. 83 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol.

720) Hardcover

124,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-033-1

R.-U. Ehlers, Christian-Albrechts University, Kiel, Germany (Ed.)

Regulation of Biological Control

Agents

This book presents a comprehensive compilation of

registration requirements necessary for authorisa-

tion of biological control agents (viruses, bacteria,

fungi, active substances of natural origin and semio-

chemicals) in OECD countries. It also reviews data

requirements for invertebrate agents (insect, mites

and nematodes) and provides proposals for harmon-

isation of the regulation process and guidelines for

completion of application forms. Based on results of

the EU REBECA Policy Support Action, which gath-

ered experts from academia, regulation authorities

and industry, risks and benefits of the specific agents

were reviewed and proposals for a more balanced

registration process elaborated, including recom-

mendations for acceleration of the authorisation pro-

cess and discussions on trade-off effects and policy

impacts. All these aspects are covered in detail in this

book, which points the way forward for enhanced

utilisation of biological control agents.

Features

This book presents a comprehensive compilation of

registration requirements necessary for authorisation

of biological control agents (viruses, bacteria, fungi,

active substances of natural origin and semiochemi-

cals) in OECD countries. It also reviews data require-

ments for invertebrate agents (insect, mites [..]

Contents

General Aspects of Regulation.- 1. Regulation of

biological control agents and the EU Policy Sup-

port Action REBECA.- 2. Regulation according to

EU Directive 91/414: data requirements and proce-

dure compared to regulation practice in other OECD

countries.- 3. An international comparison of inver-

tebrate biological control agent regulation: what can

Europe learn?.- 4. Regulation of plant protection in

organic farming.- 5. Policy aspects of regulation.- 6.

Cost-benefit, risk and trade-off analysis of regula-

tion.- Risks and Risk Assessment.- 7. Risks of micro-

bial biocontrol agents and[..]

Fields of interest

Agriculture; Plant Sciences; Environmental Manage-

ment; Environmental Law / Policy / Ecojustice; Life

Sciences (general)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available


149,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-3663-6


N. Walz, Institute of Freshwater Ecology and Inland Fisheries,

Berlin, Germany; R. Adrian, Institute of Freshwater Ecology and

Inland Fisheries, Berlin, Germany; J.J. Gilbert, Dartmouth College,

Hanover, USA; M.T. Monaghan, Institute of Freshwater Ecology

and Inland Fisheries, Berlin, Germany; G. Weithoff, University of

Potsdam, Potsdam, Germany; H. Zimmermann-Timm, GRADE –

Goethe Graduate Academy, Goethe University Frankfurt/Main ,

Germany (Eds.)

Rotifera XII

New aspects in rotifer evolution, genetics, reproduction, ecol-

ogy and biogeography

Rotifera are a very common group of invertebrates

and, therefore, play a considerable role in the food

webs of plankton and benthos of lakes and rivers

worldwide. Their ecological success is based on their

distinct pattern of reproduction: a large part of them,

the Monogononta, are famous for their unique mode

of reproduction with parthenogenetic females and a

rather rare appearance of sexuality with males. On

the other hand, the Bdelloidea completely abstain

from sexuality. Although many life cycle character-

istics make the Rotifera ideal objects for the study

of important scientific and applied questions, many

patterns and mechanisms of their ecology, evolution

and reproduction are still not very well known. In

August 2009 leading scientists met in Berlin, Ger-

many, at the symposium ROTIFERA XII to discuss

their newest results. This book collects the most

essential original articles and presents them to the

broader public.The increasing use of tools from

molecular biology has brought a paradigm[..]

Features

Rotifera are a very common group of invertebrates

and, therefore, play a considerable role in the food

webs of plankton and benthos of lakes and rivers

worldwide. Their ecological success is based on their

distinct pattern of reproduction: a large part of them,

the Monogononta, are famous for their unique mode

of reproduction with parthenogenetic females and a

rather rare appearance of sexuality with males. On

[..]

Fields of interest

Freshwater & Marine Ecology; Molecular Ecology;

Eukaryotic Microbiology; Biodiversity

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. VI, 210 p. (Developments in Hydrobiology, Vol. 217) Hard-

cover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-1203-4

A.E. Kalyuzhny, R&D Systems, Inc., Minneapolis, MN, USA (Ed.)

Signal Transduction

Immunohistochemistry


Unlike detecting constitutively expressed targets,

immunohistochemical detection of labile, low abun-

dance, and short-lived signal transduction molecules

can be a very difficult task. In Signal Transduction

Immunohistochemistry: Methods and Protocols,

IHC experts contribute detailed protocols address-

ing the numerous challenges of signal-transduction

immunohistochemistry (ST-IHC). Beginning with

a set of introductory chapters, the volume moves

on to cover techniques used for the preservation of

antigens and their unmasking, protocols in digital

imaging and image analysis of stained cells and tis-

sues, high-throughput data collection and data anal-

ysis, and techniques used in neuroscience as well as

cancer and stem cell research. Written in the highly


mat, chapters include brief introductions to their

respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and

reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible labora-

tory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting[..]

Features

Unlike detecting constitutively expressed targets,

immunohistochemical detection of labile, low abun-

dance, and short-lived signal transduction molecules

can be a very difficult task. In Signal Transduction

Immunohistochemistry: Methods and Protocols,

IHC experts contribute detailed protocols address-

ing the numerous challenges of signal-transduction

immunohistochemistry (ST-IHC). Beginning with

a [..]

Contents

Overview of the Generation, Validation, and Appli-

cation of Phosphosite-Specific Antibodies.- Selection

and Validation of Antibodies for Signal Transduc-

tion Immunohistochemistry.- An Overview of West-

ern Blotting for Determining Antibody Specificities

for Immunohistochemistry.- Optimized Protocol

to Make Phospho-Specific Antibodies that Work.-

Methodology and Technology for Stabilization of

Specific States of Signal Transduction Proteins.- An

Enhanced Antigen Retrieval Protocol for Immuno-

histochemical Staining of Formalin-Fixed, Paraf-

fin-Embedded Tissues.- Imaging Techniques in

Signal[..]

Fields of interest

Biochemistry; Antibodies

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIII, 302 p. 63 illus., 22 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biol-


94,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-023-2

G.S. Cumming, University of Cape Town, South Africa

Spatial Resilience in Social-

Ecological Systems

Spatial Resilience is a new and exciting area of inter-

disciplinary research. It focuses on the influence of

spatial variation – including such things as spatial

location, context, connectivity, and dispersal – on

the resilience of complex systems, and on the roles

that resilience and self-organization play in gener-

ating spatial variation. Prof. Cumming provides a

readable introduction and a first comprehensive syn-

thesis covering the core concepts and applications

of spatial resilience to the study of social-ecological

systems. The book follows a trajectory from concepts

through models, methods, and case study analysis

before revisiting the central problems in the further

conceptual development of the field. In the process,

the author ranges from the movements of lions in

northern Zimbabwe to the urban jungles of Europe,

and from the collapse of past societies to the social

impacts of modern conflict. The many case studies

and examples discussed in the book show how the

concept of spatial resilience[..]

Features

Spatial Resilience is a new and exciting area of inter-

disciplinary research. It focuses on the influence of

spatial variation – including such things as spatial

location, context, connectivity, and dispersal – on

the resilience of complex systems, and on the roles

that resilience and self-organization play in generat-

ing spatial variation. Professor Cumming provides a

readable introduction and a first [..]

Contents

Foreword.- 1 Introducing Spatial Resilience.- 2 Con-

ceptual background on social-ecological systems and

resilience.- 3 A theoretical framework for the anal-

ysis of spatial resilience.- 4 Introduction to the use

of mechanistic models in studying spatial aspects of

social-ecological systems.- 5 Spatial models in ecol-

ogy and spatial resilience.- 6 Spatial Resilience in

networks.- 7 Spatial resilience and landscape anal-

ysis.- 8 Spatial resilience, landscape experiments,

and fragmentation.- 9 Spatial Resilience and frag-

mentation in social systems.- 10 Analyzing spatial

resilience in case[..]

Fields of interest

Ecology; Sociology; Sustainable Development; Land-

scape Ecology; Nature Conservation; Environmental

Management

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XII, 243 p. 25 illus. in color. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0306-3


L. Mandelker, Community Veterinary Hospital, Largo, FL, USA; P.

Vajdovich, Szent Istvan University, Budapest, Hungary (Eds.)

Studies on Veterinary Medicine

This compendium of research material on the role

of oxidative stress in animal disease and morbidity

examines both the general and the specific. Sourced

from scientists, veterinarians, and members of the

medical community from around the world, it

includes chapters on our wider understanding of

the corrosive function of free radicals in cell biology

as well as focusing on the interplay between oxida-

tive stress and metabolism in a variety of animal

species including dogs, ruminants and birds. Since

biogerontologist Denham Harman first posited

that free radicals arising from the metabolic activ-

ity of oxygen play a central role in aging and dis-

ease, a mass of evidence has accumulated linking

oxidative stress and biological degradation. We now

understand that living in an aerobic environment

inevitably leads to the production of free radicals that

go on to attack biological membranes and lipopro-

teins via oxidation in a process called lipid peroxi-

dation. Reacting with carbon-based molecules such

as[..]

Features

This compendium of research material on the role

of oxidative stress in animal disease and morbidity

examines both the general and the specific. Sourced

from scientists, veterinarians, and members of the

medical community from around the world, it

includes chapters on our wider understanding of the

corrosive function of free radicals in cell biology as

well as focusing on the interplay between oxidative

[..]

Contents

Preface.- 1. Oxidative Stress, Free Radicals and Cel-

lular Damage, Lester Mandelker DVM.- 2. Use of

free radicals and antioxidants in inflammatory pro-

cesses of animals Peter Vajdovich DVM, PHD.- 3.

Oxidative Stress and Calcium Metabolism, Patricia

Schenck DVM, PHD.- 4. TRPM2 Cation Channels

and Oxidative Stress-Induced Neuronal Cell Death

Mustafa Naz#ro#lu1, PHD.- 5. Oxidative stress in

diabetes mellitus Stefano Comazzi, DVM, PHD.- 6.

Oxidative Stress in the Spinal Cord of Dogs and Cats

Wendy Baltzer, DVM, PhD.- 7. Oxidative Stress,

Cognitive Dysfunction and Brain Aging Elizabeth

Head,[..]

Fields of interest

Oxidative Stress; Cell Biology; Animal Biochemistry;

Veterinary Medicine; Zoology

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. X, 200 p. 16 illus., 12 in color. (Oxidative Stress in Applied

Basic Research and Clinical Practice) Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-070-6

M. Behnassi, Ibn Zohr University of Agadir, Morocco; S.A. Shahid,

International Center for Biosaline Agriculture, Dubai, United Arab

Emirates; J. D'Silva, Compassion for World Farming, Goldalming,

UK (Eds.)

Sustainable Agricultural

Development

Recent Approaches in Resources Management and Environ-

mentally-Balanced Production Enhancement

Due to many challenges (i.e. climate change, energy,

water and land shortage, high demands on food,

land grabbing, etc.), agriculture production poten-

tial is expected to be seriously affected; thus, increas-

ing food insecurity and hunger in many already

affected regions (especially in Africa). In this con-

text, sustainable agriculture is highly recommended

as an eco-system approach where soil, water, plants,

environment and living organisms live in harmony.

Innovative technologies and research should be

developed to ensure sustainable agriculture and pro-

ductivity using modern irrigation systems, improved

varieties, improved soil quality, etc. In the mean-

time, the preservation of natural environment should

be based on resource conservation technologies and

best management practices. Sustainable Agricul-

tural Development, not only raises the serious ethical

and social issues underlying these huge environmen-

tal problems, but also aims at presenting successful

experiences from all over the world in[..]

Features

Due to many challenges (i.e. climate change, energy,

water and land shortage, high demands on food, land

grabbing, etc.), agriculture production potential is

expected to be seriously affected; thus, increasing

food insecurity and hunger in many already affected

regions (especially in Africa). In this context, sus-

tainable agriculture is highly recommended as an

eco-system approach [..]

Contents

List of acronyms and abbreviation.- List of figures.-

List of table.- Preface.- Acknowledgments.- Part I

Sustainable use of land resources as a potential for.-

sustainable agricultural development.- Part II Sus-

tainable management of water resources as a pre-

requisite.- for sustainable agriculture development.-

Part III Recent innovative processes in agricultural

production.- Part IV Recent innovative processes in

livestock production.- Postface.- Notes on contribu-

tors.- Author index.- Subject index.

Fields of interest

Agriculture; Sustainable Development; Environmen-

tal Management; Soil Science & Conservation; Ani-

mal Ecology

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XL, 278 p. 20 illus. in color. Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0518-0

E. Lichtfouse, French National Institute for Agricultural Research,

Paris, France; M. Hamelin, French National Institute for Agricul-

tural Research, Paris, France; M. Navarrete, French National Insti-

tute for Agricultural Research, Paris, France; P. Debaeke, French

National Institute for Agricultural Research, Paris, France (Eds.)

Sustainable Agriculture Volume 2

This book gathers review articles that analyze cur-

rent agricultural issues and knowledge, then propose

alternative solutions. It will therefore help all scien-

tists, decision-makers, professors, farmers and politi-

cians who wish to build a safe agriculture, energy and

food system for future generations.

Features

Sustainability rests on the principle that we must

meet the needs of the present without compromising

the ability of future generations to meet their own

needs. Starving people in poor nations, obesity in

rich nations, increasing food prices, on-going climate

changes, increasing fuel and transportation costs,

flaws of the global market, worldwide pesticide pol-

lution, pest adaptation and resistance, loss of [..]

Contents

Section 1 - Novel Concepts.- Section 2 - Food Secu-

rity.- Section 3 - Sociology and Economics.- Section

4 - Climate Change.- Section 5 - Alternative Pest

Control.- Section 6 - Soil Health.- Section 7 - Alter-

native Fertilisation.

Fields of interest

Agriculture; Soil Science & Conservation; Sustain-

able Development; Agricultural Economics; Sociol-

ogy

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XX, 991 p. 50 illus. Hardcover

199,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0393-3


C. Davidovich, The Weizmann Institute of Science, Rehovot, Israel

Targeting Functional Centers of the

Ribosome

This thesis describes research into the mode of func-

tion, inhibition, and evolution of the ribosomal

catalytic center, the Peptidyl Transferase Center

(PTC)--research that has already led to attempts

at improving PTC antibiotics. The PhD candidate

carried out two parallel studies. One using a com-

bination of X-ray crystallography, biochemistry,

molecular biology, and theoretical studies to obtain

crystal structures of ribosomal particles with antibi-

otics that target the PTC, revealing the modes of

action, resistance, cross-resistance and discrimina-

tion between ribosomes of eubacterial pathogens and

eukaryotic hosts. In the second parallel study, the

candidate synthesized a ribosomal substructure--one

that may represent the minimal entity capable of cat-

alyzing peptide bond formation--shedding light on

the origin of the ribosome itself.

Features

This thesis describes research into the mode of func-

tion, inhibition, and evolution of the ribosomal

catalytic center, the Peptidyl Transferase Center

(PTC)--research that has already led to attempts at

improving PTC antibiotics. The PhD candidate car-

ried out two parallel studies. One using a combina-

tion of X-ray [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Methods.- Results.- Discussion.

Fields of interest

Nucleic Acid Chemistry; Protein Science; Organic

Chemistry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIII, 74 p. 24 illus. in color. (Springer Theses) Hardcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16930-4

M. Jones, Norwegian University of Science and Technology,

Trondheim, Norway; M. Stenseke, Gothenburg University, Swe-

den (Eds.)

The European Landscape

Convention

Challenges of Participation

This important and insightful book provides, for the

first time, a broad presentation of ongoing research

into public participation in landscape conservation,

management and planning, following the 2000 Euro-

pean Landscape Convention which came into force

in 2004. The book examines both the theory of par-

ticipation and what lessons can be learnt from spe-

cific European examples. It explores in what manner

and to what extent the provisions for participation

in the European Landscape Convention have been

followed up and implemented. It also presents and

compares different experiences of participation in

selected countries from northern, southern, eastern

and western Europe, and provides a critical exam-

ination of public participation in practice. How-

ever, while the book’s focus is necessarily on Europe,

many of the conclusions drawn are of global rele-

vance. The book provides a valuable reference for

researchers and advanced students in landscape poli-

cies and management, as well as for professionals

and[..]

Features

This important and insightful book provides, for the

first time, a broad presentation of ongoing research

into public participation in landscape conservation,

management and planning, following the 2000 Euro-

pean Landscape Convention which came into force

in 2004. The book examines both the theory of par-

ticipation and what lessons can be learnt from spe-

cific European examples. It explores in what manner

and to [..]

Contents

Preface.- Contributing authors.- Introduction.-

The issue of public participation in the European

Landscape Convention, Michael Jones and Marie

Stenseke.- Part I: Implementing participation.- Euro-

pean landscape and participation – rhetoric or real-

ity?, Michael Jones.- The Dutch approach: Public

participation and the role of NGOs and local author-

ities in the protection, management and develop-

ment of cultural landscapes in the Netherlands,

Henk Baas, Bert Groenewoudt, and Edwin Raap.-

The participatory dimension in nature conservation

processes: Examples of ideology and practice from[..]

Fields of interest

Landscape Ecology; Environmental Law / Policy /

Ecojustice; Landscape, Regional and Urban Plan-

ning; Nature Conservation; Environmental Manage-

ment

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. X, 326 p. (Landscape Series, Vol. 13) Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-9931-0

R.P. Mecham, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Lois

MO, USA (Ed.)

The Extracellular Matrix: an

Overview

Knowledge of the extracellular matrix (ECM) is

essential to understand cellular differentiation, tis-

sue development, and tissue remodeling.This volume

of the series “Biology of Extracellular Matrix” pro-

vides a timely overview of the structure, regulation,

and function of the major macromolecules that make

up the extracellular matrix. It covers topics such as

collagen types and assembly of collagen-containing

suprastructures, basement membrane, fibronectin

and other cell-adhesive glycoproteins, proteogly-

cans, microfibrils, elastin, fibulins and matricellular

proteins, such as thrombospondin. It also explores

the concept that ECM components together with

their cell surface receptors can be viewed as intri-

cate nano-devices that allow cells to physically orga-

nize their 3-D-environment. Further, the role of the

ECM in human disease and pathogenesis is discussed

as well as the use of model organisms in elucidating

ECM function.

Features

Knowledge of the extracellular matrix (ECM) is

essential to understand cellular differentiation, tissue

development, and tissue remodeling.This volume of

the series “Biology of Extracellular Matrix” provides

a timely overview of the structure, regulation, and

function of the major macromolecules that make up

the extracellular matrix. It covers topics such as col-

lagen types and assembly of [..]

Contents

An overview of extracellular matrix structure and

function.- Fibronectin and other adhesive glyco-

proteins.- Collagen: suprastructures and collagen

fibril assembly.- Asement membrane; Hyaluro-

nan and the Aggregating Proteoglycans.- The small,

leucine-rich proteoglycans.- Microfibrils and fib-

rillin.- Elastin.- Lysyl oxidase and lysyl oxidase-like

enzymes.- The Fibulins.- Matricellular proteins.

Fields of interest

Cell Biology; Protein Science; Molecular Medicine

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIV, 425 p. (Biology of Extracellular Matrix, Vol. 0) Hard-

cover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16554-2


C. Kole, Clemson University, SC, USA (Ed.)

Wild Crop Relatives: Genomic and

Breeding Resources

Legume Crops and Forages

Wild crop relatives are now playing a significant part

in the elucidation and improvement of the genomes

of their cultivated counterparts. This work includes

comprehensive examinations of the status, origin,

distribution, morphology, cytology, genetic diver-

sity and available genetic and genomic resources

of numerous wild crop relatives, as well as of their

evolution and phylogenetic relationship. Further

topics include their role as model plants, genetic ero-

sion and conservation efforts, and their domestica-

tion for the purposes of bioenergy, phytomedicines,

nutraceuticals and phytoremediation. Wild Crop

Relatives: Genomic and Breeding Resources com-

prises 10 volumes on Cereals, Millets and Grasses,

Oilseeds, Legume Crops and Forages, Vegetables,

Temperate Fruits, Tropical and Subtropical Fruits,

Industrial Crops, Plantation and Ornamental Crops,

and Forest Trees. It contains 125 chapters written by

nearly 400 well-known authors from about 40 coun-

tries.

Features






sity and available genetic and genomic resources of

numerous wild crop relatives, as well as of their evo-

lution and phylogenetic relationship. Further [..]

Contents

Arachis; Cajanus; Chenopodium; Cicer; Glycine;

Lathyrus; Lens; Lotus; Lupinus; Medicago; Phaseo-

lus; Pisum; Trifolium; Vicia; Vigna.

Fields of interest

Plant Breeding / Biotechnology; Plant Genetics and

Genomics; Agriculture; Biodiversity

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XXV, 321 p. Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14386-1

C. Kole, Clemson University, SC, USA (Ed.)


Breeding Resources

Oilseeds




















tries.

Features









Contents

Arabidopsis.- Brassica.- Capsella.- Carthamus.-

Crambe.- Cuphea.- Diplotaxix.- Eruca.- Helianthus.-

Hirschfeldia.- Linum.- Moricanda.- Orychophrag-

mus.- Pachycladon.- Ricinus.- Sesamum.- Sinapsis.

Fields of interest



Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XXV, 295 p. Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14870-5

C. Kole, Clemson University, Clemson, SC, USA (Ed.)


Breeding Resources

Temperate Fruits




















tries.

Features









Contents

Cydonia, Fragaria, Malus, Muscadiniana, Olea, Pista-

cia, Prunus, Pyrus, Rubus, Vaccinium, Vitis.

Fields of interest



Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XXII, 247 p. Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16056-1

68 Materials Science springer.com

Materials Science

L. Pardo, Instituto de Ciencia de Materiales de Madrid, Spain; J.

Ricote, Instituto de Ciencia de Materiales de Madrid, Spain (Eds.)

Multifunctional Polycrystalline

Ferroelectric Materials

Processing and Properties

This book presents selected topics on processing

and properties of ferroelectric materials that are cur-

rently the focus of attention in scientific and tech-

nical research. Ferro-piezoelectric ceramics are key

materials in devices for many applications, such as

automotive, healthcare and non-destructive testing.

As they are polycrystalline, non-centrosymmetric

materials, their piezoelectricity is induced by the so-

called poling process. This is based on the principle

of polarization reversal by the action of an electric

field that characterizes the ferroelectric materials.

This book was born with the aim of increasing the

awareness of the multifunctionality of ferroelec-

tric materials among different communities, such

as researchers, electronic engineers, end-users and

manufacturers, working on and with ferro-piezoelec-

tric ceramic materials and devices which are based

on them. The initiative to write this book comes

from a well-established group of researchers at the

Laboratories of Ferroelectric[..]

Features

This book presents selected topics on processing

and properties of ferroelectric materials that are cur-

rently the focus of attention in scientific and tech-

nical research. Ferro-piezoelectric ceramics are key

materials in devices for many applications, such as

automotive, healthcare and non-destructive testing.

As they are polycrystalline, non-centrosymmetric

materials, their piezoelectricity [..]

Contents

Introduction to multifunctional polycrystalline fer-

roelectric materials 1 - Advances in processing of

bulk ferroelectric materials 2 - Processing of ferro-

electric ceramic thick films 3 - Tailored liquid alkox-

ides for the chemical solution processing of Pb-free

ferroelectric thin 4 - Ferroelectrics onto substrates

prepared by Chemical Solution Deposition: from the

thin film to the self-assembled nanosized structures 5

- Approaches towards the minimisation of toxicity in

CSD processes of lead-based ferroelectric thin films

6 - Synchrotron radiation diffraction and scattering

in[..]

Fields of interest

Ceramics, Glass, Composites, Natural Materials;

Magnetism, Magnetic Materials; Electronics and

Microelectronics, Instrumentation; Optical and Elec-

tronic Materials; Characterization and Evaluation of

Materials

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. 800 p. (Springer Series in Materials Science, Vol. 140) Hard-

cover

159,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-2874-7

M. Michailov, Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, Sofia, Bulgaria (Ed.)

Nanophenomena at Surfaces

Fundamentals of Exotic Condensed Matter Properties

This book presents the state of the art in nanoscale

surface physics. It outlines contemporary trends

in the field covering a wide range of topical areas:

atomic structure of surfaces and interfaces, molec-

ular films and polymer adsorption, biologically

inspired nanophysics, surface design and pattern for-

mation, and computer modeling of interfacial phe-

nomena. Bridging "classical" and "nano" concepts,

the present volume brings attention to the physical

background of exotic condensed-matter properties.

The book is devoted to Iwan Stranski and Rostislaw

Kaischew, remarkable scientists, who played a cru-

cial role in setting up the theoretical fundamentals of

nucleation and crystal growth phenomena in the last

century.

Features

This book presents the state of the art in nanoscale

surface physics. It outlines contemporary trends

in the field covering a wide range of topical areas:

atomic structure of surfaces and interfaces, molec-

ular films and polymer adsorption, biologically

inspired nanophysics, surface design and pattern for-

mation, and computer modeling of interfacial phe-

nomena. Bridging "classical" and "nano" concepts,

the [..]

Contents

1. Confined Crystals on Substrates: Order and Fluc-

tuations between One and Two Dimensions.- 2.

Multi-site Interactions in Lattice-Gas Models.- 3.

Wetting Layer Super-diffusive Motion and QSE

Growth in Pb/Si.- 4. Quantum Size Effects in

the Growth and Properties of Ultrathin Metal

Films, Alloys, and Related Low-Dimensional

Structures.- 5. Surface Electromigration and Current

Crowding.- 6. Surface-confined Atomic Intermix-

ing at Epitaxial Interface.- 7. Biologically Inspired

Surface Physics: The HP Protein Model.- 8. Polymer

Chains Adsorption.- 9. Metallic Nano-wires on the

Atomic Scale:[..]

Fields of interest

Surfaces and Interfaces, Thin Films; Condensed Mat-

ter Physics; Nanotechnology; Biophysics and Biolog-

ical Physics; Physical Chemistry; Crystallography

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIX, 281 p. (Springer Series in Surface Sciences, Vol. 47)

Hardcover

119,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16509-2

springer.com Mathematics 69

V. Murashov, NIOSH, Washington, DC, USA; J. Howard, NIOSH,

Washington, DC, USA (Eds.)

Nanotechnology Standards

Written by a team of experts, Nanotechnology Stan-

dards provides the first comprehensive, state-of-the-

art reviews of nanotechnology standards develop-

ment, both in the field of standards development and

in specific areas of nanotechnology. It also describes

global standards-developing processes for nanotech-

nology, which can be extended to other emerging

technologies. For topics related to nanotechnology,

the reviews summarize active areas of standards

development, supporting knowledge and future

directions in easy-to-understand language aimed at

a broad technical audience. This unique book is also

an excellent resource for up-to-date information on

the growing base of knowledge supporting the intro-

duction of nanotechnology standards and applica-

tions into the market.Praise for this volume:“This

book provides a valuable and detailed overview of

current activities and issues relevant to the area as

well as a useful summary of the short history of stan-

dardization for nanotechnologies and the some-

what[..]

Features

Written by a team of experts, Nanotechnology Stan-

dards provides the first comprehensive, state-of-the-

art reviews of nanotechnology standards develop-

ment, both in the field of standards development and

in specific areas of nanotechnology. It also describes

global standards-developing processes for nanotech-

nology, which can be extended to other emerging

technologies. For topics related to nanotechnology,

the [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Nomenclature and Terminology.-

Reference materials.-Metrology.-Performance stan-

dards.- Application measurements.- Implication

measurements.- Biological activity testing.- Health

and safety.- Legal considerations.- Information

Technology for standards development

Fields of interest

Nanotechnology; Industrial Chemistry / Chemical

Engineering; Measurement Science, Instrumenta-

tion; Physical Chemistry; Commercial Law; Inor-

ganic Chemistry

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIII, 260 p. 50 illus. (Nanostructure Science and Technol-

ogy) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7852-3

Mathematics

A.I. Bobenko, TU Berlin, Germany; C. Klein, Université de Bour-

gogne, Dijon, France (Eds.)

Computational Approach to

Riemann Surfaces

This volume offers a well-structured overview of

existent computational approaches to Riemann

surfaces and those currently in development. The

authors of the contributions represent the groups

providing publically available numerical codes in

this field. Thus this volume illustrates which soft-

ware tools are available and how they can be used in

practice. In addition examples for solutions to par-

tial differential equations and in surface theory are

presented. The intended audience of this book is

twofold. It can be used as a textbook for a graduate

course in numerics of Riemann surfaces, in which

case the standard undergraduate background, i.e.,

calculus and linear algebra, is required. In particu-

lar, no knowledge of the theory of Riemann surfaces

is expected; the necessary background in this the-

ory is contained in the Introduction chapter. At the

same time, this book is also intended for specialists

in geometry and mathematical physics applying the

theory of Riemann surfaces in their research. It[..]

Features

This volume offers a well-structured overview of

existent computational approaches to Riemann

surfaces and those currently in development. The

authors of the contributions represent the groups

providing publically available numerical codes in

this field. Thus this volume illustrates which software

tools are available and how they can be used in prac-

tice. In addition examples for solutions to partial [..]

Contents

Introduction to Compact Riemann Surfaces.- Com-

puting with plane algebraic curves and Riemann

surfaces: the algorithms of the Maple package

“algcurves”.- Algebraic curves and Riemann surfaces

in Matlab.- Computing Poincaré Theta Series for

Schottky Groups.- Uniformizing real hyperelliptic

M-curves using the Schottky-Klein prime function.-

Numerical Schottky Uniformizations: Myrberg’s

Opening Process.- Period Matrices of Polyhedral

Surfaces.- On the spectral theory of the Laplacian on

compact polyhedral surfaces of arbitrary genus.

Fields of interest

Algebraic Geometry; Functions of a Complex Vari-

able; Numerical Analysis

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XII, 257 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Vol. 2013) Soft-

cover

44,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17412-4

R.E. Curto, University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA, USA; M. Mathieu,

Queen's University Belfast, UK (Eds.)

Elementary Operators and Their

Applications

3rd International Workshop held at Queen's University

Belfast, 14-17 April 2009

This volume contains solicited articles by speakers

at the workshop ranging from expository surveys to

original research papers, each of which carefully ref-

ereed. They all bear witness to the very rich mathe-

matics that is connected with the study of elementary

operators, may it be multivariable spectral theory,

the invariant subspace problem or tensor products of

C*-algebras.

Features

This volume contains solicited articles by speakers

at the workshop ranging from expository surveys to

original research papers, each of which carefully ref-

ereed. They all bear witness to the very rich mathe-

matics that is connected with the study of elementary

operators, may it be multivariable spectral theory,

the invariant subspace problem or tensor products of

C*-algebras.Contributors:N. [..]

Fields of interest

Functional Analysis; Operator Theory

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XVI, 153 p. 1 illus. in color. (Operator Theory: Advances and

Applications, Vol. 212) Hardcover

89,95 €

ISBN 978-3-0348-0036-5

70 Mathematics springer.com

J. Naudts, Physics Department, University of Antwerp, Antwerp,

Belgium

Generalised Thermostatistics

The domain of non-extensive thermostatistics has

been subject to intensive research over the past

twenty years and has matured significantly. Gener-

alised Thermostatistics cuts through the tradition-

alism of many statistical physics texts by offering a

fresh perspective and seeking to remove elements

of doubt and confusion surrounding the area.The

book is divided into two parts - the first covering

topics from conventional statistical physics, whilst

adopting the perspective that statistical physics is

statistics applied to physics. The second develop-

ing the formalism of non-extensive thermostatis-

tics, of which the central role is played by the notion

of a deformed exponential family of probability

distributions.Presented in a clear, consistent, and

deductive manner, the book focuses on theory, part

of which is developed by the author himself, but also

provides a number of references towards applica-

tion-based texts.Written by a leading contributor in

the field, this book will provide a useful tool for[..]

Features

The domain of non-extensive thermostatistics has

been subject to intensive research over the past

twenty years and has matured significantly. Gener-

alised Thermostatistics cuts through the tradition-

alism of many statistical physics texts by offering a

fresh perspective and seeking to remove elements of

doubt and confusion surrounding the area.The book

is divided into two parts - the first covering [..]

Contents

Parameter estimation.- Statistical Models.- Ther-

modynamic Equilibrium.- The Microcanonical

Ensemble.- Hyperensembles.- The Mean Field

Approximation.- q-Deformed Distributions.- Tsallis’

Thermostatistics.- Changes of Scale.- General defor-

mations.- General Entropies

Fields of interest

Mathematics (general); Statistical Physics, Dynami-

cal Systems and Complexity; Mathematical Methods

in Physics; Thermodynamics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. X, 201 p. 28 illus. Hardcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-354-1

O. Scherzer, University of Innsbruck, Austria (Ed.)

Handbook of Mathematical

Methods in Imaging

The Handbook of Mathematical Methods in Imag-

ing provides a comprehensive treatment of the math-

ematical techniques used in imaging science. The

material is grouped into two central themes, namely,

Inverse Problems (Algorithmic Reconstruction) and

Signal and Image Processing. Each section within the

themes covers applications (modeling), mathemat-

ics, numerical methods (using a case example) and

open questions. Written by experts in the area, the

presentation is mathematically rigorous. The entries

are cross-referenced for easy navigation through

connected topics. Available in both print and elec-

tronic forms, the handbook is enhanced by more

than 150 illustrations and an extended bibliography.

It will benefit students, scientists and researchers in

applied mathematics. Engineers and computer scien-

tists working in imaging will also find this handbook

useful.

Features

The Handbook of Mathematical Methods in Imag-

ing provides a comprehensive treatment of the math-

ematical techniques used in imaging science. The

material is grouped into two central themes, namely,

Inverse Problems (Algorithmic Reconstruction) and

Signal and Image Processing. Each section within the

themes covers applications (modeling), mathematics,

numerical methods (using a case example) and open

[..]

Contents

Introduction.- Part 1: Inverse Problems.- Tomogra-

phy.- MR DTI.- Hybrid Methods.- Nonlinear Inverse

Problems.- EIT.- Scattering.- Sampling Methods.-

Expansion Methods.- Regularization Methods for Ill-

Posed Problems.- Iterative Solution Methods.- Wave

Phenomena.- Seismic.- Radar.- Ultrasound.- Part 2:

Signal and Image Processing.- Morphological Image

Processing.- Learning, Classification, Data Mining.-

Partial Differential Equations.- Variational Methods

for Image Analysis.- Level Set Methods Including

Fast Marching Methods.- Segmentation.- Registra-

tion, Optical Flow.- Duality and Convex[..]

Fields of interest

Applications of Mathematics; Image Processing and

Computer Vision; Signal, Image and Speech Process-

ing; Numerical Analysis; Imaging / Radiology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XVIII, 1607 p. 150 illus. Print + eReference.

624,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-92921-7

G. Grätzer, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada

Lattice Theory: Foundation

This book started with Lattice Theory, First Con-

cepts, in 1971. Then came General Lattice Theory,

First Edition, in 1978, and the Second Edition twenty

years later. Since the publication of the first edi-

tion in 1978, General Lattice Theory has become

the authoritative introduction to lattice theory for

graduate students and the standard reference for

researchers. The First Edition set out to introduce

and survey lattice theory. Some 12,000 papers have

been published in the field since then; so Lattice The-

ory: Foundation focuses on introducing the field,

laying the foundation for special topics and appli-

cations. Lattice Theory: Foundation, based on the

previous three books, covers the fundamental con-

cepts and results. The main topics are distributivity,

congruences, constructions, modularity and semi-

modularity, varieties, and free products. The chap-

ter on constructions is new, all the other chapters are

revised and expanded versions from the earlier vol-

umes. Almost 40 “diamond sections’’, many[..]

Features

This book started with Lattice Theory, First

Concepts, in 1971. Then came General Lat-

tice Theory, First Edition, in 1978, and the Sec-

ond Edition twenty years later. Since the publication

of the first edition in 1978, General Lattice The-

ory has become the authoritative introduction to

lattice theory for graduate students [..]

Contents

Preface.- Introduction.- Glossary of Notation.- I First

Concepts.- 1 Two Definitions of Lattices.- 2 How to

Describe Lattices.- 3 Some Basic Concepts.- 4 Terms,

Identities, and Inequalities.- 5 Free Lattices.- 6 Spe-

cial Elements.- II Distributive Lattices.- 1 Charac-

terization and Representation Theorems.- 2 Terms

and Freeness.- 3 Congruence Relations.- 4 Boolean

Algebras.- 5 Topological Representation.- 6 Pseudo-

complementation.- III Congruences.- 1 Congruence

Spreading.- 2 Distributive, Standard, and Neutral

Elements.- 3 Distributive, Standard, and Neutral Ide-

als.- 4 Structure Theorems.-[..]

Fields of interest

Number Theory

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication


Available

2011. XXIX, 613 p. Softcover

64,95 €

ISBN 978-3-0348-0017-4

springer.com Mathematics 71

K. Williams, Torino, Italy (Ed.)

Nexus Network Journal 12,1

Architecture and Mathematics

Fields of interest

Mathematics (general); Architectural History and

Theory

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. IV, 160 p. (Nexus Network Journal, Vol. 12,1) Softcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-3-0346-0517-5

M. Demuth, TU Clausthal, Germany; B.-W. Schulze, Universität

Potsdam, Germany; I. Witt, Universität Göttingen, Germany (Eds.)

Partial Differential Equations and

Spectral Theory

This volume collects six articles on selected topics

at the frontier between partial differential equations

and spectral theory, written by leading specialists

in their respective field. The articles focus on topics

that are in the center of attention of current research,

with original contributions from the authors. They

are written in a clear expository style that makes

them accessible to a broader audience. The articles

contain a detailed introduction and discuss recent

progress, provide additional motivation, and develop

the necessary tools. Moreover, the authors share

their views on future developments, hypotheses, and

unsolved problems.

Features

This volume collects six articles on selected topics

at the frontier between partial differential equations

and spectral theory, written by leading specialists

in their respective field. The articles focus on topics

that are in the center of attention of current research,

with original contributions from the authors. They

are written in a clear, expository style that makes

them accessible to a broader [..]

Contents

Preface.- W. Bauer, K. Furutani, C. Iwasaki: Spectral

analysis and geometry of a sub-Laplacian and related

Grushin type operators.- H. Bel Hadj Ali, A. Ben

Amor, J. Brasche: Large coupling convergence:

Overview and new results.- M. Ben-Artzi: Smooth

spectral theory.- L. Chen, M. Dreher: Quantum

semiconductor models.- N. Jacob, A. Potrykus: Some

partial differential and pseudodifferential operatos

related to random fields.- G. Mendoza: Spectral the-

ory of elliptic cone operators.- Y. Safarov: Approx-

imate spectral projections of the Laplacian on a

Riemannian manifold.

Fields of interest

Partial Differential Equations

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Collection of essays

Available

2011. X, 341 p. (Advances in Partial Differential Equations, Vol.

211) Hardcover

109,95 €

ISBN 978-3-0348-0023-5

J. Richter-Gebert, TU München, Germany

Perspectives on Projective

Geometry

A Guided Tour Through Real and Complex Geometry

Projective geometry is one of the most fundamen-

tal and at the same time most beautiful branches of

geometry. It can be considered the common foun-

dation of many other geometric disciplines like

Euclidean geometry, hyperbolic and elliptic geom-

etry or even relativistic space-time geometry. This

book offers a comprehensive introduction to this

fascinating field and its applications. In particular,

it explains how metric concepts may be best under-

stood in projective terms. One of the major themes

that appears throughout this book is the beauty of

the interplay between geometry, algebra and combi-

natorics. This book can especially be used as a guide

that explains how geometric objects and operations

may be most elegantly expressed in algebraic terms,

making it a valuable resource for mathematicians,

as well as for computer scientists and physicists. The

book is based on the author’s experience in imple-

menting geometric software and includes hundreds

of high-quality illustrations.

Features

Projective geometry is one of the most fundamen-

tal and at the same time most beautiful branches of

geometry. It can be considered the common foun-

dation of many other geometric disciplines like

Euclidean geometry, hyperbolic and elliptic geom-

etry or even relativistic space-time geometry. This

book offers a comprehensive introduction to this fas-

cinating field and its applications. In particular, it ex-

plains [..]

Contents

1 Pappos's Theorem: Nine Proofs and Three Varia-

tions.- 2 Projective Planes.- 3 Homogeneous Coor-

dinates.- 4 Lines and Cross-Ratios.- 5 Calculating

with Points on Lines.- 6 Determinants.- 7 More on

Bracket Algebra.- 8 Quadrilateral Sets and Liftings.-

9 Conics and Their Duals.- 10 Conics and Perspec-

tivity.- 11 Calculating with Conics.- 12 Projective

$d$-space.- 13 Diagram Techniques.- 14 Work-

ing with diagrams.- 15 Configurations, Theorems,

and Bracket Expressions.- 16 Complex Numbers:

A Primer.- 17 The Complex Projective Line.- 18

Euclidean Geometry.- 19 Euclidean Structures from

a[..]

Fields of interest

Geometry; Algebra; Algorithms; General Algebraic

Systems; Visualization; Convex and Discrete Geom-

etry

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication


Available

2011. XXII, 571 p. 380 illus., 250 in color. Hardcover

64,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17285-4

72 Mathematics springer.com

E. Çinlar, Operations Research and Financial Engineering, Prince-

ton University, Princeton, NJ, USA

Probability and Stochastics

This text is an introduction to the modern theory

and applications of probability and stochastics. The

style and coverage is geared towards the theory of

stochastic processes, but with some attention to the

applications. In many instances the gist of the prob-

lem is introduced in practical, everyday language

and then is made precise in mathematical form. The

first four chapters are on probability theory: mea-

sure and integration, probability spaces, conditional

expectations, and the classical limit theorems. There

follows chapters on martingales, Poisson random

measures, Levy Processes, Brownian motion, and

Markov Processes.Special attention is paid to Pois-

son random measures and their roles in regulating

the excursions of Brownian motion and the jumps

of Levy and Markov processes. Each chapter has a

large number of varied examples and exercises. The

book is based on the author’s lecture notes in courses

offered over the years at Princeton University. These

courses attracted graduate students from[..]

Features

This text is an introduction to the modern theory

and applications of probability and stochastics. The

style and coverage is geared towards the theory of

stochastic processes, but with some attention to the

applications. In many instances the gist of the prob-

lem is introduced in practical, everyday language and

then is made precise in mathematical form. The first

four chapters are on [..]

Contents

Preface.- Measure and Integration.- Probability

Spaces.- Convergence.- Conditioning.- Martingales

and Stochastics.- Poisson Random Measures.- Levy

Processes.- Index.- Bibliography

Fields of interest

Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes; Mea-

sure and Integration

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication


Available

2011. XIII, 557 p. (Graduate Texts in Mathematics, Vol. 261) Hard-

cover

59,95 €

ISBN 978-0-387-87858-4

E.D. Bloch, Department of Mathematics, Bard College, Annan-

dale-on-Hudson, NY, USA

Proofs and Fundamentals

A First Course in Abstract Mathematics

“Proofs and Fundamentals: A First Course in

Abstract Mathematics” 2nd edition is designed as a

"transition" course to introduce undergraduates to

the writing of rigorous mathematical proofs, and to

such fundamental mathematical ideas as sets, func-

tions, relations, and cardinality. The text serves as a

bridge between computational courses such as cal-

culus, and more theoretical, proofs-oriented courses

such as linear algebra, abstract algebra and real anal-

ysis. This 3-part work carefully balances Proofs, Fun-

damentals, and Extras. Part 1 presents logic and

basic proof techniques; Part 2 thoroughly covers fun-

damental material such as sets, functions and rela-

tions; and Part 3 introduces a variety of extra topics

such as groups, combinatorics and sequences. A gen-

tle, friendly style is used, in which motivation and

informal discussion play a key role, and yet high

standards in rigor and in writing are never compro-

mised. New to the second edition: 1) A new section

about the foundations of set theory[..]

Features

This textbook is designed to introduce undergradu-

ates to the writing of rigorous mathematical proofs,

and to fundamental mathematical ideas such as sets,

functions, relations, and cardinality. The book serves

as a bridge between computational courses such as

calculus and more theoretical courses such as linear

algebra, abstract algebra, and real analysis. This sec-

ond edition has been significantly [..]

Contents

Preface to the Second Edition.- Preface to the First

Edition.- To the Student.- To the Instructor.- Part

I. Proofs.- 1. Informal Logic.- 2. Strategies for

Proofs.- Part II. Fundamentals.- 3. Sets.- 4. Func-

tions.- 5. Relations.- 6. Finite and Infinite Sets.- Part

III. Extras.- 7. Selected Topics.- 8. Explorations.-

Appendix: Properties of Numbers.- Bibliography.-

Index

Fields of interest

Mathematical Logic and Foundations; Algebra;

Combinatorics

Target groups

Lower undergraduate

Type of publication

Undergraduate textbook

Available

2011. XXIV, 359 p. 31 illus. (Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics,

0) Hardcover

59,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7126-5

V. Maz'ya, Linköping University, Sweden

Sobolev Spaces

with Applications to Elliptic Partial Differential Equations

Sobolev spaces play an outstanding role in modern

analysis, in particular, in the theory of partial dif-

ferential equations and its applications in mathe-

matical physics. They form an indispensable tool in

approximation theory, spectral theory, differential

geometry etc. The theory of these spaces is of inter-

est in itself being a beautiful domain of mathemat-

ics. The present volume includes basics on Sobolev

spaces, approximation and extension theorems,

embedding and compactness theorems, their rela-

tions with isoperimetric and isocapacitary inequal-

ities, capacities with applications to spectral theory

of elliptic differential operators as well as point-

wise inequalities for derivatives. The selection of

topics is mainly influenced by the author’s involve-

ment in their study, a considerable part of the text

is a report on his work in the field. Part of this vol-

ume #rst appeared in German as three booklets of

Teubner-Texte zur Mathematik (1979, 1980). In the

Springer volume “Sobolev Spaces”, published in[..]

Features

Sobolev spaces play an outstanding role in modern

analysis, in particular, in the theory of partial differ-

ential equations and its applications in mathematical

physics. They form an indispensable tool in approx-

imation theory, spectral theory, differential geom-

etry etc. The theory of these spaces is of interest in

itself being a beautiful domain of mathematics. The

present volume includes basics on Sobolev [..]

Contents

Introduction.- 1 .Basic Properties of Sobolev Spaces.-

2 .Inequalities for Functions Vanishing at the

Boundary.- 3.Conductor and Capacitary Inequali-

ties with Applications to Sobolev-type Embeddings.-

4.Generalizations for Functions on Manifolds and

Topological Spaces.- 5.Integrability of Functions in

the Space L 1/1(#).- 6.Integrability of Functions in

the Space L 1/p (#).- 7.Continuity and Boundedness

of Functions in Sobolev Spaces.- 8.Localization Mod-

uli of Sobolev Embeddings for General Domains.-

9.Space of Functions of Bounded Variation.- 10.Cer-

tain Function Spaces, Capacities[..]

Fields of interest

Analysis

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXVIII, 866 p. (Grundlehren der mathematischen Wis-

senschaften, Vol. 342) Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-15563-5

springer.com Medicine 73

Medicine

A.J. Larner, Walton Centre, Liverpool, UK; A.J. Coles,

Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge, UK; N.J. Scolding, Institute

of Clinical Neurosciences, University of Bristol, UK; R.A. Barker,

Addenbrooke's Hospital, Cambridge, UK

A-Z of Neurological Practice

A Guide to Clinical Neurology

The Second Edition of A-Z of Neurological Prac-

tice builds on the previous edition with revised and

updated information in a high density but easily

accessible format to provide a quick and ready ref-

erence for busy clinicians of all degrees of experi-

ence. Entries for specific neurological conditions are

uniformly structured indicating: Pathophysiology;

Clinical Features; Investigations and Diagnosis; Dif-

ferential Diagnosis; Treatment and Prognosis. Key

references are cited throughout and all entries are

cross referenced. A-Z of Neurological Practice, Sec-

ond Edition is a practical, authoritative guide that

will become an invaluable resource for neurologists

in clinical practice, neurology trainees and all those

involved with the treatment of neurological disor-

ders.

Features

The Second Edition of A-Z of Neurological Prac-

tice builds on the previous edition with revised and

updated information in a high density but easily

accessible format to provide a quick and ready refer-

ence for busy clinicians of all degrees of experience.

Entries for specific neurological conditions are uni-

formly structured indicating: Pathophysiology; Clini-

cal Features; Investigations and [..]

Fields of interest

Neurology; Emergency Medicine

Target groups


Type of publication

Professional book

Available

2011. V, 814 p. Softcover

59,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84882-993-0

R.J. Kurman, The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine,

Baltimore, MD, USA; L. Hedrick Ellenson, New York Presbyterian

Hospital-Weill Medical College of Cornell University, New York,

NY, USA; B.M. Ronnett, The Johns Hopkins University School of

Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA (Eds.)

Blaustein's Pathology of the Female

Genital Tract

Since the publication of the 1/e in 1977, Blaustein's

Pathology of the Female Genital Tract has consol-

idated its position as the leading textbook of gyne-

cological pathology. An essential reference for all

pathologists and residents, this thoroughly updated

Sixth Edition includes more than 1400 illustra-

tions in color, informative tables and 22 revised

chapters written by internationally recognized

experts.Discussion of each specific entity is orga-

nized to include general information, etiology, and

epidemiology followed by clinical features, patho-

logic findings, differential diagnosis, clinical behav-

ior, and treatment. This clear organization is applied

throughout the book and allows the reader to quickly

access key information in every chapter.Blaustein's

Pathology of the Female Genital Tract remains the

gold-standard reference for practicing pathologists

and trainees, as well as for obstetric/gynecology prac-

titioners and residents.

Features






Sixth Edition includes more than 1400 illustrations

in color, informative tables and 22 revised chapters

written by internationally recognized [..]

Contents

01 -Benign Diseases of the Vulva; 02 - Premalignant

and Malignant Tumors of the Vulva; 03 - Diseases

of the Vagina; 04 - Benign Diseases of the Cervix;

05 - Precancerous Lesions of the Cervix; 06 - Carci-

noma and Other Tumors of the Cervix; 07 - Benign

Diseases of the Endometrium; 08 - Precursor Lesions

of Endometrial Carcinoma; 09 - Endometrial Car-

cinoma; 10 - Mesenchymal Tumors of the Uterus;

11 - Diseases of the Fallopian Tube and Paratubal

Region; 12 - Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Ovary; 13

- Diseases of the Peritoneum; 14 - Surface Epithelial

Tumors of the Ovary; 15 - Sex[..]

Fields of interest

Pathology; Gynecology

Target groups


Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XV, 1158 p. 1446 illus., 1400 in color. Print + eReference.

209,00 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-0490-4







Genital Tract




















Features









Contents













Fields of interest


Target groups


Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XV, 1158 p. 1446 illus., 1400 in color. Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-0488-1

74 Medicine springer.com







Genital Tract




















Features









Contents













Fields of interest


Target groups


Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XV, 1158 p. 1446 illus., 1400 in color. eReference.

169,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-0489-8

N.C. Gourtsoyiannis, University of Crete, Heraklion, Greece (Ed.)

Clinical MRI of the Abdomen

Why,How,When

This volume, which explains why, when, and how

abdominal MRI should be used, focuses in partic-

ular on the most recent developments in the field.

After introductory chapters on technical consider-

ations, protocol optimization, and contrast agents,

MRI of the various solid and hollow viscera of the

abdomen is addressed in a series of detailed chap-

ters. Relevant clinical information is provided, and

state of the art protocols presented. With the help of

numerous high-quality illustrations, normal, variant,

and abnormal imaging findings are described and

potential artefacts highlighted. Differential diagno-

sis is given extensive consideration, and comparisons

are made with competing methodologies when rele-

vant. Each of the chapters is rounded off by a section

on "pearls and pitfalls". The closing chapters focus on

findings in the pediatric abdomen, advances in MRI

specifically relevant to cancer patients, and the use

of abdominal MRI at 3 Tesla. This book, written by

leading experts, will be of value to[..]

Features

This volume, which explains why, when, and how

abdominal MRI should be used, focuses in particular

on the most recent developments in the field. After

introductory chapters on technical considerations,

protocol optimization, and contrast agents, MRI of

the various solid and hollow viscera of the abdomen

is addressed in a series of detailed chapters. Relevant

clinical information is provided, and state of the [..]

Contents

From the contents: Technical Considerations and

Protocol Optimization.- Contrast Agents.- Liver

and Biliary Tract.-Pancreas.-Splee.- Adrenals.-

Kidneys.-Gut.-Pelvis.- Pediatric Abdomen.- MRI

Advances in Patients with Cancer.- Abdominal MRI

at 3 Tesla.

Fields of interest

Imaging / Radiology; Gastroenterology; Internal

Medicine; Abdominal Surgery

Target groups


Type of publication

Professional book

Available


249,00 €

ISBN 978-3-540-85688-7

A. Al-Kandari, Kuwait University, Kuwait; I.S. Gill, Glickman Uro-

logical Institute Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, USA (Eds.)

Difficult conditions in laparoscopic

urologic surgery

Difficult Conditions in Laparoscopic Urologic

Surgery outlines potential situations faced by those

using laparoscopy and provides solutions for difficult

conditions. Extensively and thoroughly written by

experts in the field, Difficult Conditions in Laparo-

scopic Urologic Surgery enables the practising sur-

geon to confront and resolve dilemmas before even

having entered the operating theatre. In this book,

every urologic procedure is described using a step-

by-step sequence of events and the text is supple-

mented with numerous tips, colored illustrations

and high definition photographs depicting the main

steps of the procedures. With a problem-oriented

approach, Difficult Conditions in Laparoscopic Uro-

logic Surgery is a valuable reference source for resi-

dents, fellows and general urologists.

Features

Difficult Conditions in Laparoscopic Urologic

Surgery outlines potential situations faced by those

using laparoscopy and provides solutions for difficult

conditions. Extensively and thoroughly written by

experts in the field, Difficult Conditions in Laparo-

scopic Urologic Surgery enables the practising sur-

geon to confront and resolve dilemmas before even

having entered the operating theatre. In this book,

every [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Difficulties in Laparoscopic Access.-

Difficulties in Anesthesia for Urologic Laparoscopy.-

Difficulties in Urologic Laparoscopic Instrumenta-

tion.- Cost-Reductive Measures in Laparoscopy: Tips

and Tricks for Developing Countries.- Difficulties

in Laparoscopic Simple Nephrectomy.- Difficulties

in Transperitoneal Laparoscopic Radical Nephrec-

tomy.- Difficulties in Retroperitoneal Laparoscopic

Radical Nephrectomy.- Difficulties in Laparoscopic

Live Donor Nephrectomy.- Difficulties in Laparo-

scopic Nephroureterectomy.- Difficulties in Laparo-

scopic Partial Nephrectomy.-[..]

Fields of interest

Urology / Andrology; Minimally Invasive Surgery;

Surgery

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIII, 461 p. 301 illus., 266 in color. Hardcover

159,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84882-104-0


U. Bick, Charité, Humboldt University, Berlin, Germany; F. Diek-

mann, Charité, Humboldt University, Berlin, Germany (Eds.)

Digital Mammography

This state-of-the-art reference book provides in-

depth coverage of all aspects of digital mammogra-

phy, including detector technology, image process-

ing, computer-aided diagnosis, soft-copy reading,

digital workflow, and PACS. Specific advantages and

disadvantages of digital mammography in compar-

ison to screen-film mammography are thoroughly

discussed. By including authors from both North

America and Europe, the book is able to outline vari-

ations in the use, acceptance, and quality assurance

of digital mammography between the different coun-

tries and screening programs. Advanced imaging

techniques and future developments such as contrast

mammography and digital breast tomosynthesis are

also covered in detail. All of the chapters are written

by internationally recognized experts and contain

numerous high-quality illustrations. This book will

be of great interest both to clinicians who already use

or are transitioning to digital mammography and to

basic scientists working in the field.

Features

This state-of-the-art reference book provides in-

depth coverage of all aspects of digital mammogra-

phy, including detector technology, image process-

ing, computer-aided diagnosis, soft-copy reading,

digital workflow, and PACS. Specific advantages and

disadvantages of digital mammography in compar-

ison to screen-film mammography are thoroughly

discussed. By including authors from both North

America and Europe, [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Detector Technology and Physics.-

Quality Assurance.- Image Processing.- Com-

puter-Aided Diagnosis.- Softcopy Reading.- Digital

Workflow, Telemammography and PACS.- DMIST

and other North American Clinical Trials.- Digi-

tal Mammography in European Population-Based

Screening Programs.- Impact of Digital Mammogra-

phy on Visibility of Masses and Microcalcifications.-

Contrast-Enhanced Digital Mammography.- Digital

Breast Tomosynthesis.- Subject Index.- List of Con-

tributors.

Fields of interest

Imaging / Radiology; Diagnostic Radiology; Bio-

physics and Biological Physics; Pathology; Oncology;

Gynecology

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2010. XVI, 220 p. 132 illus., 32 in color. (Diagnostic Imaging) Soft-

cover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17898-6

M.G. Khan, University of Ottawa, ON, Canada

Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases

The fully revised second edition of the Encyclope-

dia of Heart Diseases is an ideal resource for prac-

ticing clinicians and researchers. Available in print,

online, and with dual access, it is a clear and compre-

hensive aggregation of the most crucial information

and essential data on cardiovascular diseases and

therapeutics.Comprised of over 95 entries with reg-

ular online updates, the Encyclopedia of Heart Dis-

eases is fully referenced, and major points of interests

are hyperlinked to complementary sections. Each

entry is logically and superbly written, providing

accurate core knowledge of pathogenesis, pathophys-

iology, clinical features, diagnostic techniques, and

management strategies. Specific detail is paid to tech-

nological advances in imaging and diagnostics. Ther-

apy focused entries give powerful insights into not

only prescribing drug regimens, but also into the

controversies surrounding their use.This major ref-

erence work is invaluable for all those involved in the

care of cardiovascular[..]

Features







therapeutics.Comprised of over 95 entries with regu-

lar online updates, the [..]

Contents

Over 95 entries, including entries such

as• ACE Inhibitors• Beta Blockers Hyperten-

sion Controversy• Blood Pressure• Clinical

Trials• Diabetes Caused by Diuretics and

Beta Blockers• Erectile Dysfunction and the

Heart• Marfan Syndrome• Murmurs and Heart

Disease• Pulmonary Hypertension• Women and

Heart DiseaseWith over 255 figures, including

echocardiographic animations

Fields of interest

Cardiology; Cardiac Surgery; Angiology; Internal

Medicine

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. XXII, 894 p. 255 illus. Print + eReference.

624,00 €

ISBN 978-1-60761-220-9

M.G. Khan, University of Ottawa, ON, Canada

Encyclopedia of Heart Diseases







therapeutics.Comprised of over 95 entries with reg-

ular online updates, the Encyclopedia of Heart Dis-

eases is fully referenced, and major points of interests

are hyperlinked to complementary sections. Each

entry is logically and superbly written, providing

accurate core knowledge of pathogenesis, pathophys-

iology, clinical features, diagnostic techniques, and

management strategies. Specific detail is paid to tech-

nological advances in imaging and diagnostics. Ther-

apy focused entries give powerful insights into not

only prescribing drug regimens, but also into the

controversies surrounding their use.This major ref-

erence work is invaluable for all those involved in the

care of cardiovascular[..]

Features







therapeutics.Comprised of over 95 entries with regu-

lar online updates, the [..]

Contents

Over 95 entries, including entries such

as• ACE Inhibitors• Beta Blockers Hyperten-

sion Controversy• Blood Pressure• Clinical

Trials• Diabetes Caused by Diuretics and

Beta Blockers• Erectile Dysfunction and the

Heart• Marfan Syndrome• Murmurs and Heart

Disease• Pulmonary Hypertension• Women and

Heart DiseaseWith over 255 figures, including

echocardiographic animations

Fields of interest

Cardiology; Cardiac Surgery; Angiology; Internal

Medicine

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. XXII, 894 p. 255 illus. eReference. In 2 volumes, not avail-

able separately.

499,00 €

ISBN 978-1-60761-219-3


N. Vadivelu, Yale University of Medicine, New Haven, CT, USA;

R.D. Urman, Women's Hospital, Boston, MA, USA; R.L. Hines,

Nicholas M. Greene Professor of Anesthesiology, Department

Chair and Chief, Anesthesiology, Yale University School of

Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut, USA (Eds.)

Essentials of Pain Management

This concise, evidence-based text contains essen-

tial topics important for every pain management

student, trainee, and practitioner. Both acute and

chronic pain management principles and tech-

niques are discussed, while numerous case vignettes

help reinforce basic concepts and improve clinical

decision making. Throughout, a multidisciplinary

approach to pain is stressed. Behavioral and phys-

ical therapies, plus ethical considerations, are also

discussed in this indispensable guide for anyone

involved in the management of pain.

Features

Essentials of Pain Management is a concise, evi-

dence-based guide that stresses a multidisciplinary

approach to pain and provides a thorough review of

clinical principles and procedures. Edited by faculty

from Yale and Harvard Medical Schools, Essentials

provides a practical approach to pain management

for every type of pain management practitioner. Fea-

tures: * Extensive case vignettes illustrating specific

[..]

Contents

Part 1. Introduction.- 1. Introduction to Pain Man-

agement, Historical Perspectives, and Careers in Pain

Management.- 2.Multidisciplinary Approach to Pain

Management.- Part 2. Anatomy and Physiology.-

3.Anatomic and Physiologic Principles.- 4.Acute and

Chronic Mechanisms of Pain.- Part 3. Clinical Prin-

ciples.- 5.Assessment of Pain: Complete Patient Eval-

uation.- 6.Diagnostic Testing in Pain Management.-

Part 4. Pharmacology.- 7.Opioids: Pharmacokinet-

ics and Pharmacodynamics.- 8.Opioids: Basic Con-

cepts in Clinical Practice.- 9.Non-opioid Analgesics

in Pain Management.- 10.Alternative and[..]

Fields of interest

Anesthesiology; Pain Medicine; General Practice /

Family Medicine; Neurology

Target groups


Type of publication

Professional book

Available

2011. XXIII, 834 p. 114 illus. Softcover

74,95 €

ISBN 978-0-387-87578-1

D. Prayer, University Hospital, Vienna, Austria (Ed.)

Fetal MRI

Features

This is the most comprehensive book to be written

on the subject of fetal MRI. It provides a practical

hands-on approach to the use of state-of-the-art MRI

techniques and the optimization of sequences. Fetal

pathological conditions and methods of prenatal

MRI diagnosis are discussed by organ system, and

the available literature is reviewed. Interpretation of

findings and potential artifacts are thoroughly [..]

Contents

History of Fetal MRI.- Indications for Fetal

MRI.- Ethics of Fetal MRI.- How to Shorten MR

Sequences.- Fetal MRI at Higher Field Strength.-

Fetal MRI Safety.- The Psychic State of the Pregnant

Woman and Prenatal Diagnostic.- Methods of Fetal

MRI.- Histology of Normal Fetal Brain Develop-

ment.- Normal Brain Development at High Field in

Vitro.- Normal Fetal In-Vivo Brain Development on

MRI.- Metabolic Brain Development.- Phylogeny

and Ontogeny of Early Fetal Behavior.- Fetal Neurol-

ogy.- Ultrasound and MRI of the Fetal Brain, Pros

and Cons.- MRI of Normal Fetal Lung.-MRI of the

Fetal[..]

Fields of interest

Imaging / Radiology; Diagnostic Radiology; Obstet-

rics / Perinatology; Pediatric Surgery; Pediatrics;

Neurosurgery

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIII, 528 p. 349 illus., 88 in color. (Diagnostic Imaging)

Hardcover

239,00 €

ISBN 978-3-540-73270-9

M.I. Martínez-León, Radiology Department Hospital Materno-

Infantil de Carlos Haya, Málaga, Spain; L. Ceres-Ruiz, Hospital

Materno-Infantil Carlos Haya, Málaga, Málaga; J.E. Gutierrez, Uni-

verstity of Texas, San Antonio, TX, USA

Learning Pediatric Imaging

100 Essential Cases

This book, in a user-friendly format, is an ideal

introduction to pediatric diagnostic imaging. It

presents 100 cases drawn from clinical practice that

range from commonly encountered disorders to

complex and infrequent situations which must be

recognized by the practitioner. Each case serves to

identify essential imaging features of the pathology

under consideration and will assist the reader in

diagnosing similar cases. The book is divided into

ten chapters, each comprising ten cases that are pre-

sented in a standard way. After discussion of the dis-

order in question, four representative images are

displayed and described with special attention to

distinctive features. In addition, informative key

references are provided, including a book or book

chapter, a web link, and ten recent articles.

Features

This book, in a user-friendly format, is an ideal

introduction to pediatric diagnostic imaging. It

presents 100 cases drawn from clinical practice that

range from commonly encountered disorders to

complex and infrequent situations which must be

recognized by the practitioner. Each case serves to

identify essential imaging features of the pathology

under consideration and will assist the reader in

diagnosing [..]

Contents

Tumoral Neurology.- Tumoral and Non Tumoral

Neurology.- Non Tumoral Neurology.- Thorax.-

Non Tumoral Abdomen.- Tumoral Abdomen.- Gen-

itourinary.- Musculoskeletal.- Neonatal.- Fetal.

Fields of interest

Medicine (general); Diagnostic Radiology; Pediatrics

Target groups


Type of publication

Manual

Available

2011. XIX, 243 p. 400 illus., 164 in color. (Learning Imaging) Soft-

cover

39,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16891-8


M. Modo, King's College London, UK; J.W.M. Bulte, Johns Hopkins

University, Baltimore, MD, USA (Eds.)

Magnetic Resonance Neuroimaging


The advent of non-invasive imaging technology,

such as magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), has

allowed biologists and clinicians to make great

strides in unraveling the secrets of the brain. In

Magnetic Resonance Neuroimaging: Methods and

Protocols, expert researchers in the field provide a

comprehensive collection of experimental MRI pro-

tocols that can be used to non-invasively interro-

gate the healthy and diseased brain. The chapters

are divided into general techniques, such as the mea-

surement of relaxivity, magnetic resonance spec-

troscopy, diffusion tensor imaging, and MR reporter

genes, as well as specific applications in brain imag-

ing, for example, phenotyping transgenic animals,

detecting amyloid plaques, and fMRI in psychia-

try. As a volume in the highly successful Methods

in Molecular Biology™ series, this work contains

the type of detailed description and implementa-

tion advice that is crucial for getting optimal results.

Thorough and cutting-edge, Magnetic Resonance

Neuroimaging: Methods and[..]

Features

The advent of non-invasive imaging technology,

such as magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), has

allowed biologists and clinicians to make great

strides in unraveling the secrets of the brain. In

Magnetic Resonance Neuroimaging: Methods and

Protocols, expert researchers in the field provide a

comprehensive collection of experimental MRI pro-

tocols that can be used to non-invasively interrogate

the healthy and [..]

Contents

From Molecules to Man: The Dawn of a Vitreous

Man.- Magnetic Resonance Safety.- Measuring

the Absolute Water Content Of the Brain Using

Quantitative MRI.- Magnetic Resonance Relax-

ation and Quantitative Measurement in the Brain.-

Magnetic Resonance Brain Image Processing and

Arithmetic with FSL.- Diffusion Tensor Imaging.-

Manganese-Enhanced Magnetic Resonance Imag-

ing (MEMRI).- Sodium MRI.- MR Spectroscopy and

Spectroscopic Imaging of the Brain.- Amide Pro-

ton Transfer Imaging of the Human Brain.- High

Field MRI of Brain Iron.- Magnetic Resonance Imag-

ing-Based Mouse Brain Atlas and Its[..]

Fields of interest

Imaging / Radiology; Biomedicine (general); Spec-

troscopy / Spectrometry

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIV, 598 p. 173 illus., 68 in color. (Methods in Molecular

Biology, Vol. 711) Hardcover

124,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61737-991-8

F. Barkhof, VU Medical Centre, Amsterdam, The Netherlands; N.C.

Fox, Dementia Research Center, London, UK; A.J. Bastos-Leite,

University of Oporto, Portugal; P. Scheltens, VU MedicalCentre,

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Neuroimaging in Dementia

This up-to-date, superbly illustrated book is a prac-

tical guide to the effective use of neuroimaging in

the patient with cognitive decline. It sets out the key

clinical and imaging features of the various causes

of dementia and directs the reader from clinical pre-

sentation to neuroimaging and on to an accurate

diagnosis whenever possible. After an introductory

chapter on the clinical background, the available

"toolbox" of structural and functional neuroimag-

ing techniques is reviewed in detail, including CT,

MRI and advanced MR techniques, SPECT and PET,

and image analysis methods. The imaging findings

in normal ageing are then discussed, followed by

a series of chapters that carefully present and ana-

lyze the key findings in patients with dementias.

Throughout, a practical approach is adopted, geared

specifically to the needs of clinicians (neurologists,

radiologists, psychiatrists, geriatricians) working in

the field of dementia, for whom this book will prove

an invaluable resource.

Features

Against a background of an ever-increasing num-

ber of patients, new management options, and

novel imaging modalities, neuroimaging is play-

ing an increasingly important role in the diagnosis

of dementia. This up-to-date, superbly illustrated

book aims to provide a practical guide to the effec-

tive use of neuroimaging in the patient with cogni-

tive decline. It sets out the key clinical and imaging

features of [..]

Contents

Clinical background: Definition of dementia. Preva-

lence and incidence. Nosological approach. Differ-

ential diagnosis. Multi-disciplinary integration.-

The toolbox: Structural imaging. Feature extraction.

Advanced MR techniques. SPECT and PET.- Nor-

mal Ageing: Brain volume loss. Enlarged perivas-

cular (Virchow-Robin) spaces and lacunes. Age-

related white matter changes. Iron accumulation.

Hidden age-related changes in brain tissue.- Primary

gray matter loss: Alzheimer’s disease. Frontotempo-

ral lobar degeneration. Dementia with Parkinson-

ism. Dementia in other movement disorders. Prion-

linked[..]

Fields of interest

Neuroradiology; Neurology; Geriatrics / Gerontol-

ogy; Psychiatry

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIX, 278 p. 185 illus., 102 in color. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-00817-7

M.E. Juweid, Department of Radiology, University of Iowa, Iowa

City, IA, USA; O.S. Hoekstra, Department of Nuclear Medicine &

PET Research, VU University Medical Centre, Amsterdam, The

Netherlands (Eds.)

Positron Emission Tomography

Oncological imaging has thoroughly changed in

the past decade, especially due to the introduction

of PET and 18FDG. In Positron Emission Tomog-

raphy, expert referring specialists and professional

imagers seek to help bridge some of the knowledge

gaps in several oncological domains. The book’s

goal is to aid in the improvement of communica-

tive competences: to communicate scan findings so

that the referring specialist receives proper advice

from the imager, and that, alternatively, the referring

one provides the imager with appropriate clinical

details to allow for a proper interpretation, and that

the referring specialist is aware of the possibilities

and limitations of the requested technology. While

it focuses on FDG PET, other radiopharmaceuti-

cals are covered as well, where appropriate. Written

for the highly respected Methods in Molecular Biol-

ogy™ series, this volume provides the kind of detailed

description and implementation advice that is crucial

for getting optimal results. Authoritative and[..]

Features

Oncological imaging has thoroughly changed in the

past decade, especially due to the introduction of

PET and 18FDG. In Positron Emission Tomography,

expert referring specialists and professional imagers

seek to help bridge some of the knowledge gaps in

several oncological domains. The book’s goal is to

aid in the improvement of communicative compe-

tences: to communicate scan findings so [..]

Contents

FDG-PET/CT in Lymphoma.- FDG PET Imaging of

Head and Neck Cancers.- PET and PET-CT of Lung

Cancer.- PET-CT in Radiotherapy for Lung Cancer.-

PET and PET-CT in Esophageal and Gastric Can-

cer.- FDG PET and PET/CT for Colorectal Cancer.-

Functional Imaging of Neuroendocrine Tumors.-

Melanoma.- Breast Cancer.- Gynecological Cancers.-

Sarcoma.- PET and PET/CT in the Management of

Thyroid Cancer.- PET in Testicular Cancer.- Pancre-

atic and Hepatobiliary Cancers.- Prostate Cancer.-

Brain Tumors.- PET and PET/CT for Unknown Pri-

mary Tumors.- Methodological Aspects of Multi-

Centre Studies with[..]

Fields of interest

Imaging / Radiology; Radiotherapy

Target groups


Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. X, 354 p. 121 illus., 71 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biol-


89,95 €

ISBN 978-1-61779-061-4


M.C. Cantone, Università degli Studi di Milano, Italy; C. Hoeschen,

Helmholtz-Zentrum, München, Germany (Eds.)

Radiation Physics for Nuclear

Medicine

The field of nuclear medicine is expanding rapidly,

with the development of exciting new diagnostic

methods and treatments. This growth is closely asso-

ciated with significant advances in radiation physics.

In this book, acknowledged experts explain the basic

principles of radiation physics in relation to nuclear

medicine and examine important novel approaches

in the field. The first section is devoted to what

might be termed the "building blocks" of nuclear

medicine, including the mechanisms of interac-

tion between radiation and matter and Monte Carlo

codes. In subsequent sections, radiation sources for

medical applications, radiopharmaceutical develop-

ment and production, and radiation detectors are

discussed in detail. New frontiers are then explored,

including improved algorithms for image recon-

struction, biokinetic models, and voxel phantoms for

internal dosimetry. Both trainees and experienced

practitioners and researchers will find this book to be

an invaluable source of up-to-date information.

Features

The field of nuclear medicine is expanding rapidly,

with the development of exciting new diagnostic

methods and treatments relevant to a variety of dis-

eases. This growth is closely associated with signif-

icant advances in radiation physics. In this book,

acknowledged experts explain the basic principles of

radiation physics in relation to nuclear medicine and

examine important novel approaches in the field. [..]

Contents

The role of radiation physics in nuclear medicine.-

The molecular imaging pathway to biomedical

physics.- Fundamental processes on radiation

physics: Mechanisms of interaction between radi-

ation and matter. Principles of calculation: Monte

Carlo codes.- Radiation sources and radiopharma-

ceutical production: Radiation sources for medi-

cal applications. Radiopharmaceutical production.

Research and development of new radiopharma-

ceuticals.- Radiation detectors for medical appli-

cations: Basic principles of detection for ionizing

radiation. Semiconductor and scintillator detectors.

New trends in[..]

Fields of interest

Nuclear Medicine; Medical and Radiation Physics;

Nuclear Chemistry

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. VIII, 285 p. 84 illus., 46 in color. Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-11326-0

M. Brignole, Ospedali del Tigullio, Lavagna, Italy; D.G. Benditt,

University of Minnesota Medical School, Minneapolis, MN, USA

Syncope

An Evidence-Based Approach

Syncope represents a multidisciplinary issue in

medicine, often involving cardiologists, neurologists,

emergency medicine specialists, general practition-

ers , geriatricians and other clinicians. However, ter-

minology, methodology and guidelines differ making

the issue more complex. The Editors of this book

present a thorough multidisciplinary review of the

topic. Guideline-based, they have assembled a team

of key opinion leaders in the study and manage-

ment of syncope. The first section of the book dis-

cusses the scientific basis behind the diagnosis and

management of syncope going into detail regarding

the pathways leading to syncope symptoms and the

pathology behind them. The second section of the

book then takes a more practical approach defining

the practice of syncope management and including

a number of case histories explaining the pearls and

pitfalls of the current guidelines.

Features

Syncope has many possible causes, but the underly-

ing mechanism of loss of consciousness is transient

insufficiency of blood-flow to the brain. The result

is a temporary disturbance of brain function caus-

ing loss of consciousness and collapse. By virtue of

its being due to a self-limited hemodynamic problem

resulting for example from a heart rhythm problem,

or a drop in blood pressure of other cause, syncope

[..]

Contents

SECTION ONE A – Current evidence-based knowl-

edge: Classification, Pathophysiology and Social /

Economic Impact.- Chapter 1. Syncope: definition,

terminology, and classification.- 1.1 Definition.-

1.1.1 Loss of consciousness.- 1.1.2 Onset is relatively

rapid.- 1.1.3. Recovery is spontaneous, complete and

usually prompt.- 1.1.4. Underlying mechanism is

transient global cerebral hypoperfusion.- 1.2. Termi-

nology.- 1.3. Classification.- 1.3.1 Neurally-Mediated

Reflex Syncope.- 1.3.2 Orthostatic (Postural) Syn-

cope.- 1.3.3 Cardiac (Cardiovascular) Syncope.- 1.4.

Conclusion.- Chapter 2.[..]

Fields of interest

Cardiology; Neurology; General Practice / Family

Medicine; Emergency Medicine

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVI, 230 p. 82 illus., 44 in color. Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-0-85729-200-1

T. van Deven, University of Western Ontario, London, ON,

Canada; K.M. Hibbert, University of Western Ontario, London,

ON, Canada; R.K. Chhem, University of Western Ontario, London,

ON, Canada (Eds.)

The Practice of Radiology Education

Challenges and Trends

The role of medical imaging is increasingly integral

to health care, drug discovery, biology, and other

life sciences. The changes that are occurring call for

innovation in the training of the medical imaging

experts of tomorrow. In their previous book, Radi-

ology Education: The Scholarship of Teaching and

Learning (2008), the editors addressed the philo-

sophical and theoretical underpinnings of scholar-

ship in radiology education. Now, in The Practice of

Radiology Education: Challenges and Trends, they

focus on the application of these concepts within

educational programs for radiology residents and

fellows. The contributors are educators in radiology

from around the world, providing a global perspec-

tive on the main challenges facing medical imaging

education and the potential strategies required to

meet these challenges. It is hoped that the book will

assist in attaining the ultimate goal of radiology edu-

cation: to help patients.

Features

The role of medical imaging is increasingly integral

to health care, drug discovery, biology, and other

life sciences. The changes that are occurring call for

innovation in the training of the medical imaging

experts of tomorrow. In their previous book, Radi-

ology Education: The Scholarship of Teaching and

Learning (2008), the editors addressed the philo-

sophical and theoretical underpinnings of [..]

Contents

Part 1: Curriculum:Curriculum Matters! Design-

ing curriculum for resident rotations .- Con-

ducting rounds.-Applying CanMeds to academic

afternoons.Assessment of clinical rotations.-Build-

ing a teaching module in clinical inquiry for

radiology residents.-Designing a radiology curricu-

lum for medical students.- Part 2: Programs and

trainees:How to prepare for a review by an accredi-

tation body.-Designing and implementing a mentor-

ing program within the radiology department..-Re-

designing a national training program in Radiology:

The Australian-New-Zealand Experience.-Training

musculoskeletal[..]

Fields of interest

Imaging / Radiology; Nuclear Medicine; Medical

Education

Target groups


Type of publication

Professional book

Available

2010. XXVIII, 264 p. 18 illus., 7 in color. Softcover

39,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-19320-0

springer.com Philosophy 79

N.P. Rao, University of Manchester, UK; G.M. Preminger, Duke

University Medical Center, Durham, NC, USA; J.P. Kavanagh, Uni-

versity of Manchester, UK (Eds.)

Urinary Tract Stone Disease

Urinary Tract Stone Disease covers the entire subject

of urinary stone disease from basic sciences to med-

ical and surgical treatment of stones. The surgical

management of urinary stone disease has advanced

significantly since the introduction of shock wave

lithotripsy (SWL), percutaneous nephrolithotomy

(PCNL), ureteroscopy (URS), and more recently

retrograde intra-renal surgery (RIRS) with small,

flexible fibre-optic ureteroscopes. As a result, “cut-

ting for stones” has become a rare procedure. These

minimally invasive techniques are now also used in

the paediatric population with great safety and suc-

cess. This book consists of 60 chapters divided into

nine sections. The first three sections are devoted to

basic sciences on subjects ranging from epidemiol-

ogy of urinary calculi, to shock wave physics. The

fourth section deals with diagnostic, laboratory, and

research methods in the diagnosis and investigation

of stones. Stone disease in children is dealt with in

chapter five, followed by three[..]

Features

Urinary Tract Stone Disease covers the entire subject

of urinary stone disease from basic sciences to med-

ical and surgical treatment of stones. The surgical

management of urinary stone disease has advanced

significantly since the introduction of shock wave

lithotripsy (SWL), percutaneous nephrolithotomy

(PCNL), ureteroscopy (URS), and more recently ret-

rograde intra-renal surgery (RIRS) with small, flexi-

ble [..]

Contents

Basic sciences I:.- Epidemiology.- Genetics and

Molecular Biology of Renal Stones.- Physico-Chemi-

cal Aspects of Uro-Crystallization and Stone Forma-

tion.- The Possible Roles of Inhibitors, Promoters

and Macromolecules in the Formation of Calcium

Kidney Stones.- Renal Cellular Dysfunction/Damage

and the Formation of Kidney Stones.- Interaction of

Stone Components with Cells and Tissues.- Randall’s

Plaques.- Dietary Factors.- Obesity, Metabolic Syn-

drome, and Stones.- Stone Diseases in Animals.-

Pathogenesis of Stones: Summary of Current Con-

cepts.- Basic sciences II:.- Calcium Metabolism[..]

Fields of interest

Urology / Andrology; Nephrology

Target groups


Type of publication

Professional book

Available

2011. XIX, 720 p. 424 illus., 256 in color. Hardcover

139,95 €

ISBN 978-1-84800-361-3

Philosophy

D. Krause, Universidade Federal de Santa Catarina, Florianopolis,

Brazil; A. Videira, Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

(Eds.)

Brazilian Studies in Philosophy and

History of Science

An account of recent works

This volume, The Brazilian Studies in the Philoso-

phy and History of Science, is the first attempt to

present to a general audience, works from Brazil

on this subject. The included papers are original,

covering a remarkable number of relevant topics

of philosophy of science, logic and on the history of

science. The Brazilian community has increased in

the last years in quantity and in quality of the works,

most of them being published in respectable inter-

national journals on the subject. The chapters of

this volume are forwarded by a general introduc-

tion, which aims to sketch not only the contents of

the chapters, but it is conceived as a historical and

conceptual guide to the development of the field in

Brazil. The introduction intends to be useful to the

reader, and not only to the specialist, helping them

to evaluate the increase in production of this country

within the international context.

Features

This volume in the Brazilian Studies in the Philosos-

ophy and History of Science is the first attempt to

present to a general audience some works which

have been done in Brazil on ths subject. The included

papers are original, reaching a remarkable number of

relevant topics of philosophy of science, logic and on

the history of science. The Brazilian community has

increased in the last years in quantity [..]

Contents

Preface – D. Krause & A. A. P. Videira – .- Introduc-

tion by Michel Paty.- 1) Newton and Inverse Prob-

lems – André K. T. Assis.- 2) The metaphysics of non

individuality – Décio Krause.- 3) Einstein, Gödel,

and the mathematics of time – Francisco A. Dória &

Manuel Dória .- 4) A contemporary view of popula-

tion genetics in evolution, João Carlos M. Magalhães

& Cedric Gondro.- 5) On the Nature of Mathemat-

ical Knowledge, Jairo José da Silva.- 6) The etiolog-

ical approach to the concept of biological function,

Karla Chediak.- 7) Echoes from the past: the persist-

ing shadow of classical determinism[..]

Fields of interest

Philosophy of Science; History of Science; Logic

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIII, 352 p. (Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science,

Vol. 290) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-9421-6

W. Dubbink, Tilburg University, The Netherlands; L. van Liedek-

erke, Catholic University Leuven, Belgium; H. van Luijk, Emeri-

tus Nyenrode Business University, Amsterdam, The Netherlands

(Eds.)

European Business Ethics Cases in

Context

The Morality of Corporate Decision Making

Business ethics as a discipline leans on cases but

flourishes by thorough analysis and reflection. The

present volume offers both. After three introductory

chapters into business ethics eight recent European

cases, mainly stemming from The Netherlands and

Belgium and all of them with a clear moral impact,

are extensively described and analysed. Among them

are the Lernout and Hauspie speech technology dis-

aster, Heineken’s struggle with the promotion girls

selling beer in Cambodia, cartels in the Dutch con-

struction industry, the pharmaceutical industry and

the Aids crisis, and Unilever allegedly making use

of child labour in the cotton industry in India. Each

case is followed by two expert comments, from the

fields of general ethics, but also of law, economics,

management and organisation theory, sociology and

social psychology. Cases and comments together

offer an unique entrance in varieties of moral reason-

ing and in the personal and institutional dimensions

to be taken into account when facing a[..]

Features

Business ethics as a discipline leans on cases but

flourishes by thorough analysis and reflection. The

present volume offers both. After three introductory

chapters into business ethics eight recent European

cases, mainly stemming from The Netherlands and

Belgium and all of them with a clear moral impact,

are extensively described and analysed. Among them

are the Lernout and Hauspie speech [..]

Contents

Preface.- Acknowledgements.- Table of Contents.-

PART I: Theory.- Chapter 1 Business Ethics: Cases,

Codes and Institutions; Henk van Luijk.- Chapter 2

Moral Competence; Henk van Luijk and Wim Dub-

bink.- Chapter 3 Institutions and the Institutional

Turn in Business Ethics; Wim Dubbink.- PART II:

Cases.- Chapter 4.1 The Pharmaceutical Industry

and the Aids Crisis; Marcel Verweij.- 4.2 The Strug-

gle against AIDS and the Pharmaceuticals Indus-

try: Are There Limits to the Moral Obligation to Do

Good? Mariëtte van den Hoven.- 4.3 Special duties

and the AIDS-crisis: a commentary on the Roche

case[..]

Fields of interest

Ethics; Law and Economics; Philosophy (general);

Interdisciplinary Studies

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XVIII, 295 p. 10 illus., 5 in color. (Issues in Business Ethics,

Vol. 28) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-9333-2

80 Physics springer.com

M. Mendelssohn, Berlin; D.O. Dahlstrom, Boston University,

Boston, MA, USA; C. Dyck, University of Western Ontario, London,

ON, Canada (Eds.)

Morning Hours

Lectures on God's Existence

The last work published by Moses Mendelssohn dur-

ing his lifetime, Morning Hours (1785) is also the

most sustained presentation of his mature episte-

mological and metaphysical views, all elaborated

in the service of presenting proofs for the existence

of God. But Morning Hours is much more than a

theoretical treatise. It also plays a central role in the

drama of the Pantheismusstreit, Mendelssohn's "dis-

pute" with F. H. Jacobi over the nature and scope

of Lessing's attitude toward Spinoza and "panthe-

ism". As the latest salvo in a war of texts with Jacobi,

Morning Hours is also Mendelssohn's attempt to

set the record straight regarding his beloved Lessing

in this connection, not least by demonstrating the

absence of any practical (i.e., religious or moral) dif-

ference between theism and a "purified pantheism".

Features

Morning Hours is the only available English transla-

tion of Morgenstunden by Moses Mendelssohn, the

foremost Jewish thinker of the German Enlighten-

ment. Published six months before Mendelssohn's

death on January 4, 1786, Morning Hours is the most

sustained presentation of his mature epistemological

and metaphysical views, all elaborated in the service

of presenting his son with proofs for the existence [..]

Contents

First Part.- Preliminary report.- Preliminary Knowl-

edge of Truth, Semblance, and Error.- I. What is

truth?- II. Cause – Effect – Ground – Force.- III.

Evidence – Of immediate Knowledge. Rational

Knowledge – Knowledge of Nature.- IV. Truth and

Illusion.- V. Existence – Being Awake – Dreams –

Rapture.- VI. Combination of Ideas – Idealism.-

VII. Continuation. The Idealist's Dispute with the

Dualist. Truth-Drive and Approval- Drive. - Second

Part.- Scientific Doctrinal Concepts of God's Exis-

tence.- VIII. Importance of the Investigation. On

Basedow’s Principle of the Duty to[..]

Fields of interest

History of Philosophy; Interdisciplinary Studies

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. X, 134 p. (Studies in German Idealism, Vol. 12) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0417-6

Physics

J. Colomer-Farrarons, University of Barcelona, Spain; P.L. Miri-

bel-Català, University of Barcelona, Spain

A CMOS Self-Powered Front-End

Architecture for Subcutaneous

Event-Detector Devices

Three-Electrodes Amperometric Biosensor Approach

A CMOS Self-Powered Front-End Architecture for

Subcutaneous Event-Detector Devices presents the

conception and prototype realization of a Self-Pow-

ered architecture for subcutaneous detector devices.

The architecture is designed to work as a true/false

(event detector) or threshold level alarm of some

substances, ions, etc... that are detected through a

three-electrodes amperometric BioSensor approach.

The device is envisaged as a Low-Power subcuta-

neous implantable application powered by an induc-

tive link, one emitter antenna at the external side of

the skin and the receiver antenna under the skin. The

sensor is controlled with a Potentiostat circuit and

then, a post-processing unit detects the desired levels

and activates the transmission via a backscattering

method by the inductive link. All the instrumenta-

tion, except the power module, is implemented in

the so called BioChip. Following the idea of the pow-

ering link to harvest energy of the magnetic induced

link at the implanted device, a[..]

Features

A CMOS Self-Powered Front-End Architecture for

Subcutaneous Event-Detector Devices presents the

conception and prototype realization of a Self-Pow-

ered architecture for subcutaneous detector devices.

The architecture is designed to work as a true/false

(event detector) or threshold level alarm of some

substances, ions, etc... that are detected through a

three-electrodes amperometric BioSensor [..]

Contents

Preface / Abstract. Abbreviations.- 1 Introduction.- 2

Energy Harvesting (Multi Harvesting Power Chip).-

3 Biomedical Integrated Instrumentation.- 4 CMOS

Front-End Architecture for In-Vivo Biomedical Sub-

cutaneous Detection Devices.- 5 Conclusions and

Future Work.- 5.1 Conclusions.- 5.2 Future Work.-

Appendix 1.- Appendix.-. 2. Appendix 3.

Fields of interest

Electronic Circuits and Devices; Biomedical Engi-

neering; Circuits and Systems; Solid State Physics

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available


99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0685-9

K.M. Harrison, Cobham, UK

Astronomical Spectroscopy for

Amateurs

Astronomical Spectroscopy for Amateurs is a com-

plete guide for amateur astronomers who are look-

ing for a new challenge. After a brief overview of the

development of spectroscopes and an introduction

to the theory of stellar spectra, the book goes on to

examine the various types of spectroscopes avail-

able to amateurs. Next, practical sections address all

aspects of setting-up and using various types of com-

mercially-available and home-built spectroscopes. A

final part gives detailed instructions for the design

and construction of three different spectroscopes,

along with the necessary design theory (minimal

math). The home-made spectroscopes have per-

formance capabilities near or equal to commercial

units but are constructed using basic hand tools for

a fraction of the cost! This up-to-date practical spec-

troscopy book will enable amateur astronomers to

develop the skills and equipment needed to prepare

scientifically acceptable spectra data, and to make a

valuable contribution to ProAm projects.

Features

Astronomical Spectroscopy for Amateurs is a com-

plete guide for amateur astronomers who are looking

for a new challenge beyond astrophotography. The

book provides a brief overview of the history and

development of the spectroscope, then a short intro-

duction to the theory of stellar spectra, including

details on the necessary reference spectra required

for instrument testing and spectral comparison. The

various [..]

Contents

Preface.- Part I: Introduction to Spectroscopy.-

Chapter 1: Early Experiments in Spectroscopy.-

Chapter 2: A History of Astronomical Spectroscopy.-

Chapter 3: Theory of Spectra.- Chapter 4: Prisms,

Gratings, and Spectroscopes.- Chapter 5: Types of

Spectroscopes.- Part II: Obtaining and Analyzing

Specta.- Chapter 6: Setting Up the Spectroscope.-

Chapter 7: Using Spectroscopes in the Converg-

ing Beam.- Chapter 8: Reflection Grating Spectro-

scopes.- Chapter 9: Cameras and CCD's.- Chapter

10: Processing Spectra.- Chapter 11: Amateur Spec-

troscope Projects.- Part III: Spectroscope Design

and[..]

Fields of interest

Astronomy, Observations and Techniques; Popular

Science in Astronomy; Microwaves, RF and Optical

Engineering

Target groups

Popular/general

Type of publication

Popular science

Available

2011. XIII, 241 p. 193 illus., 35 in color. With online files/update.

(Patrick Moore's Practical Astronomy Series) Softcover

26,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7238-5

springer.com Physics 81

J. Demaison, Université Lille, Villeneuve d'Ascq Cedex, France;

J. Vogt, Universität Ulm, Ulm, Germany; W. Hüttner, Universität

Ulm, Ulm, Germany (Ed.)

Asymmetric Top Molecules, Part 3

Volume II/29 "Molecular Constants Mostly from

Microwave, Molecular Beam, and Sub-Doppler Laser

Spectroscopy" is planned to appear as a series A, B,

C and D1, D2, D3 for the diamagnetic, and E for the

paramagnetic linear and polyatomic species, respec-

tively. Like in the preseding volumes II/24 and II/19,

which have appeared in the years around 1999 and

1992, respectively, the diamagnetic substances are

arranged in the manner suggested by Hill ("Hill's sys-

tem", 1900), meaning an almost strict alphabetical

order. The ionic species are included in the alphabet-

ical arrangement of the neutral ones in each table.

The information is grouped differently in compari-

son with the previous volumes. All relevant proper-

ties of a molecule and the corresponding parameters

can be found concentrated under its sum formula

in volume II/29. this diminishes the need of turn-

ing pages because rotational and related constants,

dipole moments, barriers to internal rotation, hyper-

fine coupling parameters, or Zeeman data were[..]

Features

Volume II/29 "Molecular Constants Mostly from

Microwave, Molecular Beam, and Sub-Doppler Laser

Spectroscopy" is planned to appear as a series A, B,

C and D1, D2, D3 for the diamagnetic, and E for the

paramagnetic linear and polyatomic species, respec-

tively. Like in the preseding volumes II/24 and II/19,

which have appeared in the years around 1999 and

1992, respectively, the diamagnetic substances are [..]

Fields of interest

Atomic, Molecular, Optical and Plasma Physics;

Spectroscopy / Spectrometry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Reference work

Available

2011. 480 p. (Molecules and Radicals, Vol. 29D3) Hardcover

3.490,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14144-7

B. DeWitt, S.M. Christensen, Durham, NC, USA (Ed.)

Bryce DeWitt's Lectures on

Gravitation

Edited by Steven M. Christensen

Bryce DeWitt, a student of Nobel Laureate Julian

Schwinger, was himself one of the towering figures

in 20th century physics, particularly renowned for

his seminal contributions to quantum field the-

ory, numerical relativity and quantum gravity. In

late 1971 DeWitt gave a course on gravitation at

Stanford University, leaving almost 400 pages of

detailed handwritten notes. Written with clarity and

authority, and edited by his former student Steven

Christensen, these timeless lecture notes, containing

material or expositions not found in any other text-

books, are a gem to be discovered or re-discovered

by anyone seriously interested in the study of gravi-

tational physics.

Features

Bryce DeWitt, a student of Nobel Laureate Julian

Schwinger, was himself one of the towering figures

in 20th century physics, particularly renowned for

his seminal contributions to quantum field theory,

numerical relativity and quantum gravity. In late

1971 DeWitt gave a course on gravitation at Stan-

ford University, leaving almost 400 pages of detailed

handwritten notes. Written with clarity and author-

ity, and [..]

Contents

Review of the Uses of Invariants in Special Rela-

tivity.- Accelerated Motion in Special Relativity.-

Realization of Continuous Groups.- Riemannian

Manifolds.- The Free Particle.Geodesics.- Weak

Field Approximaiton. Newton`s Theory.- Ensem-

bles of Particles.- Production of Gravitational Fields

by Matter.- Conservation Laws.- Phenomenological

Discription of a Conservative Continuous Medium.-

Solubility of the Einstein and Matter Equations.-

Energy, Momentum and Stress in the Gravitational

Field.- Measurement of Asymptotic Field.- The Elec-

tromagentic Field.- Gravitational Waves.- Spin-

ning[..]

Fields of interest

Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity The-

ory; Mathematical Methods in Physics; Differential

Geometry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XI, 320 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Vol. 826) Softcover

69,95 €

ISBN 978-3-540-36909-7

P. Ferraro, Istituto Nazionale di Ottica Applicata del CNR, Poz-

zuoli, Italy; A. Wax, Duke University, Durham, NC, USA; Z.

Zalevsky, Bar-Ilan University, Ramat-Gan, Israel (Eds.)

Coherent Light Microscopy

Imaging and Quantitative Phase Analysis

This book deals with the latest achievements in

the field of optical coherent microscopy. While

many other books exist on microscopy and imag-

ing, this book provides a unique resource dedicated

solely to this subject. Similarly, many books describe

applications of holography, interferometry and

speckle to metrology but do not focus on their use

for microscopy. The coherent light microscopy ref-

erence provided here does not focus on the exper-

imental mechanics of such techniques but instead

is meant to provide a users manual to illustrate the

strengths and capabilities of developing techniques.

The areas of application of this technique are in

biomedicine, medicine, life sciences, nanotechnology

and materials sciences.

Features

This book deals with the latest achievements in

the field of optical coherent microscopy. While

many other books exist on microscopy and imag-

ing, this book provides a unique resource dedicated

solely to this subject. Similarly, many books describe

applications of holography, interferometry and

speckle to metrology but do not focus on their use

for microscopy. The coherent light microscopy refer-

ence provided [..]

Contents

Quantitative Phase Microscopy with Digital Holog-

raphy Approach with High-Coherence Light

Sources.- Quantitative Phase Microscopy with Dig-

ital Holography Approach with Low-Coherence

Light Sources.- Digital Holographic Microscopy with

Femtosecond Laser Sources for Characterization

of Fast Dynamic Events and Process.- Quantitative

Microscopy with a Photorefractive-Based Principle.-

Application of Interference Microscopy in Microflu-

idics and Optofludics Systems.- Optofluidic-Based

Microscope.- Characterization of Optical Microsys-

tems Devices (Microlenses, Liquid Lenses, Integrated

Optics[..]

Fields of interest

Applied Optics, Optoelectronics, Optical Devices;

Biological Microscopy; Characterization and Eval-

uation of Materials; Biomaterials; Nanotechnology;

Imaging / Radiology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVI, 372 p. 220 illus., 10 in color. With online files/update.

(Springer Series in Surface Sciences, Vol. 46) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-15812-4


G. Peters, LCI Publisher GmbH, Hamburg, Germany; C. Bauhofer,

LCI Publisher GmbH, Hamburg, Germany; V. Vill, Universität

Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany (Ed.)

Compounds with 20 to 136 Carbon

Atoms

Supplement to Subvolumes C, F and I

This index is a guide to organic compounds which

have material constants of general interest described

in the Landolt-Börnstein / New Series.In total in the

subvolumes J, K, L and M, 23865 compounds with

83941 references to numerical data are recorded

Compiled are volumes containing nuclear magnetic

resonance (NMR) and nuclear quadrupole resonance

(NQR) data, acoustical and optical properties, struc-

ture and molecular constants, mechanical and ther-

modynamic constants as well as physical properties

of liquid crystals. All new compounds are given with

the drawing of the chemical structure, the molecu-

lar formula, chemical names, the Chemical Abstracts

registration numbers (CAS-RN) where known and

references to Landolt-Börnstein citations.

Features

This index is a guide to organic compounds which

have material constants of general interest described

in the Landolt-Börnstein / New Series.In total in the

subvolumes J, K, L and M, 23865 compounds with

83941 references to numerical data are recorded

Compiled are volumes containing nuclear magnetic

resonance (NMR) and nuclear quadrupole resonance

(NQR) data, acoustical and optical properties, [..]

Contents

Standard reference book with selected and easily

retrievable data from the fields of physics and chem-

istry collected by acknowledged international scien-

tists. Also available on www.springermaterials.com

Fields of interest

Physics (general); Organic Chemistry

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Reference work

Available

2011. VIII, 610 p. (Indexes, Vol. L2) Hardcover

4.490,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14180-5

B. Terhalle, Laboratory for Micro- and Nanotechnology, Paul

Scherrer Institut, Villigen PSI, Switzerland

Controlling Light in Optically

Induced Photonic Lattices

Discrete periodic structures play an important role

in physics, and have opened up an exciting new area

of investigation in recent years. Questions relating to

the control of light in such structures still represent

a major challenge. It is this highly active field that

is addressed in the present thesis. Using the model

system of a photorefractive nonlinearity that allows

one to simultaneously create and control photonic

lattices by light, the author obtains a comprehen-

sive picture of the control of nonlinear and quantum

optics phenomena in photonic lattices. He describes

and demonstrates experimentally for the first time

resonant transitions in two-dimensional hexago-

nal lattices, including Rabi oscillations and Lan-

dau-Zener tunneling, as well as the direct control

and exploitation of these transitions. A particular

highlight of this thesis is the study of soliton-cluster

switching and control of Zener tunneling.

Features

Discrete periodic structures play an important role

in physics, and have opened up an exciting new area

of investigation in recent years. Questions relating to

the control of light in such structures still represent

a major challenge. It is this highly active field that is

adressed in the present thesis. Using the model sys-

tem of a photorefractive nonlinearity that allows one

to simultaneously create and [..]

Contents

Motivation and Outline.- Light Propagation in Non-

linear Periodic Media.- Optically Induced Photonic

Lattices.- Resonant Rabi Oscillations and Interband

Transitions.- Nonlinear Light Localization.- Sum-

mary and Outlook.- Appendix.

Fields of interest

Applied Optics, Optoelectronics, Optical Devices;

Nonlinear Dynamics; Quantum Optics, Quantum

Electronics, Nonlinear Optics; Nanoscale Science

and Technology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. X, 104 p. 66 illus., 32 in color. (Springer Theses) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-16646-4

S. Matarrese, Università di Padova, Italy; M. Colpi, Università di

Milano Bicocca; V. Gorini, Università di Insubria, Como, Italy; U.

Moschella, Università di Insubria, Como, Italy (Eds.)

Dark Matter and Dark Energy

A Challenge for Modern Cosmology

This book brings together reviews from leading

international authorities on the developments in the

study of dark matter and dark energy, as seen from

both their cosmological and particle physics side.

Studying the physical and astrophysical properties

of the dark components of our Universe is a cru-

cial step towards the ultimate goal of unveiling their

nature. The work developed from a doctoral school

sponsored by the Italian Society of General Relativ-

ity and Gravitation. The book starts with a concise

introduction to the standard cosmological model,

as well as with a presentation of the theory of linear

perturbations around a homogeneous and isotropic

background. It covers the particle physics and cos-

mological aspects of dark matter and (dynamical)

dark energy, including a discussion of how modified

theories of gravity could provide a possible candidate

for dark energy. A detailed presentation is also given

of the possible ways of testing the theory in terms of

cosmic microwave background, galaxy[..]

Features

This book brings together reviews from leading

international authorities on the developments in the

study of dark matter and dark energy, as seen from

both their cosmological and particle physics side.

Studying the physical and astrophysical properties of

the dark components of our Universe is a crucial step

towards the ultimate goal of unveiling their nature.

The work developed from a doctoral school [..]

Contents

Part I Cosmology 1 Relativistic Cosmology / Norbert

Straumann 2 Cosmology with Cosmic Microwave

background and large-scale structure observations /

Licia Verde 3 Cosmology with gravitational lensing /

Alan Heavens 4 Cosmology with numerical simu-

lations / Lauro Moscardini and Klaus Dolag Part II

Dark Matter 5 Dark Matter Astrophysics / Guido

D’Amico, Marc Kamionkowski and Kris Sigurdson

6 Dark matter: the particle physics view / Antonio

Masiero 7 Dark Matter Direct and Indirect Detec-

tion / Andrea Giuliani Part III Dark Energy 8 Dark

energy: investigation and modeling / Shinji Tsu-

jikawa Index

Fields of interest

Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity The-

ory; Elementary Particles, Quantum Field Theory;

Astrophysics and Astroparticles; Numerical and

Computational Physics; Measurement Science,

Instrumentation

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. X, 420 p. (Astrophysics and Space Science Library, Vol. 370)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-8684-6


E. Engel, University of Frankfurt, Germany; R.M. Dreizler, Univer-

sity of Frankfurt, Germany

Density Functional Theory

An Advanced Course

Density Functional Theory (DFT) has firmly estab-

lished itself as the workhorse for atomic-level sim-

ulations of condensed phases, pure or composite

materials and quantum chemical systems. This work

offers a rigorous and detailed introduction to the

foundations of this theory, up to and including such

advanced topics as orbital-dependent functionals as

well as both time-dependent and relativistic DFT.

Given the many ramifications of contemporary DFT,

the text concentrates on the self-contained presen-

tation of the basics of the most widely used DFT

variants: this implies a thorough discussion of the

corresponding existence theorems and effective sin-

gle particle equations, as well as of key approxima-

tions utilized in implementations. The formal results

are complemented by selected quantitative results,

which primarily aim at illustrating the strengths and

weaknesses of particular approaches or functionals.

The structure and content of this book allow a tuto-

rial and modular self-study approach: the[..]

Features

Density Functional Theory (DFT) has firmly estab-

lished itself as the workhorse for the atomic-level

simulation of condensed matter phases, pure or

composite materials and quantum chemical systems.

The present book is a rigorous and detailed intro-

duction to the foundations up to and including such

advanced topics as orbital-dependent functionals

and both time-dependent and relativistic DFT. Given

the many [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Foundations of Density Functional

Theory: Existence Theorems.- Effective Single-Par-

ticle Equations.- Exchange-Correlation Energy

Functional.- Virial Theorems.- Orbital Function-

als: Optimized Potential Method.- Time-Dependent

Density Functional Theory.- Relativistic Density

Functional Theory.- Further Reading.- Appendices:

Functionals and the Functional Derivative.- Sec-

ond Quantization in Many-Body Theory.- Scaling

Behavior of Many-Body Methods.- Explicit Density

Functionals for the Kinetic Energy: Thomas-Fermi

Models and Beyond.- Asymptotic Behavior of Quasi-

Particle[..]

Fields of interest

Atomic, Molecular, Optical and Plasma Physics;

Theoretical and Computational Chemistry; Numer-

ical and Computational Physics; Condensed Matter

Physics; Materials Science (general)

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XV, 531 p. (Theoretical and Mathematical Physics) Hard-

cover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14089-1

D. Gillberg, Carleton University, Ottawa, ON, Canada

Discovery of Single Top Quark

Production

The top quark is by far the heaviest known funda-

mental particle with a mass nearing that of a gold

atom. Because of this strikingly high mass, the top

quark has several unique properties and might play

an important role in electroweak symmetry break-

ing—the mechanism that gives all elementary par-

ticles mass. Creating top quarks requires access to

very high energy collisions, and at present only the

Tevatron collider at Fermilab is capable of reach-

ing these energies.Until now, top quarks have only

been observed produced in pairs via the strong inter-

action. At hadron colliders, it should also be possi-

ble to produce single top quarks via the electroweak

interaction. Studies of single top quark production

provide opportunities to measure the top quark

spin, how top quarks mix with other quarks, and to

look for new physics beyond the standard model.

Because of these interesting properties, scientists

have been looking for single top quarks for more

than 15 years.This thesis presents the first discovery

of[..]

Features

This original, outstanding thesis presents the first

discovery of single top quark production and docu-

ments one of the flagship measurements of the D0

experiment, a collaboration of more than 600 parti-

cle physicists from around the world. It describes the

first observation of a physical process known as “sin-

gle top quark production,” which had been sought

for more than 10 years before its eventual [..]

Contents

Introduction.- Theoretical Background.- Experimen-

tal Setup.- Event Reconstruction.- Analysis: Event

Selection.- Analysis: Decision Trees.- Analysis: Mea-

surements.- Summary.

Fields of interest

Nuclear Physics, Heavy Ions, Hadrons; Elementary

Particles, Quantum Field Theory

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVIII, 180 p. 76 illus. (Springer Theses) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7798-4

D.H. Kelley, The University of Calgary, AB, Canada; E.F. Milone,

The University of Calgary, AB, Canada

Exploring Ancient Skies

A Survey of Ancient and Cultural Astronomy

Exploring Ancient Skies brings together the methods

of archaeology and the insights of modern astron-

omy to explore the science of astronomy as it was

practiced in various cultures prior to the invention

of the telescope. The book reviews an enormous

and growing body of literature on the cultures of

the ancient Mediterranean, the Far East, and the

New World (particularly Mesoamerica), putting the

ancient astronomical materials into their archaeolog-

ical and cultural contexts. The authors begin with an

overview of the field and proceed to essential aspects

of naked-eye astronomy, followed by an examina-

tion of specific cultures. The book concludes by tak-

ing into account the purposes of ancient astronomy:

astrology, navigation, calendar regulation, and (not

least) the understanding of our place and role in the

universe. Skies are recreated to display critical events

as they would have appeared to ancient observers--

events such as the supernova of 1054 A.D., the "lion

horoscope," and the Star of[..]

Features

Exploring Ancient Skies brings together the methods

of archaeology and the insights of modern astron-

omy to explore the science of astronomy as it was

practiced in various cultures prior to the invention

of the telescope. The book reviews an enormous

and growing body of literature on the cultures of

the ancient Mediterranean, the Far East, and the

New World (particularly Mesoamerica), putting the

ancient [..]

Contents

Foreword.- Preface.- Acknowledgements.- List of

Illustrations.- Part I - Astronomical Background.-

1. Historical Perspectives.- 2. Principal Features of

the Sky.- 3. Observational Methods and Problems.-

4. Time and the Calendar.- 5. Transient Phenom-

ena.- Part II - Astronomy in Cultures.- 6. Paleolithic

and Neolithic Cultures.- 7. Antecedents of the West-

ern Tradition.- 8. African Cultures.- 9. Indo-Iranian

Cultures.- 10. China, Korea, and Japan.- 11. Oceanic

Cultures.- 12. Mesoamerica.- 13. America North

of Mexico.- 14. South American Cultures.- 15. The

Descent of the Gods and the[..]

Fields of interest

Astronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology; Astron-

omy, Observations and Techniques

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXV, 614 p. 400 illus., 8 in color. Softcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7623-9


G. Gouesbet, Université de Rouen, St.-Etienne du Rouvray CX,

France; G. Gréhan, Université de Rouen, St.-Etienne du Rouvray

CX, France

Generalized Lorenz-Mie Theories

The Lorenz-Mie theory, describing the interaction

between a homogeneous sphere and an electro-

magnetic plane wave, is likely to be one of the most

famous theories in light scattering. But, with the

advent of lasers and their increasing development

in various fields, it has become too old-fashioned

to meet most of the modern requisites. The book

deals with generalized Lorenz-Mie theories when

the illuminating beam is an electromagnetic arbi-

trary shaped beam, relying on the method of separa-

tion of variables. A particular emphasis is stressed on

the case of the homogeneous sphere but other reg-

ular particles are considered too. An extensive dis-

cussion of the methods available to the evaluation

of beam shape coefficients describing the illuminat-

ing beam is provided, and several methods are dis-

cussed. Applications concern many fields such as

optical particle sizing and, more generally, optical

particle characterization, morphology-dependent

resonances, or mechanical effects of light for optical

trapping,[..]

Features

The Lorenz-Mie theory, describing the interaction

between a homogeneous sphere and an electro-

magnetic plane wave, is likely to be one of the most

famous theories in light scattering. But, with the

advent of lasers and their increasing development

in various fields, it has become too old-fashioned to

meet most of the modern requisites. The book deals

with generalized Lorenz-Mie theories when the [..]

Contents

Background in Maxwell’s Electromagnetism

and Maxwell’s Equations.- Resolution of Special

Maxwell‘s Equations.- Generalized Lorenz-Mie The-

ories in the Strict Sense, and other GLMTs.- Gaus-

sian Beams, and Other Beams.- Finite Series.- Special

Cases of Axisymmetric and Gaussian Beams.- The

Localized Approximation and Localized Beam Mod-

els.- Applications, and Miscellaneous Issues.- Con-

clusion.

Fields of interest

Classical Electrodynamics, Wave Phenomena; Engi-

neering Fluid Dynamics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XXXVIII, 310 p. 25 illus., 19 in color. Hardcover

129,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17193-2

N. Rea, Institut de Ciencies de l'Espai, Barcelona, Spain; D.F. Tor-

res, Institut de Ciencies de l'Espai, Barcelona, Spain (Eds.)

High-Energy Emission from Pulsars

and their Systems

Proceedings of the First Session of the Sant Cugat Forum on

Astrophysics

The aim of the inaugural meeting of the Sant Cugat

Forum on Astrophysics was to address, in a global

context, the current understanding of and challenges

in high-energy emissions from isolated and non-

isolated neutron stars, and to confront the theo-

retical picture with observations of both the Fermi

satellite and the currently operating ground-based

Cherenkov telescopes. Participants have also dis-

cussed the prospects for possible observations with

planned instruments across the multi-wavelength

spectrum (e.g. SKA, LOFAR, E-VLT, IXO, CTA) and

how they will impact our theoretical understand-

ing of these systems.In keeping with the goals of the

Forum, this book not only represents the proceed-

ings of the meeting, but also a reflection on the state-

of-the-art in the topic.

Features

The aim of the inaugural meeting of the Sant Cugat

Forum on Astrophysics was to address, in a global

context, the current understanding of and challenges

in high-energy emissions from isolated and non-

isolated neutron stars, and to confront the theo-

retical picture with observations of both the Fermi

satellite and the currently operating ground-based

Cherenkov telescopes. Participants have also dis-

cussed the [..]

Contents

Radio Pulsar Phenomenology.- Radio pulsar popu-

lations.- Pulsar Results with the Fermi Large Area

Telescope.- Fermi view of the EGRET pulsars.- “Gar-

den-variety” Gamma-ray Pulsars J0248+6021&

J2240+5832.- Extension studies of galactic sources

with Fermi.- Advances in understanding double

features in radio pulsar profiles.- Emission from

the Polar Cap and Slot Gap.- Gamma-ray emission

and pair creation of outer gap.- What Pulsar High-

Energy Emission Model Survives?.- Current Models

of Pulsar Magnetospheres.- Modeling of y-ray Pul-

sar Light Curves from Force-Free Magnetosphere.- A

Tale of Two[..]

Fields of interest

Astrophysics and Astroparticles; Astronomy, Astro-

physics and Cosmology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XXXV, 641 p. 85 illus. in color. (Astrophysics and Space Sci-

ence Proceedings) Hardcover

249,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-17250-2

W.Q. Zhu, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China; Y.K. Lin, Florida

Atlantic University, Boca Raton, Florida, USA; G.Q. Cai, Florida

Atlantic University, Boca Raton, Florida, USA (Eds.)

IUTAM Symposium on Nonlinear

Stochastic Dynamics and Control

Proceedings of the IUTAM Symposium held in Hangzhou,

China, May 10-14, 2010

Non-linear stochastic systems are at the center of

many engineering disciplines and progress in theo-

retical research had led to a better understanding of

non-linear phenomena. This book provides informa-

tion on new fundamental results and their applica-

tions which are beginning to appear across the entire

spectrum of mechanics. The outstanding points of

these proceedings are Coherent compendium of the

current state of modelling and analysis of non-lin-

ear stochastic systems from engineering, applied

mathematics and physics point of view. Subject

areas include: Multiscale phenomena, stability and

bifurcations, control and estimation, computational

methods and modelling. For the Engineering and

Physics communities, this book will provide first-

hand information on recent mathematical develop-

ments. The applied mathematics community will

benefit from the modelling and information on vari-

ous possible applications.

Features

Non-linear stochastic systems are at the center of

many engineering disciplines and progress in theo-

retical research had led to a better understanding of

non-linear phenomena. This book provides informa-

tion on new fundamental results and their applica-

tions which are beginning to appear across the entire

spectrum of mechanics. The outstanding points of

these proceedings are Coherent compendium of the

[..]

Contents

Preface; Contributed Papers: PART 1 Response and

reliability of nonlinear stochastic systems: G. Q. Cai

and Y. K. Lin: Nonlinear stochastic ecosystem of

two competing species; M. L. Deng and W. Q. Zhu:

Energy transition rate at peptide-bond using stochas-

tic averaging method; G. K. Er and V. P. Iu: A new

method for the probabilistic solutions of large-scale

nonlinear stochastic dynamic systems; X. L. Jin and

Z. L. Huang: Approximate non-stationary probabil-

ity densities of nonlinear multi-degree-of-freedom

systems under Gaussian white noise excitations; C.

H. Loh, J.H. Weng, C.H. Chen and[..]

Fields of interest

Nonlinear Dynamics; Vibration, Dynamical Systems,

Control; Systems Theory, Control; Mechanics; Statis-

tical Physics, Dynamical Systems and Complexity

Target groups


Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XVI, 328 p. 146 illus. (IUTAM Bookseries, Vol. 29) Hardcover

104,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0731-3


T.S. Biró, Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Budapest, Hungary

Is There a Temperature?

Conceptual Challenges at High Energy, Acceleration and Com-

plexity

Temperature and heat, entropy and order or dis-

order are key classical concepts of physics. These

are challenged by searching matter under extreme

conditions, such as high (relativistic) energy, strong

acceleration or gravitation, or unusual complexity

due to long range correlations. In our quest for quark

matter all these conditions might occur simultane-

ously. This book, strongly motivated by the authors'

everyday research experiences in the field of high-

energy heavy-ion collisions, aims to bundle these

challenges to modern physics.The main topic is at

the heart of thermodynamics -- the very concept

of temperature, its use and extensions. New devel-

opments on this issue are both applications and

foundations of non-extensive statistics, as well as

concepts borrowed from gravity and string theory to

describe the surprisingly statistical behavior of ele-

mentary matter at the highest accelerator energies of

the world.The reader will benefit from bringing these

new developments in one book together, by[..]

Features

Physical bodies can be hot or cold, moving or

standing,simple or complex. In all such cases one

assumes that their respective temperature is a well

defined attribute. What if, however, the ordinary

measurement of temperature by direct body contact

is not possible? One conjectures its value, and yes,

its very existence, by reasoning based [..]

Contents

Introduction.- How to measure the temperature.-

How to interpret the temperature.- Fluctuating tem-

perature.- Complications with the temperature.- The

temperature of moving bodies.- The temperature of

no return.- The temperature in quantum field the-

ory.- Afterword.- Solutions.- References.

Fields of interest

Thermodynamics; Physical Chemistry; Elementary

Particles, Quantum Field Theory; Classical Contin-

uum Physics; Mathematical Methods in Physics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XIII, 310 p. 33 illus. (Fundamental Theories of Physics, Vol.

1014) Hardcover

119,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8040-3

B. Liu, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China

Muonium-antimuonium

Oscillations in an Extended Minimal

Supersymmetric Standard Model

This innovative work investigated two models where

the muonium-antimuonium oscillation process was

mediated by massive Majorana neutrinos and sneu-

trinos. First, we modified the Standard Model only

by the inclusion of singlet right-handed neutrinos

and allowing for general renormalizable interactions

producing neutrino masses and mixing. The see-

saw mechanism was employed to explain the small-

ness of the observed neutrino masses. A lower bound

on the righthanded neutrino mass was constructed

using the experimental limits set by the nonobser-

vation of the muonium-antimuonium oscillation

process. Second, we modified the Minimal Super-

symmetric Standard Model by the inclusion of three

right-handed neutrino superfields. The experimen-

tal result of the muonium-antimuonium oscillation

process generated a lower bound on the ratio of the

two Higgs field VEVs. This work helps to set up rela-

tionships between the experimental result of the

muonium-antimuonium oscillation process and the

model parameters in two[..]

Features

The muonium-antimuonium oscillation process

has been studied for decades both experimentally

and theoretically. Of particular interest is that such a

muonium-antimuonium oscillation is totally forbid-

den within the Standard Model because the process

violates the individual electron and muon number

conservation laws by two units. Hence, its observa-

tion will be a clear signal of physics beyond the Stan-

dard [..]

Contents

Introduction to muonium-antimuonium oscilla-

tion.- Muonium-antimuonium oscillation in a mod-

ified Standard Model.- Supersymmetry and the

Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model.- The

muonium-antimuonium oscillation in the extended

Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model.- The

constraints from the muon and electron anomalous

magnetic moment experiments.- Conclusions.

Fields of interest

Elementary Particles, Quantum Field Theory; Quan-

tum Field Theories, String Theory; Mathematical

Methods in Physics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XI, 67 p. 13 illus. (Springer Theses) Hardcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8329-9

F. Barlat, Pohang University of Science and Technology, Gyeong-

puk, Korea; Y.H. Moon, Pusan National University, Busan, Korea;

M.G. Lee, Pohang University of Science and Technology, Korea

(Eds.)

NUMIFORM 2010

Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Numeri-

cal Methods in Industrial Forming Processes Dedicated to Pro-

fessor O. C. Zienkiewicz (1921-2009)

This international conference was held to provide a

forum where recent advances and future directions

in the numerical simulations of manufacturing pro-

cesses were discussed by engineers and scientists

from industry and academia worldwide. The topics

covered in the conference should be of great interest

not only to numerical analysts but also to profession-

als and researchers involved in traditional and novel

manufacturing technologies for conventional and

emerging materials.

Features

This international conference was held to provide a

forum where recent advances and future directions

in the numerical simulations of manufacturing pro-

cesses were discussed by engineers and scientists

from industry and academia worldwide. The topics

covered in the conference should be of great interest

not only to numerical analysts but also to profession-

als and researchers involved in traditional and novel

[..]

Fields of interest

Numerical and Computational Physics; Structural

Materials; Automotive Engineering

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2010. 1394 p. CD-ROM. (Materials Physics and Applications, Vol.

1252)

114,95 €

ISBN 978-0-7354-0799-2


A.J. Welch, University of Texas, Austin, TX, USA; M.J.C. van

Gemert, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Optical-Thermal Response of Laser-

Irradiated Tissue

The second edition maintains the standard of excel-

lence established in the first edition, while adjusting

the content to reflect changes in tissue optics and

medical applications since 1995. The material con-

cerning light propagation now contains new chapters

devoted to electromagnetic theory for coherent light.

The material concerning thermal laser-tissue interac-

tions contains a new chapter on pulse ablation of tis-

sue. The medical applications section now includes

several new chapters on Optical Coherent Tomog-

raphy, acoustic imaging, molecular imaging, foren-

sic optics and nerve stimulation. A detailed overview

is provided of the optical and thermal response of

tissue to laser irradiation along with diagnostic and

therapeutic examples including fiber optics. Suffi-

cient theory is included in the book so that it is suit-

able for a one or two semester graduate or for senior

elective courses. Material covered includes (1) light

propagation and diagnostic application; (2) the ther-

mal response of[..]

Features

The second edition of 'Optical-Thermal Response

of Laser-Irradiated Tissue' maintains the standard

of excellence established in the first edition, while

adjusting the content to reflect changes in tissue

optics and medical applications since 1995. The

material concerning light propagation now contains

new chapters devoted to electromagnetic theory for

coherent light. The material concerning [..]

Contents

1. Overview of Optical and Thermal Laser-Tissue

Interaction and Nomenclature; 2. Basic Interactions

of Light with Tissue; 3. Definitions and Overview

of Tissue Optics; 4. Polarized Light: Electrody-

namic Fundamentals; 5. Monte Carlo Modeling of

Light Transport in Tissue (Steady State and Time of

Flight); 6. Diffusion Theory of Light Transport; 7.

From Electrodynamics to Monte Carlo Simulations;

8. Measurement of Ex Vivo and In Vivo Tissue Opti-

cal Properties: Methods and Theories; 9. Dynamic

Changes in Optical Properties; 10. Laser Generated

Heat Transfer; 11. Temperature Measurements; 12.

[..]

Fields of interest

Physics (general); Biomedicine (general)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIII, 958 p. Hardcover

169,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-8830-7

R. Cross, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia

Physics of Baseball & Softball

This book describes the physics of baseball and soft-

ball, assuming that the reader has a basic background

in both physics and mathematics. The physics will

be explained in a conversational style, with words

and illustrations, so that the explanations make

sense. The book provides an excellent opportunity

to explain physics at a relatively simple level, even

though the primary objective is to explain the many

subtle features concerning the physics of baseball.

For those readers who already know quite a bit of

physics and who will be comfortable with mathe-

matical equations, additional material of this nature

will be provided in appendices. The latest research

findings and statistical data have been incorporated

by the author. The book also contains many simple

experiments that the reader can perform to convince

themselves that the effects described do indeed exist.

Features

This book describes the physics of baseball and soft-

ball, assuming that the reader has a background in

both physics and mathematics at the high school

level. The physics is explained in a conversational

style, and illustrated with experimental results

obtained both in the laboratory and in the field. Sim-

ple equations are also used in order to model the

experimental results and to test whether the [..]

Contents

Preface.- 1. Basic Physics.- 2. Bats and Balls.- 3. Ball

Trajectories.- 4. Pitching Trajectories.- 5. Pitching

Mechanics.- 6. Swinging a Bat.- 7. Contacting the

Ball.- 8. Elastic Properties of Balls.- 9. Ball Hystere-

sis.- 10. Collisions.- 11.Bat Performance.- 12. Bat

Vibrations.- 13. The Trampoline Effect.- 14. The

Sweet Spot of a Baseball Bat.- 15. Flexible Bat Han-

dles.- 16. Ball Bounce and Spin.- 17. Ball Spin Gener-

ated by a Bat.- 18. Bat and Ball Projects.- Conversion

Factors.

Fields of interest

Physics (general); Applications of Mathematics;

Characterization and Evaluation of Materials

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XI, 324 p. 151 illus. Hardcover

119,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8112-7

M.F. Pereira, Sheffield Hallam University, Sheffield, UK; O. Shu-

lika, Kharkov National University of Radio Electronics, Kharkov,

Ukraine (Eds.)

Terahertz and Mid Infrared

Radiation

Generation, Detection and Applications

Terahertz (THz) and Mid-Infrared (MIR)

radiation (TERA-MIR) can be transmitted through

nearly any material without causing biological harm.

Novel and rapid methods of detection can be created

with devices operation in these spectral ranges allow-

ing scanning for weapons, detecting hidden explo-

sives (including plastic landmines), controlling the

quality of food and a host of other exciting applica-

tions. This book focuses on mathematical and physi-

cal aspects of the field, on unifying these two spectral

domains (THz and MIR) with regard to common

sources, detectors, materials and applications, and on

key interdisciplinary topics. The main THz and MIR

source is the quantum cascade laser (QCL). Thus sig-

nificant attention is paid to the challenge of turning

this advanced technology into affordable commercial

devices so as to exploit its enormous potential. How-

ever other alternatives to THz QCLs are also pre-

sented, e.g. sub-terahertz imaging from avalanching

GaAs bipolar transistors, Josephson junctions[..]

Features

Terahertz (THz) and Mid-Infrared (MIR) radiation

(TERA-MIR) can be transmitted through nearly

any material without causing biological harm. Novel

and rapid methods of detection can be created with

devices operation in these spectral ranges allowing

scanning for weapons, detecting hidden explosives

(including plastic landmines), controlling the qual-

ity of food and a host of other exciting applications.

This [..]

Contents

Plasma Sensing using Terahertz Waves.- A Study of

Tunable Metamaterial Devices for the THz Region.-

High-Resolution THz Spectroscopy to Measure

Strong THz Absorption Signatures of si-RNA in

Solution.- THz Waveguide and Bends Based on

Metallic Photonic Crystals.- Flux-Flow Oscillator

(FFO) made with the Fluxon Cloning Circuits.- Left-

Handed Properties of Composite Ferrite/Semicon-

ductor Medium Oriented in Staggered Order.- Tech-

nology of Cavity Fabrication for Whispering Gallery

Modes Laser(#~3-4 µm).-Modeling of Optical Spec-

tral Characteristics of Nitrides-Based Quantum-Cas-

cade Detectors.-[..]

Fields of interest

Quantum Optics, Quantum Electronics, Nonlin-

ear Optics; Classical Electrodynamics, Wave Phe-

nomena; Applied Optics, Optoelectronics, Optical

Devices; Security Science and Technology

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XXVIII, 202 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series

B: Physics and Biophysics) Hardcover

139,95 €


ISBN 978-94-007-0768-9 M.F. Pereira, Sheffield Hallam University, Sheffield, UK; O. Shu-

lika, Kharkov National University of Radio Electronics, Kharkov,

Ukraine (Eds.)

Terahertz and Mid Infrared

Radiation

Generation, Detection and Applications

Terahertz (THz) and Mid-Infrared (MIR)

radiation (TERA-MIR) can be transmitted through

nearly any material without causing biological harm.

Novel and rapid methods of detection can be created

with devices operation in these spectral ranges allow-

ing scanning for weapons, detecting hidden explo-

sives (including plastic landmines), controlling the

quality of food and a host of other exciting applica-

tions. This book focuses on mathematical and physi-

cal aspects of the field, on unifying these two spectral

domains (THz and MIR) with regard to common

sources, detectors, materials and applications, and on

key interdisciplinary topics. The main THz and MIR

source is the quantum cascade laser (QCL). Thus sig-

nificant attention is paid to the challenge of turning

this advanced technology into affordable commercial

devices so as to exploit its enormous potential. How-

ever other alternatives to THz QCLs are also pre-

sented, e.g. sub-terahertz imaging from avalanching

GaAs bipolar transistors, Josephson junctions[..]

Features

Terahertz (THz) and Mid-Infrared (MIR) radiation

(TERA-MIR) can be transmitted through nearly

any material without causing biological harm. Novel

and rapid methods of detection can be created with

devices operation in these spectral ranges allowing

scanning for weapons, detecting hidden explosives

(including plastic landmines), controlling the qual-

ity of food and a host of other exciting applications.

This [..]

Contents

Plasma Sensing using Terahertz Waves.- A Study of

Tunable Metamaterial Devices for the THz Region.-

High-Resolution THz Spectroscopy to Measure

Strong THz Absorption Signatures of si-RNA in

Solution.- THz Waveguide and Bends Based on

Metallic Photonic Crystals.- Flux-Flow Oscillator

(FFO) made with the Fluxon Cloning Circuits.- Left-

Handed Properties of Composite Ferrite/Semicon-

ductor Medium Oriented in Staggered Order.- Tech-

nology of Cavity Fabrication for Whispering Gallery

Modes Laser(#~3-4 µm).-Modeling of Optical Spec-

tral Characteristics of Nitrides-Based Quantum-Cas-

cade Detectors.-[..]

Fields of interest

Quantum Optics, Quantum Electronics, Nonlin-

ear Optics; Classical Electrodynamics, Wave Phe-

nomena; Applied Optics, Optoelectronics, Optical

Devices; Security Science and Technology

Target groups

Graduate

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2011. XXVIII, 202 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series

B: Physics and Biophysics) Softcover

69,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0771-9


B. Young, Santa Clara University, CA, USA; A. Miller, Albion Col-

lege, MI, USA; B. Cabrera, Stanford University, CA, USA (Eds.)

The Thirteenth International

Workshop on Low Temperature

Detectors - LTD 13

These proceedings are broadly of interest to many

research areas which utilize low temperature detec-

tors for measurements. These include photon sci-

ences at synchrotron radiation facilities, neutrino

physics, nuclear physics, atomic physics, dark matter

searches, sub-Kelvin cryogenic refrigeration systems,

novel detectors or astrophysics from millimeter wave

bolometers, to single photon energy and time resolv-

ing from near-infrared to ultraviolet optical detec-

tors, through the highest spectral resolution x-ray

and gamma ray detectors, to large mass detectors

for dark matter searches. These applications include

particle phyisics, astrophysics, materials physics,

and security non-proliferation, and cryogenic engi-

neering. This thoroughly peer-reviewed proceedings

of the Thirteenth International Workshop on Low

Temperature Detectors provides a snapshot of the

state-of-the-art in low temperature particle and radi-

ation detectors. In 173 original research papers from

233 distinct presentations, the physics[..]

Features

These proceedings are broadly of interest to many

research areas which utilize low temperature detec-

tors for measurements. These include photon sci-

ences at synchrotron radiation facilities, neutrino

physics, nuclear physics, atomic physics, dark matter

searches, sub-Kelvin cryogenic refrigeration systems,

novel detectors or astrophysics from millimeter wave

bolometers, to single photon energy and time [..]

Fields of interest

Low Temperature Physics; Nuclear Physics, Heavy

Ions, Hadrons

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Proceedings

Available

2010. 828 p. CD-ROM. (AIP Conference Proceedings, Vol. 1185)

109,95 €

ISBN 978-0-7354-0727-5

H. Eschrig, IFW Dresden, Germany

Topology and Geometry for Physics

A concise but self-contained introduction of the cen-

tral concepts of modern topology and differential

geometry on a mathematical level is given specifically

with applications in physics in mind. All basic con-

cepts are systematically provided including sketches

of the proofs of most statements. Smooth finite-

dimensional manifolds, tensor and exterior calcu-

lus operating on them, homotopy, (co)homology

theory including Morse theory of critical points, as

well as the theory of fiber bundles and Riemannian

geometry, are treated. Examples from physics com-

prise topological charges, the topology of periodic

boundary conditions for solids, gauge fields, geomet-

ric phases in quantum physics and gravitation.

Features

A concise but self-contained introduction of the cen-

tral concepts of modern topology and differential

geometry on a mathematical level is given specifically

with applications in physics in mind. All basic con-

cepts are systematically provided including sketches

of the proofs of most statements. Smooth finite-

dimensional manifolds, tensor and exterior calculus

operating on them, homotopy, (co)homology theory

[..]

Contents

Introduction.- Topology.- Manifolds.- Tensor

Fields.- Integration, Homology and Cohomology.-

Lie Groups.- Bundles and Connections.- Parallelism,

Holonomy, Homotopy and (Co)homology.- Rie-

mannian Geometry.- Compendium.

Fields of interest

Mathematical Methods in Physics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XII, 389 p. 60 illus. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Vol. 822)

59,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-14699-2

S. Nazarenko, University of Warwick, UK

Wave Turbulence

Wave Turbulence refers to the statistical theory of

weakly nonlinear dispersive waves. There is a wide

and growing spectrum of physical applications, rang-

ing from sea waves, to plasma waves, to superfluid

turbulence, to nonlinear optics and Bose-Einstein

condensates. Beyond the fundamentals the book thus

also covers new developments such as the interaction

of random waves with coherent structures (vortices,

solitons, wave breaks), inverse cascades leading to

condensation and the transitions between weak and

strong turbulence, turbulence intermittency as well

as finite system size effects, such as “frozen” turbu-

lence, discrete wave resonances and avalanche-type

energy cascades. This book is an outgrow of several

lectures courses held by the author and, as a result,

written and structured rather as a graduate text than

a monograph, with many exercises and solutions

offered along the way. The present compact descrip-

tion primarily addresses students and non-specialist

researchers wishing to enter[..]

Features

Wave Turbulence refers to the statistical theory of

weakly nonlinear dispersive waves. There is a wide

and growing spectrum of physical applications, rang-

ing from sea waves, to plasma waves, to superfluid

turbulence, to nonlinear optics and Bose-Einstein

condensates. Beyond the fundamentals the book thus

also covers new developments such as the interaction

of random waves with coherent structures (vortices,

[..]

Contents

Introduction.- Wave Trubulence as a Part of General

Turbulence Theory.- For the Impatint: a WT Cheat-

sheet.- Solutions to Exercises.- Statistical Objects in

Wave Turbulence.- Wave Turbulence Formalism.-

Solutions to Exercises.- Conserved Quantities in

Wave Turbulence and Their Cascades.- Steady State

and Evolving Solutions for the Wave Sepctrum.-

Finite-Size Effects in Wave Turbulence.- Properties

of the Higher-order Statistics. Intermitency and WT

Life Cycle.- Solutions to Exercises.- Nonlocal Drift/

Rossby Wave Turbulence.- Magneto-Hydrodynamic

Trubulence.- Bose-Einstein Condensation.-[..]

Fields of interest

Nonlinear Dynamics; Geophysics / Geodesy; Engi-

neering Fluid Dynamics; Geophysics and Environ-

mental Physics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVI, 279 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Vol. 825)

44,95 €

ISBN 978-3-642-15941-1

springer.com Popular Science 89

Popular Science

C. Struck, Iowa State University, Ames, IA, USA

Galaxy Collisions

Forging New Worlds from Cosmic Crashes

The spectacular images of galaxy collisions capture

the imagination. This book will show what is out

there in the universe, what it’s like in other galaxies,

what they might look like, and how cosmic processes

might affect life in other solar systems. It will explain

crucial stages in the development of physical struc-

ture in the universe, and the effect of galaxy scale

processes. Professor Struck will explore all the issues

surrounding galaxy collisions. He will begin with a

brief broad review of the background on galaxies,

the history of their discovery, and how this has been

driven by steadily improving technology. Chapters

2 gives details of the early stages of different types

of galaxy collision - Rings of Fire, Tidal Swings and

Retrograde and Sideways Reels - while Chapter 3

describes collisions between galaxies of very different

masses: minor merger or dwarf destruction. Chapter

4 covers ultra-luminous infrared galaxies and major

mergers and Chapter 5 briefly examines the tech-

niques used for[..]

Features

Galaxy collisions are the key process in building

galaxies, triggering the formation of stars and the

build-up of heavy elements that allow the formation

of planets and solar systems. This book presents the

revolutionary research advances achieved in the last

decade and lucidly explains the underlying dynami-

cal processes. Galaxy Collisions takes a comprehen-

sive trip through the [..]

Contents

Preface.- Acknowledgments.- List of Illustrations.-

Chapter1: Exploring the world of galaxies.- Chap-

ter 2: Head-on collisions and rings of fire.- Chap-

ter 3: Swinging on by: the tidal twists.- Chapter 4:

Major mergers and their colossal consequences.-

Chapter 5: What happens to the little guy: minor

mergers.- Chapter 6: The secret of fire: triggered star

formation.- Chapter 7: Not always in a galaxy far,

far away.- Chapter 8: A wider view.- Chapter 9: Epi-

logue: the galacto-biology of collisions.- Glossary.-

Resources.- Index.

Fields of interest

Popular Science in Astronomy; Astronomy, Obser-

vations and Techniques; Astronomy, Astrophysics

and Cosmology; Classical and Quantum Gravitation,

Relativity Theory

Target groups

Popular/general

Type of publication

Popular science

Available

2011. XV, 285 p. 87 illus., 44 in color. (Popular Astronomy) Soft-

cover

39,95 €

ISBN 978-0-387-85370-3

Psychology

R.W. Toseland, University at Albany, NY, USA; D.H. Haigler, Geor-

gia Southwestern State University, Americus, GA, USA; D.J. Mona-

han, Syracuse University, NY, USA (Eds.)

Education and Support Programs

for Caregivers

Research, Practice, Policy

For many, caring for a chronically ill family mem-

ber is “the right thing to do”, but it is also often a

source of emotional hardship, physical stress, and

social isolation. In response, skill-building, coping,

and psychoeducational programs have emerged to

help caregivers meet the changes and challenges in

their – as well as the patients’ – lives.Education and

Support Programs for Caregivers reveals the diver-

sity of the caregiver population as well as their expe-

riences and needs, and it introduces an empirically

solid framework for planning, implementing, and

evaluating caregiver programs. The book synthesizes

current trends, exploring the effectiveness of differ-

ent types of programs (e.g., clinic, community, home

based) and groups (e.g., peer, professional, self-help),

and how supportive programs lead to improved

care.Coverage includes:Improving service delivery

of education and support programs to underserved

caregivers.Cultural, ethnic, and gender issues in con-

ducting caregiver education and[..]

Features

For many, caring for a chronically ill family mem-

ber is “the right thing to do”, but it is also often a

source of emotional hardship, physical stress, and

social isolation. In response, skill-building, coping,

and psychoeducational programs have emerged to

help caregivers meet the changes and challenges in

their – as well as the patients’ – lives.Education and

Support Programs for [..]

Contents

Editorial Board.- Foreword by Rosalynn Carter.-

Dedication.- About the Editors.- List of Contribu-

tors.- Introduction.- Accessibility of Caregiver Edu-

cation and Support Programs: Reaching Hard-to-

Reach Caregivers.- Utilization Patterns of Caregiver

Education and Support Programs.- Education and

Support Programs for Family Caregivers: Current

Practices Across Health Care Scenarios.- Ethnic, Cul-

tural, and Gender Issues in Conducting Caregiver

Educational and Support Groups.- Caregiver Sup-

port Groups: Led by Peers, Professionals, or Both.-

Telehealth and Family Caregiving: Developments

in[..]

Fields of interest

Clinical Psychology; Social Work; Medicine (gen-

eral); Geriatrics / Gerontology; Social Policy; Educa-

tional Policy and Politics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XVI, 165 p. (Caregiving: Research, Practice, Policy) Hard-

cover

89,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8030-4

90 Psychology springer.com

S. Goldstein, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT, USA; J.A.

Naglieri, George Mason University, Centerville, VA, USA (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of Child Behavior and

Development

This major reference work will break new ground

as an electronic resource for students, educators,

researchers and professionals. Encyclopedic in

breath Child Behavior and Development will serve

as a reference repository of knowledge in the field as

well as a frequently updated conduit of new knowl-

edge long before such information trickles down

from research to standard textbooks. Child Behav-

ior and Development will consist of three volumes

divided by the major conceptual areas of child devel-

opment: Learning, Behavior, and Emotions. Taking

advantage of the techniques offered by the electronic

medium, Child Behavior and Development will offer

an extensive cross referencing system facilitating

search and retrieval of information.

Features








from research to standard textbooks. Child Behavior

and [..]

Fields of interest

Child and School Psychology; Learning and Instruc-

tion; Education (general); Developmental Psychol-

ogy

Target groups


Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. LIV, 1592 p. eReference. In 3 volumes, not available sepa-

rately.

699,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-79061-9

S. Goldstein, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT, USA; J.A.

Naglieri, George Mason University, Centerville, VA, USA (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of Child Behavior and

Development








from research to standard textbooks. Child Behav-

ior and Development will consist of three volumes

divided by the major conceptual areas of child devel-

opment: Learning, Behavior, and Emotions. Taking

advantage of the techniques offered by the electronic

medium, Child Behavior and Development will offer

an extensive cross referencing system facilitating

search and retrieval of information.

Features








from research to standard textbooks. Child Behavior

and [..]

Fields of interest

Child and School Psychology; Learning and Instruc-

tion; Education (general); Developmental Psychol-

ogy

Target groups


Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. LIV, 1592 p. Print + eReference.

874,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-79062-6

J. Kreutzer, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA,

USA; J. DeLuca, Kessler Foundation, UMDNJ-New Jersey Medical

School, West Orange, NJ, USA; B. Caplan, InIndependent Practice,

Wynnewood, PA, USA (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of Clinical

Neuropsychology

Clinical neuropsychology is a rapidly evolving

specialty whose practitioners serve patients with

traumatic brain injury, stroke and other vascular

impairments, brain tumors, epilepsy and nonepilep-

tic seizure disorders, developmental disabilities, pro-

gressive neurological disorders, HIV- and AIDS-

related disorders, and dementia. . Services include

evaluation, treatment, and case consultation in child,

adult, and the expanding geriatric population in

medical and community settings. The clinical goal

always is to restore and maximize cognitive and psy-

chological functioning in an injured or compromised

brain. Most neuropsychology reference books focus

primarily on assessment and diagnosis, and to date

none has been encyclopedic in format. Clinicians,

patients, and family members recognize that evalu-

ation and diagnosis is only a starting point for the

treatment and recovery process. During the past

decade there has been a proliferation of programs,

both hospital- and clinic-based, that provide[..]

Features









adult, [..]

Contents

Assessment strategies.- Behavioral syndromes and

disorders.- Biographies of leading professionals in

the field.- Care systems.- Diagnosis and diagnostic

labels.- Educational and vocational issues.- Accom-

modations. - Forensic issues.- General issues.- Imag-

ing modalities and techniques.- -Medical issues.-

Medications.- Movement disorders.- Neurological

disorders and injuries.- Neurological syndromes.-

Professional issues.- Rehabilitation interventions.-

Test batteries.- Tests and assessment tools.

Fields of interest

Neuropsychology; Neurology; Child and School Psy-

chology; Cognitive Psychology; Health Psychology

Target groups


Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. LXIV, 2748 p. Print + eReference.

1.250,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-79949-0

springer.com Psychology 91

J. Kreutzer, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA,

USA; J. DeLuca, Kessler Foundation, UMDNJ-New Jersey Medical

School, West Orange, NJ, USA; B. Caplan, InIndependent Practice,

Wynnewood, PA, USA (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of Clinical

Neuropsychology









adult, and the expanding geriatric population in

medical and community settings. The clinical goal

always is to restore and maximize cognitive and psy-

chological functioning in an injured or compromised

brain. Most neuropsychology reference books focus

primarily on assessment and diagnosis, and to date

none has been encyclopedic in format. Clinicians,

patients, and family members recognize that evalu-

ation and diagnosis is only a starting point for the

treatment and recovery process. During the past

decade there has been a proliferation of programs,

both hospital- and clinic-based, that provide[..]

Features









adult, [..]

Contents

Assessment strategies.- Behavioral syndromes and

disorders.- Biographies of leading professionals in

the field.- Care systems.- Diagnosis and diagnostic

labels.- Educational and vocational issues.- Accom-

modations. - Forensic issues.- General issues.- Imag-

ing modalities and techniques.- -Medical issues.-

Medications.- Movement disorders.- Neurological

disorders and injuries.- Neurological syndromes.-

Professional issues.- Rehabilitation interventions.-

Test batteries.- Tests and assessment tools.

Fields of interest

Neuropsychology; Neurology; Child and School Psy-

chology; Cognitive Psychology; Health Psychology

Target groups


Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. LXIV, 2748 p. eReference. In 4 volumes, not available sepa-

rately.

999,00 €

ISBN 978-0-387-79948-3

S.M. Gavazzi, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA

Families with Adolescents

Bridging the Gaps Between Theory, Research, and Practice

Features

Despite their flocking to social networking sites in

unprecedented numbers, research confirms that

adolescents continue to be influenced primarily by

their families rather than their peers and other social

contexts. Consequently, the family unit remains a

vital setting for understanding and intervening with

youth. Synthesizing important findings from the lit-

erature on family science and such related fields [..]

Contents

Part 1: Introduction and Overview of Theoretical,

Research, and Application Topics.- Introduction.-

Overview of Theory, Research, and Application Top-

ics.- Part 2: Theorizing About Families with Ado-

lescents.- Family Development Theory.- Family

Systems Theory.- Ecological Theory.- Attachment

Theory.- Social Learning Theory.- Part 3: Research

on Families with Adolescents.- Research on the Par-

ent-Adolescent Dyad.- Polyadic Research on Fam-

ilies with Adolescents.- The Family’s Impact on

Adolescent Outcomes.- Part 4: Application Top-

ics Concerning Families with Adolescents.- Family

Therapy and[..]

Fields of interest

Child and School Psychology; Developmental Psy-

chology; Psychotherapy and Counseling; Sociology;

Social Work; Sociology of Education

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVII, 197 p. (Advancing Responsible Adolescent Develop-

ment) Hardcover

89,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8245-2

D.N. Miller, State University of New York, NY, USA; S.E. Brock, Cali-

fornia State University, Sacramento, CA, USA

Identifying, Assessing, and Treating

Self-Injury at School

Nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI) among young peo-

ple—most notably in the form of forearm- or wrist-

cutting—occurs across cultural groups, social strata,

and developmental stages, puzzling and repelling

adults. Youth engaging in NSSI behaviors are at a

higher risk for suicidality as well as other mental

health and academic problems. And because NSSI is

often first noticed in the school setting (as is the case

with many children’s disorders), school profession-

als are being encouraged to take a more proactive

role in intervention.The first book specifically geared

toward education personnel, Identifying, Assessing,

and Treating Self-Injury at School clearly defines

NSSI, differentiating it from suicidal, borderline, and

other behaviors and analyzing the psychological con-

texts in which it occurs. This school-based perspec-

tive gives readers a practical framework for earlier,

more accurate diagnosis; relevant consulting with

parents, teachers, and colleagues; and effective, sci-

ence-based treatment.Included[..]

Features

Nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI) among young peo-

ple—most notably in the form of forearm- or wrist-

cutting—occurs across cultural groups, social strata,

and developmental stages, puzzling and repelling

adults. Youth engaging in NSSI behaviors are at a

higher risk for suicidality as well as other mental

health and academic problems. And because NSSI is

often first noticed in the school setting (as is the case

[..]

Contents

Introduction and Overview.- Causes.- Preva-

lence and Associated Conditions.- Case Finding,

Screening, and Referral.- Diagnostic Assessment.-

Psycho-Educational Assessment.- Treatment.-

Appendix.- References.

Fields of interest

Child and School Psychology; Education (general);

Psychotherapy and Counseling; Developmental Psy-

chology; Social Work

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2010. XI, 137 p. (Developmental Psychopathology at School)

Softcover

34,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-9512-4

92 Social Sciences springer.com

C.B. McNeil, West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV, USA; T.L.

Hembree-Kigin, Licensed Psychologist, Mesa, AZ, USA

Parent-Child Interaction Therapy

Over the past two decades, Parent-Child Interac-

tion Therapy (PCIT) emerged as a leading-edge

method for helping parents improve their children's

disruptive and oppositional behavior. Today, PCIT

has a robust evidence base; is used across the coun-

try in settings as diverse as hospitals, mental health

centers, schools, and mobile clinics; and is rapidly

gaining popularity in other parts of the world. In

keeping with this increasing recognition of PCIT's

effectiveness, the authors of Parent-Child Interac-

tion Therapy present this expanded clinical edi-

tion to keep readers up to date on new practice

developments, current treatment protocols, and

the latest research findings.This update retains the

fundamentals as detailed by PCIT's founder, Dr.

Sheila Eyberg, including an overview of the therapy,

detailed description of the course of treatment, and

handout materials. The text goes further to explore

the evolution of PCIT outside the original target

ages of three-to-six (including preventive PCIT for

very[..]

Features

Over the past two decades, Parent-Child Interaction

Therapy (PCIT) emerged as a leading-edge method

for helping parents improve their children's disrup-

tive and oppositional behavior. Today, PCIT has a

robust evidence base; is used across the country in

settings as diverse as hospitals, mental health centers,

schools, and mobile clinics; and is rapidly gaining

popularity in other parts of the world. In [..]

Contents

I. Fundamentals of Parent-Child Interaction Ther-

apy. Overview of PCIT. Research on PCIT. Intake

Assessment and Therapy Orientation Session.

Teaching Child-Directed Interaction. Coach-

ing Child-Directed Interaction. Teaching Par-

ent-Directed Interaction. Coaching Parent-Directed

Interaction. Progressing Through the PDI Sessions.-

II. Adaptations of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy.

Younger Children. Older Children. Siblings. Autism

Spectrum Disorders. Child Physical Abuse. Anxiety

Disorders. ADHD. Extremely Aggressive and Explo-

sive Children. Marital Conflict. Parents with Major

Life[..]

Fields of interest

Child and School Psychology; Clinical Psychology;

Social Work; Psychotherapy and Counseling

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2010. XVII, 483 p. (Issues in Clinical Child Psychology) Softcover

49,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-9575-9

D.H. Zand, Missouri Institute of Mental Health, St. Louis, MO, USA;

K.J. Pierce, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis,

MO, USA (Eds.)

Resilience in Deaf Children

Adaptation Through Emerging Adulthood

Historically, the diagnosis of deafness in a child has

been closely associated with profound disability,

including such typical outcomes as unmet poten-

tial and a life of isolation. A major shift away from

this negative view has led to improved prospects for

deaf children.Resilience in Deaf Children empha-

sizes not only the capability of deaf individuals to

withstand adversity, but also their positive adapta-

tion through interactions with parents, peers, school,

and community. In this engaging volume, leading

researchers and professionals pay particular atten-

tion to such issues as attachment, self-concept, and

social competence, which are crucial to the develop-

ment of all young people. In addition, the volume

offers strategies for family members, profession-

als, and others for promoting the well-being of deaf

children and youth.Coverage includes:Attachment

formation among deaf infants and their primary

caregivers.Deaf parents as sources of positive devel-

opment and resilience for deaf infants.Enhancing[..]

Features

Historically, the diagnosis of deafness in a child has

been closely associated with profound disability,

including such typical outcomes as unmet potential

and a life of isolation. A major shift away from this

negative view has led to improved prospects for deaf

children.Resilience in Deaf Children emphasizes not

only the capability of deaf individuals to withstand

adversity, but also their [..]

Contents

Dedication.- Foreword.- Acknowledgements.- Intro-

duction.- Chapter 1. Critical Issues in the Applica-

tion of Resilience Frameworks to the Experiences

of Deaf Children and Young People.- Infancy &

Toddlerhood.- Chapter 2. Attachment Formation

Among Deaf Infants and their Primary Caregivers:

Is Being Deaf a Risk Factor for Insecure Attach-

ment?.- Chapter 3. Deaf Parents as Sources of Posi-

tive Development and Resilience for Deaf Infants.-

Chapter 4. Risk and Resiliency of Infants/Toddlers

who are Deaf: Assessment and Intervention Issues.-

Childhood.- Chapter 5. Developing a Concept of[..]

Fields of interest

Child and School Psychology; Education (general);

Social Work; Psychotherapy and Counseling

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XXI, 396 p. Hardcover

119,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7795-3

Social Sciences

L.M. Burton, Duke University, Durham, NC, USA; S.P. Kemp, Uni-

versity of Washington, Seattle, WA, USA; M. Leung, University of

Washington, Seattle, WA, USA; S.A. Matthews, Penn State Univer-

sity, State College, PA, USA; D.T. Takeuchi, University of Washing-

ton, Seattle, WA, USA (Eds.)

Communities, Neighborhoods, and

Health

Expanding the Boundaries of Place

Place is an important element in understanding

health and health care disparities. More that merely a

geographic location, place is a socio-ecological force

with detectable effects on social life, independent

well-being, and health. Despite the general enthusi-

asm for the study of place and the potential it could

have for a better understanding of the distribution

of health in different communities, research is at a

difficult crossroads because of disagreements in how

the construct should be conceptualized and mea-

sured. This edited volume incorporates an cross-dis-

ciplinary approach to the study of place, in order to

come up with a comprehensive and useful definition

of place. Topics covered include: Social Inequalities,

Historical Definitions of Place, Biology and Place,

Rural vs. Urban Places, Racialization of a Place,

Migration, Sacred Places, Technological Innovations

An understanding of place is essential for health care

professionals, as interventions often do not have the

same effects in the[..]

Features

Place is an important element in understanding

health and health care disparities. More that merely a

geographic location, place is a socio-ecological force

with detectable effects on social life, independent

well-being, and health. Despite the general enthusi-

asm for the study of place and the potential it could

have for a better understanding of the distribution of

health in different communities, research is [..]

Contents

Place and Health.- Social Inequalities, Place, and

Health.- Historical Dimensions of Place.- Place

and Biology.- Rural Places.- Attachment to Place.-

Racialization of Place.- Migration and Place.- Sacred

Places.- Technological Innovations/Innovated Tech-

nologies.- Heterogeneity of Use of Space.- Ethical

Considerations.

Fields of interest

Sociology; Medicine (general); Social Policy

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XIX, 253 p. 20 illus. (Social Disparities in Health and Health

Care, Vol. 1) Hardcover

89,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7481-5

springer.com Social Sciences 93

R.G. Rogers, University of Colorado, Boulder, CO, USA; E.M. Crim-

mins, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA, USA

(Eds.)

International Handbook of Adult

Mortality

This handbook presents a comprehensive and up-

to-date overview of unprecedented substantive, the-

oretical, methodological, and statistical develop-

ments and insights, and an in-depth examination

of trends and patterns, in adult mortality around

the world. With over two dozen chapters and more

than 50 authors, this volume draws from top inter-

national mortality experts to provide one of the best

overviews of life expectancy extant. The book doc-

uments remarkable gains in life expectancy, which

stand out as one of the most important accom-

plishments of the twentieth century. Individuals in

more developed countries can expect to live longer

now than ever before, especially the Japanese who

enjoy record-setting life expectancies. The book

also explores unfortunate declines in life expectancy

in selected countries brought on by such factors as

infectious diseases; accidents, suicides, and homi-

cides; and political and economic conflict and tur-

moil. This book synthesizes the wealth of mortality

information[..]

Features

This handbook presents a comprehensive and up-

to-date overview of unprecedented substantive, the-

oretical, methodological, and statistical develop-

ments and insights, and an in-depth examination of

trends and patterns, in adult mortality around the

world. With over two dozen chapters and more than

fifty authors, this volume draws from top interna-

tional mortality experts to provide one of the best

overviews of [..]

Contents

Introduction – Mortality Framework and Context :

Richard Rogers and Eileen Crimmins.- Part 1: His-

torical Trends.- Chapter 1. Historical Trends in Mor-

tality: France Meslé and Jacques Vallin, INED.- Part

2: Temporal and Spatial Trends Associated with

Mortality.- Chapter 2. Comparative International

Trends: Europe: Marc Luy, Christian Wegner, Wolf-

gang Lutz, IIASA, and Vienna Institute of Demog-

raphy, Austrian Academy of Sciences.- Chapter 3.

Adult Mortality in the Former Soviet Union: Michael

Murphy, London School of Economics.- Chapter

4. Latin America and the Caribbean from 1850 to

the[..]

Fields of interest

Demography; Sociology

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Handbook

Available

2011. XIV, 625 p. (International Handbooks of Population, Vol. 2)

Hardcover

249,00 €

ISBN 978-90-481-9995-2

S. Schatz, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA

Murder and Politics in Mexico

Political Killings in the Partido de la Revolucion Democratica

and its Consequences

Murder and Politics in Mexico studies the causes of

political killings in Mexico’s liberalization-democra-

tization within the larger context of political repres-

sion. Mexico’s democratization process has entailed

a little known but highly significant cost of human

lives in pre- and post-election violence. The major-

ity of these crimes remain in a state of impunity: in

other words, no person had been charged with the

crime and/or no investigation of it had occurred.

This has several consequences for Mexican poli-

tics: when the level of violence is extreme and when

political killings that are systematic and invasive

are involved, this could indicate a real fracture in

the democratic system. This book analyzes several

dimensions regarding impunity and political crime,

more specifically, the political killings of mem-

bers of the PRD in the post-1988 period in Mexico.

The main argument proposed in this book is that

impunity for political killings is a structured system

requiring one central precondition,[..]

Features

Murder and Politics in Mexico studies the causes of

political killings in Mexico’s liberalization-democra-

tization within the larger context of political repres-

sion. Mexico’s democratization process has entailed

a little known, but highly significant cost of human

lives in pre- and post-election violence. The major-

ity of these crimes remain in a state of impunity: in

other words, no person had been charged [..]

Contents

Introduction to Mexican Politics.- Theoretical

Dimensions of a Structured System of Impunity

for Political Killings.- Authorizing Political Killings

in Mexico: The Importance of a Destructive Social

Milieu.- Disarming the Legal System: Impunity

for the Political Murder of Dissidents in Mexico.-

Impunity & Electoral Challenges from Below: The

Killing Fields of Guerrero.- Impunity for Political

Killings in A Comparative Perspective.- Conclusion:

the Future Appendix: A History of Violence: Case

Studies of PRD Members Killed, 1994-2005.

Fields of interest

Criminology & Criminal Justice; Political Science

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XV, 243 p. 4 illus. (Studies of Organized Crime, Vol. 10)

Hardcover

89,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8067-0

M.P. Gutmann, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA; G.D.

Deane, SUNY University of Albany, NY, USA; E.R. Merchant, Uni-

versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA; K.M. Sylvester, University

of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA (Eds.)

Navigating Time and Space in

Population Studies

Navigating Time and Space in Population Stud-

ies presents innovative approaches to long-stand-

ing questions about the diffusion of population and

demographic behavior across space and over time.

This collection utilizes newly-available historical data

along with spatially and temporally explicit analyti-

cal methods to evaluate and refine core demographic

theories and to pose new questions about mortality

and fertility transitions, migration, urbanization, and

social inequality. It adds a spatial dimension to the

analysis of temporal processes and a temporal ele-

ment to spatial processes. Chapters cover a broad

range of geographical settings, including the United

States, Europe, Latin America, and the Islamic world,

and span time periods from the eighteenth to twen-

tieth century. Contributors from a variety of disci-

plines reveal the complexity of factors involved in

population processes that spread across space and

unfold over time, and demonstrate a rich set of tools

with which to explore, analyze, and[..]

Features

This book presents innovative approaches to long-

standing questions about the diffusion of population

and demographic behavior across space and over

time, adding a spatial dimension to temporal anal-

ysis and a temporal element to spatial analysis. The

studies collected here utilize newly-available histori-

cal data along with spatially and temporally explicit

analytical methods to assess and refine core [..]

Contents

Preface.- Acknowledgements.- Introduction.- Chap-

ter 1: An Innovative Methodology for Space-Time

Analysis with an Application to the 1960-2000

Brazilian Mortality Transition: Carl P. Schmert-

mann, Joseph E. Potter, and Renato M. Assunção.-

Chapter 2: Spatial Aspects of the American Fertility

Transition in the Nineteenth Century: Michael R.

Haines and J. David Hacker.- Chapter 3: Spatial and

Temporal Patterns of Fertility Transition in Muslim

Populations: Hani A. Guend.- Chapter 4: Spatial and

Temporal Analyses of Surname Distributions to Esti-

mate Mobility and Changes in Historical[..]

Fields of interest

Demography; Population Economics

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XII, 245 p. (International Studies in Population, Vol. 9)

Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0067-3

94 Social Sciences springer.com

N.J. Conard, Eberhard-Karls-Universität Tübingen, Germany; J.

Richter, Universität zu Köln, Germany (Eds.)

Neanderthal Lifeways, Subsistence

and Technology

One Hundred Fifty Years of Neanderthal Study

The 150th anniversary of the discovery of the famous

Neanderthal fossils gave reason for an international

and interdisciplinary symposium in Bonn/Ger-

many. The present book arose from this congress

and focuses on multiple aspects of archaeological

investigation on Neanderthal lifeways. In-depth

studies of top-ranking scientists provide a detailed

and comprehensive survey of contemporary research

on our Pleistocene relatives. Examinations and

debates are embedded in a variety of regions and

time frames. Chronology, subsistence, land use, and

cultural adaptations among late Neanderthals form

the major trajectories of the book. The wide range of

approaches involved, leads to an increasing under-

standing of the facets of and the variability of Nean-

derthal behavioural patterns. The present volume

is complemented by a paleontologically orientated

publication of the same congress (edited by Gerd-

Christian Weniger and Silvana Condemi).

Features

The 150th anniversary of the discovery of the famous

Neanderthal fossils gave reason for an international

and interdisciplinary symposium in Bonn/Germany.

The present book arose from this congress and

focuses on multiple aspects of archaeological inves-

tigation on Neanderthal lifeways. In-depth studies

of top-ranking scientists provide a detailed and com-

prehensive survey of contemporary research on [..]

Contents

Part i the chronological framework: long time

sequences.- part ii neanderthal subsistence and raw

material procurement.- part iii neanderthal cogni-

tion and technological knowledge.- part iv nean-

derthal social organization and land use.- part v

cultural adaptation amont the last neanderthals.

Fields of interest

Archaeology; Anthropology; Regional and Cultural

Studies; Environment (general)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XV, 293 p. (Vertebrate Paleobiology and Paleoanthropol-

ogy) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-94-007-0414-5

J. Stillwell, University of Leeds, UK; M. Clarke, University of Leeds,

UK (Eds.)

Population Dynamics and

Projection Methods

Although the human population growth rate of the

world has been declining since peaking in the early

1960s, the populations of individual countries are

changing at different rates. Population dynamics at

national level are partly determined by levels of fer-

tility and mortality, but the impact of international

migration is playing an increasingly important role.

Moreover, internal migration plays a major part in

population change at the sub-national level.

This fourth volume in the series “Understanding

Population Trends and Processes” is a celebration of

the work of Professor Philip Rees. It contains chap-

ters by contributors who have collaborated with Phil

Rees on research or consultancy projects or as post-

graduate students. Several chapters demonstrate the

technical nature of population projection modelling

and simulation methods while others illustrate issues

relating to data availability and estimation. This book

demonstrates the application of theoretical and mod-

elling methods[..]

Features

Although the human population growth rate of the

world has been declining since peaking in the early

1960s, the populations of individual countries are

changing at different rates. Population dynamics at

national level are partly determined by levels of fer-

tility and mortality, but the impact of international

migration is playing an increasingly important role.

Moreover, internal migration plays a major [..]

Contents

Preface John Stillwell and Martin Clarke.- 1: The

Dynamics of Populations Large and Small: Pro-

cesses, Models and Futures Philip Rees.- 2: Popula-

tion Accounts Frans Willekens.- 3: MULTIPOLES: A

Revised Multiregional Model for Improved Capture

of International Migration Marek Kupiszewski and

Dorota Kupiszewska.- 4: Modelling with NEWDSS:

Producing State, Regional and Local Area Population

Projections for New South Wales Tom Wilson.- 5:

Relationships Between UK Sub-national Trends in

Infant Mortality and Fertility Paul Norman.- 6: Mon-

itoring Who Moves Where: Information Systems for

Internal[..]

Fields of interest

Demography; Social Sciences (general)

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Contributed volume

Available

2011. XX, 226 p. (Understanding Population Trends and Pro-

cesses, Vol. 4) Hardcover

99,95 €

ISBN 978-90-481-8929-8

S.E. Cowie, Dept. of Anthropology, U of Arizona

The Plurality of Power

An Archaeology of Industrial Capitalism

How do people experience power within capital-

ist societies? Research presented here explicitly

addresses the notion of pluralistic power, which

encompasses both productive and oppressive forms

of power and acknowledges that nuanced and mul-

tifaceted power relations can exist in combina-

tion with binary dynamics such as domination

and resistance. This volume addresses growing

interests in linking past and present power rela-

tionships engendered by capitalism and in conduct-

ing historical archaeology as anthropology. The

Plurality of Power: Industrial Capitalism and the

Nineteenth-Century Company Town of Fayette,

Michigan, explores the subtle distribution of power

within American industrial capitalism through a case

study of a company town. Issues surrounding power

and agency are explored in regard to three heuristic

categories of power. In the first category, the com-

pany imposed a system of structural, class-based

power that is most visible in hierarchical differences

in pay and housing, as well as[..]

Features

How do people experience power within capital-

ist societies? Research presented here explicitly

addresses the notion of pluralistic power, which

encompasses both productive and oppressive forms

of power and acknowledges that nuanced and mul-

tifaceted power relations can exist in combination

with binary dynamics such as domination and resis-

tance. This volume addresses growing interests in

linking past and [..]

Contents

CHAPTER 1. THE PLURALITY OF POWER IN

INDUSTRIAL CAPITALISM: A CASE STUDY OF

FAYETTE, MICHIGANCHAPTER 2. WORKING

COMMUNITIES AND THE VICTORIAN-AMER-

ICAN COMPANY TOWNCHAPTER 3. CRIT-

ICALLY READING POWER, LANDSCAPES,

DOCUMENTS, AND ARTIFACTS IN INDUSTRI-

ALIZED SOCIETYCHAPTER 4. PATERNALISM,

RESISTANCE, AND HEGEMONYCHAPTER 5.

THE CLASS SYSTEmCHAPTER 6. BIO-POWER:

DISCIPLINE, SYMBOLIC VIOLENCE, AND THE

PRIVILEGE OF HYGIENECHAPTER 7. SOCIAL

STATUS AND INTERSECTIONAL IDENTITIES:

CONSUMER BEHAVIOR, GENDER, AND IMMI-

GRATIONCHAPTER 8 SYMBOLIC, CULTURAL,

AND SOCIAL CAPITALCHAPTER 9. CONCLU-

SION:[..]

Fields of interest

Archaeology; Landscape, Regional and Urban Plan-

ning; Environmental Health

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. IX, 209 p. 50 illus. (Contributions To Global Historical

Archaeology) Hardcover

89,95 €

springer.com Statistics 95

ISBN 978-1-4419-8305-3 E. Hanappi-Egger, University of Economics and Business (WU),

Vienna, Austria

The Triple M of Organizations: Man,

Management and Myth

What has management to do with myths? And how

does gender enter the stage? This book identifies fre-

quently used key arguments in gender discussions

on management and organizations and will unmask

them as myths. Be it that management is rational,

be it that organizations are gender-neutral, be it that

women will change technology, will be shown to be

a set of superficial declarations not withstanding crit-

ical scrutiny. All the “reasons” for gender-specific

organizational phenomena will be proved to exist

simply to maintain power structures and thereby sys-

tematically (but subtly) reproduce dominant orga-

nizational cultures and stabilize taken-for-granted

knowledge in particular with respect to gender

issues.The demystification of selected organizational

phenomena is based upon several of the author’s

recent research projects and empirical studies.

Features

What has management to do with myths? And how

does gender enter the stage? This book identifies fre-

quently used key arguments in gender discussions

on management and organizations and will unmask

them as myths. Be it that management is rational,

be it that organizations are gender-neutral, be it that

women will change technology, will be shown to be a

set of superficial declarations not withstanding [..]

Contents

CHAPTER 1 Man and Management .- CHAPTER

2 Management and Myth.- CHAPTER 3. Myth

and Man. - CHAPTER IV: Myth-building in man-

agement: intentional story telling? .- Concluding

remarks.

Fields of interest

Social Work

Target groups


Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. VIII, 189 p. 18 illus. (Interdisciplinary Studies in Economics

and Management, Vol. 6) Hardcover

39,95 €

ISBN 978-3-7091-0555-9

Statistics

B.C. Sutradhar, Memorial University of Newfoundland, St. John's,

NL, Canada

Dynamic Mixed Models for Familial

Longitudinal Data

This book provides a theoretical foundation for the

analysis of discrete data such as count and binary

data in the longitudinal setup. Unlike the existing

books, this book uses a class of auto-correlation

structures to model the longitudinal correlations

for the repeated discrete data that accommodates all

possible Gaussian type auto-correlation models as

special cases including the equi-correlation models.

This new dynamic modelling approach is utilized

to develop theoretically sound inference techniques

such as the generalized quasi-likelihood (GQL) tech-

nique for consistent and efficient estimation of the

underlying regression effects involved in the model,

whereas the existing ‘working’ correlations based

GEE (generalizedestimating equations) approach has

serious theoretical limitations both for consistent

and efficient estimation, and the existing random

effects based correlations approach is not suitable to

model the longitudinal correlations. The book has

exploited the random effects carefully[..]

Features

This book provides a theoretical foundation for the

analysis of discrete data such as count and binary

data in the longitudinal setup. Unlike the existing

books, this book uses a class of auto-correlation

structures to model the longitudinal correlations

for the repeated discrete data that accommodates all

possible Gaussian type auto-correlation models as

special cases including the equi-correlation models.

[..]

Contents

Introduction.- Overview of Linear Fixed Models

for Longitudinal Data.- Overview of Linear Mixed

Models for Longitudinal Data.- Familial Models

for Count Data.- Familial Models for Binary Data.-

Longitudinal Models for Count Data.- Longitudi-

nal Models for Binary Data.- Longitudinal Mixed

Models for Count Data.- Longitudinal Mixed Mod-

els for Binary Data.- Familial Longitudinal Models

for Count Data.- Familial Longitudinal Models for

Binary Data.

Fields of interest

Statistical Theory and Methods; Biostatistics; Econo-

metrics; Biometrics; Epidemiology; Methodology of

the Social Sciences

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Monograph

Available

2011. XVIII, 488 p. 2 illus. (Springer Series in Statistics) Hardcover

79,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-8341-1

96 Statistics springer.com

M. Lovric, University of Belgrade, Serbia (Ed.)

International Encyclopedia of

Statistical Science

The goal of this book is multidimensional: a) to help

reviving Statistics education in many parts in the

world where it is in crisis. For the first time authors

from many developing countries have an opportu-

nity to write together with the most prominent world

authorities. The editor has spent several years search-

ing for the most reputable statisticians all over the

world. International contributors are either presi-

dents of the local statistical societies, or head of the

Statistics department at the main university, or the

most distinguished statisticians in their countries.

b) to enable any non-statistician to obtain quick

and yet comprehensive and highly understandable

view on certain statistical term, method or applica-

tion c) to enable all the researchers, managers and

practicioners to refresh their knowledge in Statis-

tics, especially in certain controversial fields. d) to

revive interest in statistics among students, since

they will see its usefulness and relevance in almost all

branches of Science.

Features








world. International contributors are either [..]

Contents

Overview of Statistical Sciences.- Past, Recent trends

and Advances.- Present and Future perspective.

Fields of interest

Statistics (general); Statistical Theory and Methods;

Statistics for Business, Economics, Mathematical

Finance, Insurance; Probability Theory and Stochas-

tic Processes; Econometrics

Target groups


Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. LVIII, 1673 p. With Full color.. eReference. In 3 volumes, not

available separately.

799,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-04898-2

M. Lovric, University of Belgrade, Serbia (Ed.)

International Encyclopedia of

Statistical Science








world. International contributors are either presi-

dents of the local statistical societies, or head of the

Statistics department at the main university, or the

most distinguished statisticians in their countries.

b) to enable any non-statistician to obtain quick

and yet comprehensive and highly understandable

view on certain statistical term, method or applica-

tion c) to enable all the researchers, managers and

practicioners to refresh their knowledge in Statis-

tics, especially in certain controversial fields. d) to

revive interest in statistics among students, since

they will see its usefulness and relevance in almost all

branches of Science.

Features








world. International contributors are either [..]

Contents

Overview of Statistical Sciences.- Past, Recent trends

and Advances.- Present and Future perspective.

Fields of interest

Statistics (general); Statistical Theory and Methods;

Statistics for Business, Economics, Mathematical

Finance, Insurance; Probability Theory and Stochas-

tic Processes; Econometrics

Target groups


Type of publication

Encyclop(a)edia

Available

2011. LVIII, 1673 p. With e-Reference full color.. Print + eRefer-

ence. In 3 volumes, not available separately. Hardcover

999,00 €

ISBN 978-3-642-04916-3

A. DasGupta, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA (Ed.)

Selected Works of Debabrata Basu

This book contains a little more than 20 of

Debabrata Basu's most significant articles and writ-

ings. Debabrata Basu is internationally known for

his highly influential and fundamental contributions

to the foundations of statistics, survey sampling, suf-

ficiency, and invariance. The major theorem bearing

his name has had numerous applications to statis-

tics and probability. The articles in this volume are

reprints of the original articles, in a chronological

order. The book also contains eleven commentaries

written by some of the most distinguished schol-

ars in the area of foundations and statistical infer-

ence. These commentaries are by George Casella and

V. Gopal, Phil Dawid, Tom DiCiccio and Alastair

Young, Malay Ghosh, Jay kadane, Glen Meeden,

Robert Serfling, Jayaram Sethuraman, Terry Speed,

and Alan Welsh.

Features

This book contains a little more than 20 of

Debabrata Basu's most significant articles and writ-

ings. Debabrata Basu is internationally known for

his highly influential and fundamental contributions

to the foundations of statistics, survey sampling, suf-

ficiency, and invariance. The major theorem bearing

his name has had numerous applications to statistics

and probability. The articles in this volume [..]

Contents

D. Basu. An inconsistency of the method of maxi-

mum likelihood. Ann. Math. Statist., 26, 144-145,

1955. D. Basu. On statistics independent of a com-

plete su±cient statistic, Sankhya, 15, 377-380, 1955.-

D. Basu. The concept of asymptotic e±ciency.

Sankhya, 17, 193-196, 1956.- D. Basu. On statis-

tics independent of a su±cient statistic. Sankhya,

20, 223-226, 1958. D. Basu. On sampling with and

without replacement, Sankhya, 20, 287-294.- D.

Basu. The family of ancillary statistics. Sankhya, 21,

247-256, 1959.- D. Basu. Recovery of ancillary infor-

mation. Sankhya, Ser. A, 26, 3-16, 1964.- D.[..]

Fields of interest

Statistical Theory and Methods

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Collected works

Available

2011. XX, 480 p. (Selected Works in Probability and Statistics)

Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-5824-2

springer.com Statistics 97

B. Davis, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA; R. Song, Uni-

versity of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, IL, USA (Eds.)

Selected Works of Donald L.

Burkholder

This book chronicles Don-

ald Burkholder's thirty-five year study of martin-

gales and its consequences. Here are some of the

highlights. Pioneering work by Burkholder

and Donald Austin on the discrete time mar-

tingale square function led to Burkholder and

Richard Gundy's proof of inequalities comparing

the quadratic variations and maximal functions of

continuous martingales, inequalities which are now

indispensable tools for stochastic analysis. Part of

their proof showed how novel distributional inequal-

ities between the maximal function and quadratic

variation lead to inequalities for certain integrals

of functions of these operators. The argument used

in their proof applies widely and is now called the

Burkholder-Gundy good lambda method. This

uncomplicated and yet extremely elegant technique,

which does not involve randomness, has become

important in many parts of mathematics. The

continuous martingale inequalities were then used

by Burkholder, Gundy, and Silverstein to[..]

Features

This book chronicles Donald Burkholder's thirty-

five year study of martingales and its consequences.

Here are some of the highlights. Pioneering work by

Burkholder and Donald Austin on the discrete time

martingale square function led to Burkholder and

Richard Gundy's proof of inequalities comparing the

quadratic variations and maximal functions of con-

tinuous martingales, inequalities which are now [..]

Contents

On a class of stochastic approximation processes.-

Sufficiency in the undominated case.- Iterates of

conditional expectation operators.- On the order

structure of the set of sufficient subfields.- Semi-

Gaussian subspaces.- Successive conditional expec-

tations of an integrable function.- Maximal inequal-

ities as necessary conditions for almost everywhere

convergence.- Martingale transforms. Ann. Math.

Statist.- Extrapolation and interpolation of quasilin-

ear operators on martingales.- A maximal function

characterization of the class Hp.- Distribution func-

tion inequalities for the area[..]

Fields of interest

Statistical Theory and Methods

Target groups

Research

Type of publication

Collected works

Available

2011. XXV, 729 p. (Selected Works in Probability and Statistics)

Hardcover

149,95 €

ISBN 978-1-4419-7244-6

Order Now ! Springer Customized Catalog

Yes, please send me:

copies ISBN € / £

















All € and £ prices are net prices subject to local VAT, e.g. in Germany 7% VAT for books and 19% VAT for electronic products. Pre-publication pricing: Unless otherwise stated, pre-pub prices are valid through the end of the third month following publication, and therefore are subject to change. All prices exclusive of carriage charges. Prices and other details are subject to change without notice. All errors and omissions excepted.

Springer Customer Service Center GmbH, Haberstrasse 7, 69126 Heidelberg, Germany 7 Call: + 49 (0) 6221-345-4301 7 Fax: +49 (0)6221-345-4229 7 Email: [email protected] 7 Web: springer.com

Please order from your bookseller: Name

Dept.

Institution

Street

City / ZIP-Code

Date Signature

Country

Email

Please bill me

Please charge my credit card: Eurocard/Access/Mastercard Visa/Barclaycard/Bank/Americard AmericanExpress

Number Valid until

Documents

February 2011 Just Released New Books - Springer · Drug Design and Discovery Methods and Protocols Research in the pharmaceutical sciences and medic-inal chemistry has taken an important